Industry Binder FOAMGLAS Products, Insulation Systems, Accessories Products.

Industry binder 2010
FOAMGLAS® Products, Insulation systems,
Accessories products
www.foamglas.com
Table of contents
General Products
O1 Production A02 FOAMGLAS® T4
O2 10 properties A03 FOAMGLAS® S3
A05 FOAMGLAS® F
O3 Why to use FOAMGLAS®
A08 Block dimensions
O4 Where to use FOAMGLAS®
A10 Facts and Figures
Insulation Systems A11 Pipe shells – PSH
A12 Pipe segments – PSG/PSQ
I02 Low temperature piping and
equipment A13 Elbows – E90/E45
A14.1 Flanges – F15/F30
I02-10 Liquid nitrogen and oxygen pipes
A14.2 Valves – V15/V30
I02-20 LNG piping and equipment
A15 Tank segments – TSG
I02-25 Ethylene piping and equipment A16 Head segments – HKH/HEH
I02-60 Hydrocarbon fire resistance at low A40 Inside, outside and joint surface
temperature
I02-70 TEROSTAT-PC for cold-service Accessories
applications P05 PC® 88 Adhesive
I02-90 Chilled water P06 PC® 56 Adhesive
I03 High temperature piping and P08 PC® 58 Adhesive
equipment P11 PC® 11 Adhesive
I03-70 TEROSTAT-PC for hot-service P12 PC® 500
applications P13 PC® 74A2
I04 Dual temperature piping and P14 PC® Hotmelt Adhesive
equipment P18 PC® 18 Adhesive
I06 Vertical storage tank walls and roofs P20 PC® Low temperature anti-abrasive
(LTAA)
I07 Low temperature storage spheres
P21 PC® High temperature anti-abrasive
I08 Secondary insulation protection for (HTAA)
LNG tank walls P22 PC® 85 Powder
I10 Offshore platforms and ships P30 PITTCOTE® 300
I21 Industrial chimneys P31 PITTCOTE® 404
P41 PITTSEAL® 444
I22 Liquefied gas tank bases
P45 PC® 80M Mortar
I23 Installation procedure for a LNG tank
P50 PC® Fabric 79
corner protection
P52 PC® 150
I26 Liquefied oxygen and nitrogen tank
P60 PITTWRAP Standard
bases
P61 PITTWRAP Self-Sealing
I28-20 Hot tank bases up to +150°C
P70 TEROSTAT-PC
I28-30 Hot tank bases up to +250°C / PC® 700K
I28-40 Hot salt tank bases / PITTCOURSE® 100
I30 Pool Fire Suppressant (PFS) / PC® 47 Adhesive
O1
PRODUCTION 08/02
1. MANUFACTURING PROCESS
The manufacturing process of FOAMGLAS® and carbon is placed into special moulds and put
comprises 4 stages: into an oven heated to approximately 1000°C.
In the oven, the carbon oxidises and forms gas
− Glass production bubbles that start expansion. The excess carbon
− Grinding of the glass to form a glass gives FOAMGLAS® its characteristic black
powder, and mixing with carbon. colour. When the expansion process is complete,
− Foaming and annealing of glass the product is taken out of the moulds and
− Finishing of the product. passed trough a long annealing furnace.
The slabs are then cut to size, tested and
Sand is the basic material. Additives introduced packed.
during the first stage of production produce a To assure the best insulation product possible,
special type of glass. Pittsburgh Corning technicians run several quality
This product is then extruded and crushed to control tests throughout all stages of production.
form a glass powder. A mixture of the powder
2. PRODUCTION SCHEME
Weigh batching
Introduction of
raw materials
Molten glass
Oven 1400°C
Solid glass
Pure glass Control room
Addition of
Ball mill
carbon
Weigh batching
Cellulating furnace
Annealing furnace
Packing
Cutting, squaring Stacking on pallets
Flat slabs to fabricating shop
Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning FOAMGLAS® Pittsburgh Corning

GmbH (Austria) Nederland B.V. Schweiz A.G. Península Ibérica Scandinavia ab.
Deutsche Pittsburgh Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning
Corning GmbH UK Ltd. Norway Italy France S.A.
Pittsburgh Corning Europe is also represented in: Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Greece, Hungary, Poland,
Rumania, Russian Federation, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Ukraine and Africa.
The innovative insulation people
O2
10 PROPERTIES 08/02
10 EXCEPTIONAL PROPERTIES OF FOAMGLAS® CELLULAR GLASS

1. Waterproof. 3. Resistant to attack by acids.
FOAMGLAS® insulation, composed of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass is not affected by
hermetically sealed glass cells, is totally atmospheric chemicals and is highly resistant to
waterproof. Its thermal resistance remains most acids. Its properties and characteristics
constant in damp atmospheres. remain constant throughout its service life.
ACID
2. Impervious to water vapour. 4. High compressive strength.

FOAMGLAS® cellular glass is completely FOAMGLAS® cellular glass has exceptionally
impervious to water vapour. Its insulating high compressive strength, and there is thus no
capacity cannot be affected by internal risk of deterioration under heavy load
condensation. conditions.
O2-07/93 1/2
5. Dimensionally stable. 7. Easy to cut.
With its perfect dimensional stability, FOAMGLAS® FOAMGLAS® cellular glass can easily be cut to a
cellular glass remains totally free from deformation high degree of accuracy using ordinary cutting tools.
under varying conditions of relative humidity.
6. Incombustible. 8. Vermin proof.
Being composed of pure glass, FOAMGLAS® FOAMGLAS® cellular glass is an inorganic material
cellular glass is completely incombustible. It is totally and therefore provides neither food nor protection for
flame retarding and does not support any rodents, insects, micro-organisms and bacteria.
combustion, thus constituting a safety factor in the
event of fire.
9. Fibre, CFC and HCFC free 10. Ecological Product.
FOAMGLAS® cellular glass contains no fibers, CFC FOAMGLAS® cellular glass quickly pays back the
or HCFC. energy used for its production.

WHY TO USE O3
08/02
FOAMGLAS ®
1. FIRE AND SMOKE

Fire is a very serious problem for industrial and foams which also present a particular danger
building applications. It causes every year several caused by smoke and toxic gases - the first
thousand deaths and damages are evaluated at cause of death before flames. In contrast,
several billion dollars in the USA and at a similar FOAMGLAS® insulation presents a high degree
level in Europe. Insulation material plays a major of fire safety as proven by severe product and
role in its development and propagation. During a insulation system tests and confirmed by large
long time, a misleading terminology based on fire analysis and expert opinions. In some
some equally misleading testing methods have countries, it is recognised by favourable
lead to questionable evaluation of the fire risk. insurance rates.
This confusion especially applies to some plastic
FOAMGLAS® cellular glass is classified noncombustible.
ISO 1182 • ASTM E-136 • BS 476 - Part 4 • NEN 3881 • DIN 4102 Teil 1
2. COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS IN INSULATION

Fires can result from the absorption of recommended for application where leaks of
combustible liquids, such as oils and heat organic liquids are possible. A variety of
transfer fluids, in insulation. This comes about FOAMGLAS® insulation systems have been
from a slow oxidation of the organic liquids that employed for such applications in both the US
will cause a temperature build-up within the and Europe. FOAMGLAS® insulation should also
insulation that will eventually lead to ignition. As a be considered for low temperature applications to
consequence, non absorptive and non minimise the possibility of the condensation of
combustible FOAMGLAS® insulation is hydrocarbon gases or liquid oxygen.
FOAMGLAS® insulation is non-wicking and totally noncombustible.
3. LIQUID WATER ABSORPTION AND RETENTION IN INSULATION

It has been estimated that "98% of the network of non-interconnecting glass cells, it has
problems with insulation systems are due to outstanding resistance to liquid water and even
moisture." Moisture generally enters an water vapour. This resistance to water intrusion
insulation system through ineffective vapor has been demonstrated in both the laboratory
barrier. Surprisingly, even insulation materials and the field. High temperature industrial
operating at high temperature can retain applications that rely on the water resistance of
extremely high quantities of water. Since FOAMGLAS® insulation include pipe lines, tanks
FOAMGLAS® insulation is composed of a and process equipment.
1/4 O3 – 08/02
4. WATER VAPOUR TRANSPORT AND CONDENSATION
Practically all materials allow water vapour to difficult to keep insulation dry only by using a
pass, only glass and metal do not. vapour check, as it is only a thin layer and easily
When water vapour enters a material layer where damaged. Condensation not only occurs in the
the dew point temperature is met, it condenses to cold field, but also when dealing with operating
water or even if the temperature is below freezing temperatures that are above ambient air
point, ice is formed. This affects seriously the conditions. Condensation means also corrosion
insulation efficiency, because insulation must be that is also one of the big problems to deal with.
dry and stay dry. In practice it is extremely
FOAMGLAS® cellular glass

µ value = ∞
permeability = 0
5. THERMAL EFFICIENCY IN REAL LIFE

The task of thermal insulation is to provide lead to additional degradation both of the
reliable and long-term thermal resistance despite insulation and the vessel or equipment. There
potential harsh environmental and service are many causes or mechanisms for the
conditions. increased conductivity of insulations.
The efficiency of many thermal insulations is Unfortunately designers/users may be mislead by
easily degraded by moisture and/or mechanical common but incorrect concepts that result in the
abuse. This degradation leads to increased severity of these problems being significantly
operating costs and can cause problems with underestimated.
process control or personnel protection, and can
Thermal conductivity of
Water 0.55 W/(m.K)
Ice at 0°C 2.20 W/(m.K)
1 % vol. of moisture increases

thermal conductivity by 30%
("Common In-Plant Problems Encountered with Insulation",
George Lang, Chemical Processing,Jan (1984), pp. 38-39)
6. METAL CORROSION
Wet thermal insulation can accelerate metal required for the stress corrosion cracking of
corrosion that, in turn, can cause serious stainless steel. Since FOAMGLAS® insulation is
economic and safety consequences. Serious impermeable, it provides a barrier to moisture
corrosion is generally associated with absorptive intrusion. Since it is slightly alkaline there is no
insulations. Corrosion is most severe in the possibility of accelerated corrosion of carbon
temperature range where liquid water can be steel. In addition it is qualified for use with
present. The corrosion of carbon steel is stainless steel.
accelerated by acidity while chloride content is
FOAMGLAS® cellular glass is compatible

with carbon steel and stainless steel
2/4 O3 – 08/02
7. CHEMICAL DURABILITY
The ultimate performance of an insulation liquids and/or vapours to which it may be
product may be critically affected by the chemical exposed.
environment to which it is exposed while in FOAMGLAS® cellular glass insulation is, without
service. Therefore, the insulation product question, the most chemically durable of all the
selected for an application must be resistant to all insulation products available in the marketplace.
FOAMGLAS® insulation is 100% glass.
8. DIMENSIONAL STABILITY
The dimensional stability of an insulation material joints appear as heat- or cold bridges. Slabs can
is a property that is absolutely necessary for the warp or bowl, resulting in damages of coatings or
faultiness function of an insulating system. The waterproofing materials. Finally insufficient
term implies not only the reversible linear dimensional stability affects also the insulating
coefficient of expansion that depends on the power of an insulation system in an extent that
temperature but also irreversible changes of can be neither foreseen nor predetermined. With
dimensions, which can be caused by influences FOAMGLAS® as insulating material all these
of temperature, water or humidity and by too high problems are avoided because this material has
loads. Damages created from inadequate not only a very small coefficient of expansion but
dimensional stability become apparent in also an excellent dimensional stability under the
different ways: Between slabs and shells the influence of temperature and/or humidity.
9. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
In the case of insulating materials, compressive ranging from 0.5 to 1.2 N/mm², measured with
strength is needed for many applications like extremely limited deformation. This fact favours
cryogenic tank bottom insulation, low easy and simple design for load bearing
temperature tank bottom, semi-underground insulation systems. In contrast, many other
conical digesters, high temperature tank bottoms, insulating materials have lower compressive
industrial floors, underground pipe and vessel strength and they are measured under 10 %
insulation, insulated pipe supports and hangers deformation. Within the application temperature
and more generally to withstand mechanical limit, FOAMGLAS® compressive strength is
abuses like traffic that does happen in real life. practically not affected by the temperature.
The different types of FOAMGLAS® insulation
have average ultimate compressive strengths
Compressive strength of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass

From 0.5 N/mm² up to 1.2 N/mm²
and unaffected up to its temperature limits.
3/4 O3 – 08/02
10. VERMIN RESISTANCE OF INSULATION MATERIALS
The resistance of insulation materials against the complete deterioration of the insulating
rodents and vermin is a property that is not very system itself. Not only carefully executed tests
often considered when buildings and/or technical but also practical experience shows that
installations are planned. When insulation is used FOAMGLAS® insulation is not only resistant
for underground walls and foundations, for against rats and mice but it is also not destroyed
agricultural buildings or for exterior technical by gnawing and boring insects or termites. No
installations, gnawing or boring animals can other insulation material offers such a high safety
cause heavy damage. This can have factor from the damage caused by such animals
consequences from the loss of thermal as does FOAMGLAS® insulation.
performance and/or mechanical strength up to
11. ECOLOGICAL INSULATION

FOAMGLAS® cellular glass is produced in 2 life of the insulation. The gas in the cells is CO2
major steps. The first consists in producing glass. and is only released when the material is cut or
This glass is crushed and converted to powder in destroyed. The amount of CO2 coming out of the
a ball mill. The second step is the foaming and cells is negligible compared to the amount
annealing of the cellulated glass "FOAMGLAS®". released by one man when breathing. Therefore
No foaming agent is used during this phase, such this amount does not contribute to the
as CFCs or HCFCs that deplete the ozone layer. greenhouse effect. FOAMGLAS® cellular glass
This process is consuming energy at a relatively can be recycled without special protection
low level and the consumed energy is commonly measures for the Environment or people's health
recovered in much less than 1 year of the service and its reinsertion in nature remains neutral.
Ecological classification of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass

Recommended without reservations
Class 3

O4
WHERE TO USE 08/02
FOAMGLAS®
1. MAIN REASONS TO USE FOAMGLAS®

Process and application temperatures have been From +120 to 430°C:
classified in three ranges where the main − fire hazard with combustible liquids
reasons to use FOAMGLAS® cellular glass are: − compressive strength
− protection against corrosion
Below ambient: − dimensional stability
− perfect moisture resistance
− protection against the corrosion risk,
− protection against freezing
− dimensional stability
− compressive strength
Ambient to +120°C: Many FOAMGLAS® cellular glass applications

− protection against corrosion risk are mentioned with an appreciation of their use:
− fire hazard in case of leakage of combustible
product - = very limited
− no water absorption ± = limited to moderate
− dimensional stability + = moderate to high
− compressive strength ++ = very high
2. REFINERY
PROCESS COLD WARM HOT COMMENTS
< 20°C 20 to 120°C > 120°C
ATMOSPHERIC DISTILLATION -
GAS, LPG, GASOLINE FRACTIONATION + ± Fire
VACUUM DISTILLATION ± Heat Tracing Lines
CATALYTIC REFORMING -
ISOMERISATION -
CATALYTIC CRACKING -
VISBREAKING
COKING PROCESSES -
HYDROCONVERSION ± -
ALKYLATION (HF) - -
ALKYLATION (H2S04) + -
DIMERSOL -
POLYMERISATION -
HYDROTREATMENT PROCESSES -
CHEMICAL TREATMENT PROCESSES Limited insulation required
SOLVENT DESASPHALTING ± ±
AMINE UNIT +
SULPHUR UNIT + + On traced lines,
crystallisation risk
9/4 O4 – 08/02
3. GAS PROCESSING
< 20°C 20 to 120°C > 120°C
H2S, CO2 REMOVAL PROCESSES ++ ± Depending on process
LPG, LNG RECOVERY PROCESSES ++ ±
LIQUEFACTION PROCESSES ++ Low temperature process
LNG RECEIVING TERMINAL ++ All FOAMGLAS® cellular
glass to be considered
SYNTHESIS GASES ++
INDUSTRIAL GASES ++ LOX/LIN - no organics
4. PETROCHEMISTRY
< 20°C 20 to 120°C > 120°C
AMMONIA ++ ± - Storage (++)
CARBON MONOXIDE ++ Cryogenic process: (++)
METHANOL ++ ± Leakage
MTBE ± Leakage
UREA ± -
BUTADIENE ++ ± -
STEAM CRACKING ++ + ±
ISOBUTENE ++ +
AROMATICS + +
CUMENE ± ± Traced
PHENOL/ACETONE ± ±
ETHYLBENZENE ± -
STYRENE + Fractionation section
NITROBENZENE ±
ANILINE ± -
PARAXYLENE: (CRYSTALLISATION) + ± Crystallisation process
PARAXYLENE: (PAREX) ± -
ETHYLENE OXIDE ++ ++ explosion risk
ETHYLENE GLYCOL ++ ++
PROPYLENE OXIDE ++ ++
PROPYLENE GLYCOL ++ ++
N. BUTANOL ±
ISOPROPANOL +
HIGHER ALCOHOLS + +
2-ETHYL HEXANOL + +
ACETALDEHYDE ±
ACETIC ACID ± ±
ACRYLATES ±
ACRYLIC ACID ± ±
ACRYLONITRILE ++ ± ±
VINYL ACETATE ±
VINYL CHLORIDE ++ + ±
ADIPIC ACID ± -
MALEIC ANHYDRIDE ± -
DMT ± ±
TPA ± ±
MDI + ± ±
TDI ++ ± ±
POLYETHER-POLYOLS ±
POLYETHYLENE (LDPE) ± -
POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) ++ +
POLYETHYLENE (LINEAR LDPE) +
POLYPROPYLENE ++ + +
POLYSTYRENE ± ±
PVC ±
LAB ± ±
POLYBUTADIENE + + +
SBR +
10/4 O4 – 08/02
5. STORAGE TANKS
APPLICATION COLD WARM HOT COMMENTS

< 20°C 20 to 120°C > 120°C
VERTICAL TANK: BOTTOM ++ ++ ++ Compressive strength
VERTICAL TANK: WALLS AND ROOFS ++ + -
SPHERICAL TANK ++ +
6. MISCELLANEOUS

< 20°C 20 to 120°C > 120°C
OFF-SHORE ++ ++ ++ Fire-corrosion
BITUMEN TANKS - TANKERS ++ ++ Fire
HEAT TRANSFER ++ Fire-Explosion
SULPHUR PITS ++
PHARMACEUTICAL ++ ++ ++ Corrosion - bacteriological
cycling temperature
COSMETICS ++ +
7. FOOD

< 20°C 20 to 120°C > 120°C
BREWERIES ++ + Stress corrosion on
stainless steel
bacteriological resistance
temperature control
MALT-HOUSE ++ High humidity
DAIRIES-CHEESE + + Refrigeration lines
MEAT-POULTRY + Refrigeration lines
8. COLD STORES

< 20°C 20 to 120°C > 120°C
WALLS +
FLOOR ++ High load
ROOF + Steel Deck ++
FREEZING LINES ++ Freon (-40) NH3 (-30)
9. HEATING - VENTILATION - AIR CONDITIONING

< 20°C 20 to 120°C > 120°C
CHILLED WATER + Moisture-fire
MINING + Fire
AIR DUCTS + +
HEATING +
UNDERGROUND + ± +
11/4 O4 – 08/02
10. OTHERS

< 20°C 20 to 120°C > 120°C
ICE RINKS ++
PAPER MILLS: ROOFS ++
PAPER MILLS: KRAFT PROCESS +
PAPER MILLS: SULPHITE PROCESS +
DIGESTER ++ Bacteriological
WATER TREATMENT +
POWER PLANTS + Corrosion
NUCLEAR PLANTS + ++ Corrosion
CHIMNEYS ++ H2SO4
ROAD TUNNELS ++ Fire risk
BUILDING: FLAT ROOFS ++ Compact roof technique
BUILDING: PITCHED ROOFS ±
BUILDING: WALLS +
BUILDING: FLOORS +

A02
FOAMGLAS®
T4
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS
Alumino-silicated cellular glass with a specially

COMPOSITION elaborated composition; totally inorganic;
contains no binders
TEMPERATURE LIMITS From -260°C to + 430°C
SOFTENING POINT Glass softening point : about 730°C
WATER ABSORPTION Zero, except for some temporary water retention

on the surface
HYGROSCOPICITY Zero
PERMEABILITY Zero
RESISTANCE TO WATER VAPOUR

µ=∞
TRANSMISSION
CAPILLARITY Zero
RESISTANCE TO ACIDS Impervious to common acids and their fumes
COMBUSTIBILITY Non combustible
DIMENSIONAL STABILITY Perfect
AIRBORNE SOUND TRANSMISSION

LOSS (AVERAGE AT NORMAL 28 dB for a 10 cm thickness
FREQUENCY)
1/2 A02 – 07/03

FOAMGLAS® T4
Produced for all applications where high insulation is the prime requirement.
Length Width Thickness
300 450 40,45*,50,60,65*,70,75*,80,90,100,110,120,130,140,150,160,170,180
600 450 40,45*,50,60,65*,70,75*,80,90,100,110,120,130,140,150,160,170,180
Metric sizes in mm * These thicknesses are available on special request.
SI
3
SPECIFIC WEIGHT 120 kg/m
(± 10% tolerance)
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY
(declared value /90/90 at 10 °C) 0.042 W/(m.K)
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (1) 700 kPa

(average at break point)
FLEXURAL STRENGTH 400 kPa
FLEXURAL MODULUS OF ELASTICITY 800 MPa
-6 -1
COEFFICIENT OF THERMAL 9 x 10 K
EXPANSION
SPECIFIC HEAT 0.84 kJ/(kg.K)
-7 2
THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY AT 0°C 4.2 x 10 m /sec
(1) The engineering office will choose the safety factor relevant for the application : 3 is a frequently adopted value.
When not specified, FOAMGLAS® properties are given at ambient temperature and correspond to EN test methods EN 13167,
EN 822, EN 823, EN 826, EN 1602, EN 1603, EN 1604, EN 12086, EN 12087, EN 12089, EN 12667, EN 12939, EN 13471
and ISO 1182.

A03
FOAMGLAS® 08/02
S3

contains no binders

on the surface
HYGROSCOPICITY Zero
PERMEABILITY Zero

µ=∞
TRANSMISSION
CAPILLARITY Zero

FREQUENCY)
1/2 A03 – 08/02

FOAMGLAS® S3
Produced for use where compressive strength is the prime requirement.
300 450 40, 50
600 450 40, 50, 60, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140,160
Metric sizes in mm Other thicknesses are available on special request
M SI
SPECIFIC WEIGHT 135 kg/m³ 135 kg/m³

(+/- 10% tolerance)
AT 0°C (± 5%) 0.0380 kcal/mh°C 0.044 W/(m.K)
AT + 10°C (± 5%) 0.0397 kcal/mh°C 0.046 W/(m.K)
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (1) 9 kg/cm² 900 kPa

FLEXURAL STRENGTH 5 kg/cm² 500 kPa
FLEXURAL MODULUS OF
ELASTICITY 12000 kg/cm² 1200 Mpa
COEFFICIENT OF
THERMAL EXPANSION 9 x 10-6/°C 9 x 10-6 K-1
SPECIFIC HEAT 0.20 kcal/kg°C 0.84 kJ/(kg.K)
THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY AT 0°C 4.2 x 10-3 cm²/sec 4.2 x 10-7 m²/sec
When not specified, FOAMGLAS® properties are given at ambient temperature and correspond to ASTM test methods N°
C165, C203, C240-91, C303, C518, E96, E136 and ISO 8302. For the insulation of applications in which high loads are
involved, as for instance tank bases, please refer to the latest issue of specification i22 - FOAMGLAS® HLB being the only
recommended cellular glass for the insulation of liquefied gas tank bases.

A05
FOAMGLAS®
F

contains no binders

on the surface
HYGROSCOPICITY Zero
PERMEABILITY Zero

µ=∞
TRANSMISSION
CAPILLARITY Zero

FREQUENCY)
1/2 A05 - 07/03

FOAMGLAS® F
Produced for use where high compressive strength is the prime requirement.
600 450 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 140, 150*, 160*
Metric sizes in mm * these thicknesses are available on special
request
SI
3
SPECIFIC WEIGHT 160 kg/m
(± 10% tolerance)
(declared value /90/90 at 10 °C) 0.050 W/(m.K)
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (1) 1700 kPa

FLEXURAL STRENGTH 600 kPa
FLEXURAL MODULUS OF ELASTICITY 1500 MPa
COEFFICIENT OF THERMAL
-6 -1
EXPANSION 9 x 10 K
SPECIFIC HEAT 0.84 kJ/(kg.K)
-7 2
THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY AT 0°C 3.5 x 10 m /sec
When not specified, FOAMGLAS® properties are given at ambient temperature and correspond to EN test methods EN 13167,
EN 822, EN 823, EN 826, EN 1602, EN 1603, EN 1604, EN 12086, EN 12087, EN 12089, EN 12667, EN 12939, EN 13471
and ISO 1182. For the insulation of applications in which high loads are involved, as for instance tank bases, please refer to
the latest issue of specification i22 - FOAMGLAS® HLB for the insulation of liquefied gas tank bases.

A08
BLOCK DIMENSIONS 08/02
PACKING DATA
FOAMGLAS® BLOCKS
Thick- Pack Pallet

ness # of blocks surface volume type weight sizes in cm weight
mm 300x450 600x450 m2 m3 net kg gross kg l w h gross kg
25 * 40 5.40 0.1350 C 17.8 18.3 122 103 145 230

30 * 32 4.32 0.1296 E 17.1 17.6 122 100 145 221
35 * 28 3.78 0.1323 D 17.5 18.0 122 101 145 226
40 24 12 3.24 0.1296 E 17.1 17.6 122 100 145 221
45 * 24 12 3.24 0.1458 A 19.2 19.7 122 111 145 247
50 20 10 2.70 0.1350 C 17.8 18.3 122 103 145 230
55 * 18 9 2.43 0.1337 C 17.6 18.1 122 102 145 228
60 16 8 2.16 0.1296 E 17.1 17.6 122 100 145 221
65 * 16 8 2.16 0.1404 B 18.5 19.0 122 107 145 238
70 14 7 1.89 0.1323 D 17.5 18.0 122 101 145 226
75 * 14 7 1.89 0.1418 F 18.7 19.2 122 113 145 241
80 12 6 1.62 0.1296 E 17.1 17.6 122 100 145 221
85 * 12 6 1.62 0.1377 B 18.2 18.7 122 105 145 234
90 * 12 6 1.62 0.1458 A 19.2 19.7 122 111 145 247
100 10 5 1.35 0.1350 C 17.8 18.3 122 103 145 230
110 * 10 5 1.35 0.1485 F 19.6 20.1 122 113 145 251
120 8 4 1.08 0.1296 E 17.1 17.6 122 100 145 221
125 * 8 4 1.08 0.1350 C 17.8 18.3 122 103 145 230
130 * 4 1.08 0.1404 B 18.5 19.0 122 107 145 238
140 * 4 1.08 0.1512 G 20.0 20.5 122 115 145 256
150 * 3 0.81 0.1215 H 16.0 16.5 122 95 145 208
160 * 3 0.81 0.1296 E 17.1 17.6 122 100 145 221
* Not available in all sizes and sometimes only on request. Check delivery time
Pack sizes in cm
Type Length Width Height Type Length Width Height

A 60.5 55 45.5 E 60.5 49 45.5
B 60.5 52 45.5 F 60.5 56 45.5
C 60.5 51 45.5 G 60.5 57 45.5
D 60.5 50 45.5 H 60.5 46 45.5
Each pallet holds 12 packages
1/2 A08 – 08/02

FOAMGLAS® BOARDS
Thick- Pack Pallet

ness # of boards surface volume size weight sizes in cm weight
mm 600 x 1200 m2 m3 cm net kg gross kg l w h gross kg
30 8 5.76 0.1728 25x60.5x120.5 34.4 34.9 122 100 135 289

40 6 4.32 0.1728 25x60.5x120.5 31.5 32.0 122 100 135 266
50 5 3.60 0.1800 26x60.5x120.5 31.0 31.5 122 102 135 262
60 4 2.88 0.1728 25x60.5x120.5 28.6 29.1 122 100 135 243
70 4 2.88 0.2016 29x60.5x120.5 32.5 33.0 122 116 135 274
80 3 2.16 0.1728 25x60.5x120.5 27.2 27.7 122 100 135 232
90 3 2.16 0.1944 29x60.5x120.5 30.0 30.5 122 116 135 254
100 3 2.16 0.2160 31x60.5x120.5 33.0 33.5 122 100 135 211
110 2 1.44 0.1584 23x60.5x120.5 23.7 24.2 122 116 135 204
120 2 1.44 0.1728 25x60.5x120.5 25.7 26.2 122 100 135 220
130 2 1.44 0.1872 27x60.5x120.5 27.6 28.1 122 116 135 235
140 2 1.44 0.2016 29x60.5x120.5 29.6 30.1 122 116 135 251
150 2 1.44 0.2160 31x60.5x120.5 31.5 32.0 122 100 135 202
Each pallet holds 8 or 6 packages

A10
FACTS
AND
08/02
FIGURES
PREFABRICATED INSULATION IN SHELLS,
SEGMENTS AND ELBOWS
FOAMGLAS® cellular glass shells and The following documents show the great
segments are available in a great variety of variety of elements prefabricated from
diameters and thicknesses. They correspond FOAMGLAS® slabs. On top of these
to the requirements of the user and allow a "standardised" elements, special pieces can be
precise selection of the correct dimensions for fabricated on request.
the considered application.
Diameter to be insulated in mm
Document Prefabricated elements
from to
Shells for straight pipes

A11 13.5 244.5 - 368
Segments for straight pipes

A12 273 - 381 920
Elbows
A13 21.3 920
Shells and segments for fittings

A14 21.3 609.6
Vessel segments
A15 921 8000
A16 Vessel head segments 950 5000 and +
Cone segments
A17 450 20000

PSH A11
SHELLS FOR 08/02
STRAIGHT PIPES
Diameter from 13.5 to 244.5 - 368 mm
1. NECESSARY DATA FOR FABRICATING

FOAMGLAS® insulation will be prefabricated in − if the temperature of the shells exceeds
shells up to an exterior diameter of 450 mm. +120°C, adhesion must be carried out by
If the exterior insulation diameter exceeds 450 means of High Temperature Adhesive.
mm, curved segments will be prefabricated
(see A 12).
1.1. Dimensions of pipe to be insulated

− pipe diameter
− straight length
− insulation thickness and number of layers
1.2. Service temperature

Shells with a diameter up to 298.5 mm are
fabricated from two monolithic pieces of
FOAMGLAS® cellular glass. These shells are
used in the whole service temperature range of
the cellular glass (Fig.1)
1. Hot bitumen t < +120°C or
HT. Adhesive t > +120°C
Fig.2 Cutting of shells from

preassembled slabs
1.3. Anti-abrasive coating.

150mm Depending on service conditions, it will be
max.
applied to the inner surface of the FOAMGLAS®
450 mm shells. The possible application of an anti-
abrasive on site has to be indicated with the
Fig.1 Cutting of shells from a monolithic order since its application requires an increase of
slab the interior diameter.
Service temperature has to be indicated to apply

Shells with an exterior diameter exceeding the correct coating :
298.5 mm have an adhesive joint since they are
cut out of several preassembled cellular glass 1.3.1. LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE
slabs (Fig.2). for temperatures from -180 to +120°C.
− If the temperature on the warm side of the 1.3.2. PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIV
shells does not reach +120°C, the two slabs E for high temperatures up to 350°C and
are adhered with hot bitumen, temperatures lower than -180°C where inorganic
materials are requested.
2. TOLERANCES
Tolerances applied to FOAMGLAS® shells, they − Inside shell diameter : 0 to 3 mm
ensure a normal free movement between shells − Length : ± 2 mm
and the pipes : − Thickness : ± 2 mm
A11-08/02 1/2
3. DIMENSIONS OF PIPE SHELLS
Monolithic piece With adhesive joint
FOAMGLAS® thicknesses and outside diameters (mm)

Diameter 1" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 3 1/2" 4"
of pipes FG OD FG OD FG OD FG OD FG OD FG OD FG OD
DN inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
8 1/4 13.5 31 76.1 37 88.9 50 114.3 63 139.7 77 168.3 90 193.7 102 219.1
10 3/8 17.2 29 76.1 42 101.6 55 127.0 61 139.7 75 168.3 88 193.7 100 219.1
15 1/2 21.3 27 76.1 40 101.6 52 127.0 68 159.0 85 193.7 98 219.1 111 244.5
20 3/4 26.9 24 76.1 37 101.6 50 127.0 65 159.0 83 193.7 96 219.1 108 244.5
30.0 29 88.9 42 114.3 54 139.7 69 168.3 81 193.7 94 219.1 107 244.5
25 1 33.7 27 88.9 40 114.3 53 139.7 67 168.3 80 193.7 92 219.1 105 244.5
38.0 25 88.9 38 114.3 50 139.7 65 168.3 77 193.7 90 219.1 103 244.5
32 1 1/4 42.4 23 88.9 42 127.0 48 139.7 62 168.3 75 193.7 88 219.1 101 244.5
44.5 28 101.6 41 127.0 47 139.7 61 168.3 74 193.7 87 219.1 99 244.5
40 1 1/2 48.3 26 101.6 39 127.0 54 159.0 72 193.7 85 219.1 97 244.5 111 273.0
51.0 25 101.6 38 127.0 53 159.0 70 193.7 83 219.1 96 244.5 110 273.0
57.0 28 114.3 41 139.7 50 159.0 68 193.7 81 219.1 93 244.5 108 273.0
50 2 60.3 27 114.3 39 139.7 54 168.3 66 193.7 79 219.1 92 244.5 106 273.0
70.0 28 127.0 44 159.0 49 168.3 61 193.7 74 219.1 87 244.5 101 273.0
65 2 1/2 76.1 25 127.0 41 159.0 58 193.7 71 219.1 83 244.5 98 273.0 110 298.5
80 3 88.9 25 139.7 39 168.3 52 193.7 65 219.1 77 244.5 92 273.0 104 298.5
3 1/2 101.6 33 168.3 46 193.7 57 219.1 71 244.5 85 273.0 98 298.5 111 323.9
108.0 30 168.3 42 193.7 55 219.1 68 244.5 82 273.0 94 298.5 107 323.9
100 4 114.3 27 168.3 39 193.7 52 219.1 65 244.5 79 273.0 92 298.5 104 323.9
4 1/2 127.0 33 193.7 46 219.1 58 244.5 73 273.0 85 298.5 98 323.9 114 355.6
133.0 30 193.7 42 219.1 55 244.5 69 273.0 82 298.5 95 323.9 111 355.6
125 5 139.7 26 193.7 39 219.1 52 244.5 66 273.0 78 298.5 91 323.9 107 355.6
159.0 29 219.1 42 244.5 56 273.0 69 298.5 82 323.9 98 355.6 110 381.0
150 6 168.3 25 219.1 37 244.5 52 273.0 64 298.5 77 323.9 93 355.6 106 381.0
7 193.7 39 273.0 51 298.5 64 323.9 80 355.6 93 381.0 106 406.4
200 8 219.1 39 298.5 52 323.9 67 355.6 80 381.0 93 406.4 106 431.8
9 244.5 39 323.9 55 355.6 67 381.0 80 406.4 93 431.8 100 445.0
250 10 273.0 40 355.6 53 381.0 66 406.4 79 431.8 88 450.0
11 298.5 41 381.0 53 406.4 66 431.8
300 12 323.9 41 406.4 53 431.8
350 14 355.6 37 431.8 47 450.0
368.0 40 449.0
Thicknesses are determined so that the outer half standard length, i.e. one half shell to be cut
diameter of a FOAMGLAS® shell always in two.
corresponds to the outside diameter of a
standard pipe. Example
This guarantees an adequate fitting of the Required length 80.5 m.
successive insulation layers. The inside diameter Number of standard lengths :
of a FOAMGLAS® shell is equal to the outside 80.5 m : 0.6 m/SL = 134.16 SL.
diameter of a standard pipe, taking into account When rounding off to the half standard length, we
the corresponding ISO tolerances. will obtain 134.5 standard length (SL).
Standard length (SL)
Half shells for pipe insulation are furnished in The furnished length will be :
"Standard Length" of 600 mm. The length to be 134.5 SL x 0.6 m/SL = 80.7 m.
insulated is divided by 0.6 and rounded off to the

PSG A12
SEGMENTS FOR 08/02
STRAIGHT PIPES
Diameter from 273-381 mm to 920 mm

Curved segments will be prefabricated if the outside 1.3. Anti-abrasive coating.
insulation diameter exceeds 450 mm. Depending on service conditions, it will be applied
FOAMGLAS® insulation shells will be prefabricated to the inner surface of the FOAMGLAS® segments.
up to an outside diameter of 450 mm (see A11). The possible application of an anti-abrasive on site
has to be indicated with the order since its
1.1. Dimensions of pipe to be insulated application requires an increase of the interior
diameter.
− pipe diameter
− straight length Service temperature has to be indicated to apply
− insulation thickness and number of layers the correct coating :
1.2. Service temperature 1.3.1. LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE for

The segments to be used at service temperatures temperatures from -180 to +120°C.
above 120°C are cut out of one monolithic slab.
The segments for lower temperatures are cut with a 1.3.2. PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE
double ribbon saw from a pile of FOAMGLAS® for high temperatures up to +350°C and
slabs adhered with hot bitumen. Certain pieces will temperatures lower than -180°C where inorganic
thus have a bituminous joint not in contact with the materials are requested.
piping.
For temperatures < +120°C For temperatures > +120°C

segments cut out segments cut out
of a pile of FOAMGLAS® slabs of a monolithic FOAMGLAS® slabs
600 mm
1
8 1
Hot bitumen
2
600 mm
7
2 3
225 mm
4
3 6
6
7
5 4
8
225 mm
2. TOLERANCES
Tolerances applied to FOAMGLAS® segments, they − Curvature : ± 3 to 5 mm
ensure a normal free movement between segments following the ∅ of the pipe
− Length : ± 2 mm
− Width : ± 2 mm
A12-08/02 1/2
3. DIMENSIONS OF PIPE SEGMENTS
Diameter 40 mm 50 mm 60 mm 70 mm 80 mm 90 mm 100 mm
of pipes segm/ outside segm/ outside segm/ outside segm/ outside segm/ outside segm/ outside segm/ outside
DN inch mm circumf. dia mm circumf. dia mm circumf. dia mm circumf. dia mm circumf. dia mm circumf. dia mm circumf. dia mm
250 10 273.0 353.0 7.0 473.0
11 298.5 379.0 6.5 459.0 7.0 479.0 7.0 499.0
300 12 323.9 404.0 6.5 444.0 6.5 464.0 7.0 484.0 7.0 504.0 7.5 524.0
350 14 355.6 436.0 6.5 456.0 7.0 476.0 7.0 496.0 7.5 516.0 7.5 536.0 8.0 556.0
368.0 448.0 6.5 468.0 7.0 488.0 7.5 508.0 7.5 528.0 8.0 548.0 8.0 568.0
15 381.0 6.5 461.0 7.0 481.0 7.0 501.0 7.5 521.0 8.0 541.0 8.0 561.0 8.5 581.0
400 16 406.4 7.0 486.0 7.5 506.0 7.5 526.0 8.0 546.0 8.0 566.0 8.5 586.0 8.5 606.0
419.0 7.0 499.0 7.5 519.0 7.5 539.0 8.0 559.0 8.5 579.0 8.5 599.0 9.0 619.0
17 431.8 7.5 512.0 7.5 532.0 8.0 552.0 8.0 572.0 8.5 592.0 9.0 612.0 9.0 632.0
450 18 457.2 7.5 537.0 8.0 557.0 8.5 577.0 8.5 597.0 9.0 617.0 9.0 637.0 9.5 657.0
470.0 8.0 550.0 8.0 570.0 8.5 590.0 8.5 610.0 9.0 630.0 9.5 650.0 9.5 670.0
19 482.6 8.0 563.0 8.5 583.0 8.5 603.0 9.0 623.0 9.0 643.0 9.5 663.0 9.5 683.0
500 20 508.0 8.5 588.0 8.5 608.0 9.0 628.0 9.5 648.0 9.5 668.0 10.0 688.0 10.0 708.0
521.0 8.5 601.0 9.0 621.0 9.0 641.0 9.5 661.0 9.5 681.0 10.0 701.0 10.5 721.0
21 533.4 9.0 613.0 9.0 633.0 9.5 653.0 9.5 673.0 10.0 693.0 10.0 713.0 10.5 733.0
550 22 558.8 9.0 639.0 9.5 659.0 9.5 679.0 10.0 699.0 10.0 719.0 10.5 739.0 11.0 759.0
570.0 9.5 650.0 9.5 670.0 10.0 690.0 10.0 710.0 10.5 730.0 10.5 750.0 11.0 770.0
23 584.2 9.5 664.0 10.0 684.0 10.0 704.0 10.5 724.0 10.5 744.0 11.0 764.0 11.0 784.0
600 24 609.6 10.0 690.0 10.0 710.0 10.5 730.0 10.5 750.0 11.0 770.0 11.0 790.0 11.5 810.0
622.0 10.0 702.0 10.5 722.0 10.5 742.0 11.0 762.0 11.0 782.0 11.5 802.0 11.5 822.0
25 635.0 10.0 715.0 10.5 735.0 11.0 755.0 11.0 775.0 11.5 795.0 11.5 815.0 12.0 835.0
650 26 660.4 10.5 740.0 11.0 760.0 11.0 780.0 11.5 800.0 11.5 820.0 12.0 840.0 12.0 860.0
27 685.8 11.0 766.0 11.0 786.0 11.5 806.0 11.5 826.0 12.0 846.0 12.5 866.0 12.5 886.0
700 28 711.2 11.5 791.0 11.5 811.0 12.0 831.0 12.0 851.0 12.5 871.0 12.5 891.0 13.0 911.0
720.0 11.5 800.0 11.5 820.0 12.0 840.0 12.0 860.0 12.5 880.0 13.0 900.0 13.0 920.0
29 736.6 11.5 817.0 12.0 837.0 12.0 857.0 12.5 877.0 12.5 897.0 13.0 917.0 13.5 937.0
750 30 762.0 12.0 842.0 12.0 862.0 12.5 882.0 13.0 902.0 13.0 922.0 13.5 942.0 13.5 962.0
31 787.4 12.5 867.0 12.5 887.0 13.0 907.0 13.0 927.0 13.5 947.0 13.5 967.0 14.0 987.0
800 32 812.8 12.5 893.0 13.0 913.0 13.0 933.0 13.5 953.0 14.0 973.0 14.0 993.0 14.5 1013.0
820.0 13.0 900.0 13.0 920.0 13.5 940.0 13.5 960.0 14.0 980.0 14.0 1000.0 14.5 1020.0
33 838.2 13.0 918.0 13.5 938.0 13.5 958.0 14.0 978.0 14.0 998.0 14.5 1018.0 14.5 1038.0
34 863.6 13.5 944.0 13.5 964.0 14.0 984.0 14.0 1004.0 14.5 1024.0 15.0 1044.0 15.0 1064.0
35 889.0 13.5 969.0 14.0 989.0 14.5 1009.0 14.5 1029.0 15.0 1049.0 15.0 1069.0 15.5 1089.0
900 36 914.4 14.0 994.0 14.5 1014.0 14.5 1034.0 15.0 1054.0 15.0 1074.0 15.5 1094.0 16.0 1114.0
920.0 14.0 1000.0 14.5 1020.0 14.5 1040.0 15.0 1060.0 15.5 1080.0 15.5 1100.0 16.0 1120.0
By using thicknesses that are graded by a factor of

ten, we obtain "non-standard" exterior diameters. 225 mm
For the calculation of a second insulation layer the
nearest larger diameter will be chosen.
Standard Length (SL)

The segments have a length of 600 mm. The length
of the pipe to be insulated will be divided by 0.6 to
determine the number of Standard Lengths. The
number will be rounded off to furnished half-
lengths. Example : see half shells A11.
Fig.1 Last segment will be adjusted.
Number of segments per circumference (Fig.1).
All segments have an exterior width of 225 mm.
The number necessary per circumference, per The last segment of the circumference will have to
Standard Length, is rounded up to the next half be adjusted during application, and the cut off
unit. exceeding 110 mm to be reused.

E90 A13
E45 08/02
ELBOWS
Diameter from 21.3 mm to 920 mm

FOAMGLAS® elbows have a curvature where FOAMGLAS® elbows with an exterior diameter
R = 1.5 D (type 3D) and can be furnished in the exceeding 298.5 mm are preassembled with the
same thicknesses as shells and segments for adequate adhesive.
straight pipes. If temperature on the warm side does not reach
+120°C, they will be adhered with hot bitumen. If
1.1. Dimensions of elbows to be insulated temperature on the warm side exceeds +120°C,
− pipe diameter adhesion must be carried out with High
− if different from standard (90°, R = 1.5 D, Temperature Adhesive.
type 3 D) : angle and curvature radius.
− number of elbows.

FOAMGLAS® elbows with an exterior diameter
up to 298.5 mm are fabricated from 2 monolithic
cellular glass pieces. These shells can be used
at any temperature for which the cellular glass is
specified (Fig.1).
1
2
3
90°
4
Fig.2 Preassembled elbow

Depending on service conditions, it will be
applied to the inner surface of the FOAMGLAS®
90° elbows. The possible application of an anti-
R=1.5 x D abrasive on site has to be indicated with the
order since its application requires an increase of
D the interior diameter.Service temperature has to
be indicated to apply the correct coating.
1.3.1. LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE

for temperatures from -180 to +120°C.
1.3.2. PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIV

E for high temperatures up to +350°C and
temperatures lower than -180°C where inorganic
Fig.1 Two monolithic pieces
2. TOLERANCES
FOAMGLAS® elbows : − Curvature radius :
− Inside diameter : ≤ 371 mm : ± 3 mm
≤ 273 mm : 0 to 3 mm > 371 mm : ± 5 mm
> 273 mm : 0 to 5 mm − Insulation thickness : ± 2 mm
A13-08/02 1/2
3. DIMENSIONS OF ELBOWS
The thickness tables as detailed for the insulation of type 3D. (The rule R = 1.5 D applies to the diameter in
straight pipes with shells and segments are applicable inches).
(see documents A 11 and A 12). This guarantees a P.S. Elbows with an exterior diameter up to 298.5 mm
good connection between the different insulation can be cut to a different curvature radius.
elements.
One single insulation layer is normally applied if Cutting on site (Fig.3 and table)
thickness is below or equal to 100 mm since no Cutting on site of elbows for large diameters can be
staggering of joints is possible between layers. made from half shells or segments for straight pipes.
The curvature radius normally used is equal to one When using segments, it is important to assemble
and a half diameter. These elbows are also called them in half shells that cover exactly half the
circumference.
12/1 1
2
3
4
5
6
180° 12/1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12/2 7
8
9
10
88 mm 45 mm
90° 11
Fig.3 Example 323.9 mm / 12" x 50 mm 12/2
The table below has been conceived for large elbows type 3D (R = 1.5 D).
Diameter 40 mm 50 mm 60 mm 70 mm 80 mm 90 mm 100 mm
of elbow
DN inch mm N A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
250 10 273.0 11 80 41 81 42 82 43 84 45 85 46 87 48 88 49
11 298.5 11 87 44 88 46 90 47 91 49 93 50 94 51 95 53
300 12 323.9 12 86 44 88 45 89 47 90 48 92 49 93 50 94 52
350 14 355.6 12 98 52 100 53 101 54 102 56 104 57 105 58 106 60
368.0 13 94 49 95 51 96 52 97 53 99 54 100 55 101 57
15 381.0 13 97 51 98 52 99 53 101 54 102 56 103 57 104 58
400 16 406.4 13 103 54 104 55 105 56 107 58 108 59 109 60 110 61
419.0 14 99 52 100 53 101 54 102 55 103 56 104 57 105 58
17 431.8 14 101 53 103 54 104 55 105 56 106 57 107 59 108 60
450 18 457.2 14 107 56 108 57 109 58 110 59 112 60 113 61 114 63
470.0 14 110 57 111 58 112 59 113 61 114 62 116 63 117 64
19 482.6 14 113 59 114 60 115 61 116 62 117 63 118 64 120 65
500 20 508.0 15 111 57 112 58 113 59 114 61 115 62 116 63 117 64
521.0 15 113 59 114 60 115 61 116 62 117 63 118 64 120 65
21 533.4 15 116 60 117 61 118 62 119 63 120 64 121 65 122 66
550 22 558.8 16 114 59 115 60 116 61 117 62 118 63 119 64 120 65
570.0 16 116 60 117 61 118 62 119 63 120 64 121 65 122 66
23 584.2 16 119 61 120 62 121 63 122 64 123 65 124 66 125 67
600 24 609.6 16 124 64 125 65 126 66 127 67 128 68 129 69 130 70
622.0 16 126 65 127 66 128 67 129 68 130 69 131 70 132 71
25 635.0 17 121 62 122 63 123 64 124 65 125 66 126 67 127 68
650 26 660.4 17 126 65 127 66 128 67 129 67 129 68 130 69 131 70
27 685.8 17 130 67 131 68 132 69 133 70 134 71 135 72 136 73
700 28 711.2 17 135 69 136 70 137 71 138 72 139 73 140 74 141 75
720.0 18 129 67 130 67 131 68 132 69 133 70 134 71 135 72
29 736.6 18 132 68 133 69 134 70 135 70 136 71 136 72 137 73
750 30 762.0 18 136 70 137 71 138 72 139 73 140 73 141 74 142 75
31 787.4 18 141 72 142 73 143 74 144 75 144 76 145 77 146 77
800 32 812.8 19 138 71 139 71 139 72 140 73 141 74 142 75 143 75
820.0 19 139 71 140 72 141 73 141 74 142 74 143 75 144 76
33 838.2 19 142 73 143 73 144 74 144 75 145 76 146 77 147 78
34 863.6 19 146 75 147 76 148 76 149 77 149 78 150 79 151 80
35 889.0 20 143 73 144 74 144 75 145 75 146 76 147 77 147 78
900 36 914.4 20 147 75 148 76 148 77 149 77 150 78 151 79 151 80
920.0 20 148 75 148 76 149 77 150 78 151 76 152 79 152 80

F15 A14.1
F30 08/02
FLANGES
Diameter from 21.3 to 609.6 mm

1.1. Dimensions of flange to be insulated 1.3. Anti-abrasive coating.
Depending on service conditions, it can be
− diameter of connected pipe applied to the part which will be in contact with
− number of flanges the pipe, i.e. packing pieces (dutchman).
− nominal pressure and type of flange or: Service temperature has to be indicated to apply
− exterior diameter of flange the correct coating.
− total length, including tightening bolts
1.3.1. LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE
1.2. Service temperature for temperatures from -180 to +120°C.
Service temperature should be indicated so as to
allow factory to choose the best adapted 1.3.2. PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIV
fabrication method for adhesion on site. E for high temperatures up to 350°C and
temperatures lower than -180°C where inorganic
2. TOLERANCES
ensure a normal free movement between shells − Length : ± 2 mm
− Width : ± 2 mm
3. HOW TO APPLY FOAMGLAS® FLANGE INSULATION.

®
Example : Pipe diameter 4” (114.3 mm), Flange class 150, FOAMGLAS thickness 2”
Material delivered
A : 1 half shell of 600 mm

type PSH 4” x 2 ½”,
to be cut in 4 pieces of
150 mm for the
packing piece
(dutchman)
B : 2 half shells of 600

mm type PSH 9” x 2”,
to be applied over the
dutchman and to be
adjusted in length
A14.1-08/02 1/2
4. DIMENSIONS OF FLANGE INSULATION
® ®
Pipe diameter Flange FOAMGLAS FOAMGLAS
Class 150 packing piece flange insulation
Type F15 dia length thickness length inside diameter length
DN Inch mm mm mm inch mm m inch mm m
15 ½ 21.3 89 48 1½ 40 0.3 3½ 101.6 0.6
20 ¾ 26.9 99 53 1½ 37 0.3 3½ 101.6 0.6
25 1 33.7 108 56 1½ 40 0.3 4 114.3 0.6
32 1¼ 42.4 118 57 1½ 42 0.3 4½ 127.0 0.6
40 1½ 48.3 127 62 1½ 39 0.3 4½ 127.0 0.6
50 2 60.3 153 64 2 54 0.3 6 168.3 0.6
65 2½ 76.1 178 70 2 58 0.3 7 193.7 0.6
80 3 88.9 191 70 2 52 0.3 7 193.7 0.6
Example 100 4 114.3 229 76 2½ 65 0.3 9 244.5 0.6
125 5 139.7 254 89 2½ 66 0.3 10 273.0 0.6
150 6 168.3 280 89 2½ 64 0.3 11 298.5 0.6
200 8 219.1 343 102 2½ 67 0.3 14 355.6 0.6
250 10 273.0 407 102 2½ 66 0.3 16 406.4 0.6
300 12 323.9 483 114 80 0.3 19 482.6 0.6
350 14 355.6 534 127 90 0.3 21 533.4 0.6
400 16 406.4 597 127 100 0.3 24 609.6 0.6
450 18 457.2 635 140 100 0.3 26 660.4 0.6
500 20 508.0 699 145 100 0.3 28 711.2 0.6
600 24 609.6 813 152 100 0.3 32 812.8 0.9
® ®
Pipe diameter Flange FOAMGLAS FOAMGLAS
Class 300 packing piece flange insulation
Type F30 dia length thickness length inside diameter length

15 ½ 21.3 96 53 1½ 40 0.3 3½ 101.6 0.6
20 ¾ 26.9 118 57 2 50 0.3 4½ 127.0 0.6
25 1 33.7 124 62 2 53 0.3 5 139.7 0.6
32 1¼ 42.4 134 65 2 48 0.3 5 139.7 0.6
40 1½ 48.3 156 69 2 54 0.3 159.0 0.6
50 2 60.3 165 70 2 54 0.3 6 168.3 0.6
65 2½ 76.1 191 77 2 58 0.3 7 193.7 0.6
80 3 88.9 210 80 2½ 65 0.3 8 219.1 0.6
100 4 114.3 254 86 3 79 0.3 10 273.0 0.6
125 5 139.7 280 99 3 78 0.3 11 298.5 0.6
150 6 168.3 318 99 3 77 0.3 12 323.9 0.6
200 8 219.1 381 112 3 80 0.3 15 381.0 0.6
250 10 273.0 445 118 3½ 88 0.3 18 457.2 0.6
300 12 323.9 521 131 100 0.3 21 533.4 0.6
350 14 355.6 585 143 60+50 0.3 23 584.2 0.6
400 16 406.4 648 146 80+50 0.3 27 685.8 0.6
450 18 457.2 712 159 80+50 0.3 726.0 0.9
500 20 508.0 775 162 80+60 0.3 31 787.4 0.9
600 24 609.6 915 169 80+80 0.3 930.0 0.9

V15 A14.2
V30 08/02
VALVES
Diameter from 48.3 to 609.6 mm

1.1. Dimensions of valve to be insulated 1.3. Anti-abrasive coating.
Depending on service conditions, it can be applied
− diameter of connected pipe to the part which will be in contact with the pipe, i.e.
− number of valves packing pieces (dutchman).
− nominal pressure and type of valve or: Service temperature has to be indicated to apply
− exterior diameter of flanged valve the correct coating :
− total length, including tightening bolts
− height of valve 1.3.1. LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE for
temperatures from -180 to +120°C.
Service temperature should be indicated so as to 1.3.2. PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE
allow factory to choose the best adapted fabrication for high temperatures up to 350°C and
method for adhesion on site. temperatures lower than -180°C where inorganic
2. TOLERANCES
ensure a normal free movement between shells and − Length : ± 2 mm
the pipes : − Thickness : ± 2 mm
− Width : ± 2 mm
3. HOW TO APPLY FOAMGLAS® VALVE INSULATION

Example: Pipe diameter 3” (88.9 mm), Valve class 150,
FOAMGLAS® thickness 2”
Material delivered:
A : 1 half shell of 600 mm type PSH 3” x 2”,

to be cut in 4 pieces of 150 mm for the packing piece (dutchman)
45°
A B : 4 half shells of 600 mm type PSH 7” x 2”,
B1 : to be cut at 45° and adjusted in length (1half shell)
B2 : to be adjusted in length and placed at the bottom (1 half shell)
B3 : to be cut at 45° and adjusted in length (2 half shells)
C: 1 flat block of
300 x 450 x 50 mm to be cut in 2 and adjusted around spindle
B1 B1
B2
C
B3 B3
A14.2-08/02 1/2
4. DIMENSIONS OF VALVE INSULATION
® ®
Pipe diameter Valve FOAMGLAS FOAMGLAS
Class 150 packing piece valve insulation
Type V15 dia length thickness length inside diameter length
40 1½ 48.3 127 178 1½ 39 0.3 4½ 127.0 0.9
50 2 60.3 153 191 2 54 0.3 6 168.3 0.9
65 2½ 76.1 178 203 2 58 0.3 7 193.7 1.2
Example 80 3 88.9 191 216 2 52 0.3 7 193.7 1.2
100 4 114.3 229 241 2½ 65 0.3 9 244.5 1.2
125 5 139.7 254 267 2½ 66 0.3 10 273.0 1.2
150 6 168.3 280 279 2½ 64 0.3 11 298.5 1.2
200 8 219.1 343 305 2½ 67 0.3 14 355.6 1.5
250 10 273.0 407 343 2½ 66 0.3 16 406.4 1.5
300 12 323.9 483 368 80 0.3 19 482.6 1.5
350 14 355.6 534 394 90 0.3 21 533.4 1.5
400 16 406.4 597 419 100 0.3 24 609.6 1.8
450 18 457.2 635 445 100 0.3 26 660.4 1.8
500 20 508.0 699 470 100 0.3 28 711.2 1.8
600 24 609.6 813 521 100 0.3 32 812.8 2.1
® ®
Pipe diameter Valve FOAMGLAS FOAMGLAS
Class 300 packing piece valve insulation
Type V30 dia length thickness length inside diameter length

40 1½ 48.3 156 203 2 54 0.3 159.0 1.2
50 2 60.3 165 232 2 54 0.3 6 168.3 1.2
65 2½ 76.1 191 257 2 58 0.3 7 193.7 1.2
80 3 88.9 210 298 2½ 65 0.3 8 219.1 1.2
100 4 114.3 254 321 3 79 0.3 10 273.0 1.5
125 5 139.7 280 397 3 78 0.3 11 298.5 1.5
150 6 168.3 318 419 3 77 0.3 12 323.9 1.8
200 8 219.1 381 435 3 80 0.3 15 381.0 1.8
250 10 273.0 445 473 3½ 88 0.3 18 457.2 1.8
300 12 323.9 521 518 100 0.3 21 533.4 2.1
350 14 355.6 585 778 60+50 0.3 23 584.2 2.7
400 16 406.4 648 854 80+50 0.3 27 685.8 3.0
450 18 457.2 712 930 80+50 0.3 726.0 3.3
500 20 508.0 775 1010 80+60 0.3 31 787.4 3.6
600 24 609.6 915 1114 80+80 0.3 930.0 3.9

TSG A15
VESSEL SEGMENTS 08/02
Diameter from 900 mm to 8000 mm and more

As for large diameter pipes, these segments are Service temperature has to be indicated to apply
also prefabricated to be applied to the cylindrical the correct coating :
vessel walls. 1.3.1. LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE for
1.1. Dimensions of vessel to be insulated
1.3.2. PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE for
− exterior vessel diameter high temperatures up to +350°C and temperatures
− insulation thickness and number of layers lower than -180°C where inorganic materials are
− length of cylindrical part to be insulated requested.

The service temperature must be indicated to allow
the factory to choose the most adaptable
prefabrication method. The segments foreseen for
a use at service temperatures above 120°C are cut 450 mm
out of one monolithic slab. The segments for lower
temperatures are cut with a double ribbon saw from 295 mm
a pile of FOAMGLAS® slabs adhered with hot
bitumen. Certain pieces will thus have a bituminous
joint that is not in contact with the piping.
(Fig.1 and Fig.2)

Depending on service conditions, it will be applied
to the inner surface of the FOAMGLAS® segments.
Fig.2 Temperatures > 120°C
600 mm
hot bitumen
220 mm
445 mm
Fig.1 Temperatures < 120°C
2. TOLERANCES
FOAMGLAS® vessel segments :
Curvature : ± 5 mm
Thickness : ± 2 mm
Length : ± 2 mm
Width : ± 2 mm
A15-08/02 1/2
3. DIMENSIONS OF VESSEL SEGMENTS
Dimensions of vessel segments supplied by
Pittsburgh Corning
a
Thicknesses
40 - 50 - 60 - 70 - 80 - 90 - 100 mm b
Width and length of segments
Low temperature application :

Vessel diameter from 920 to 3000 mm R R'
segments of 220 x 600 mm
Vessel diameter from 3000 to 8000 mm
segments of 445 x 600 mm b ≅ R' - R
R' = R2 + a2
High temperature application:
Vessel diameters between 920 and 8000 mm Fig.3 Maximum deflection
monolithic segments 295 x 450 mm
On site fabrication
Axial joint opening.
When the vessel diameter exceeds 3 m and
It is recommended to limit the opening(x) to 3
service temperature exceeds ambient
mm at the outside. To achieve this, at least the
temperature, the segments can be cut out of flat
longitudinal sides should be bevelled in most
slabs. This operation will be limited by two
cases (Fig.4).
factors :
− The maximum deflection between flat X

FOAMGLAS® slab and curved wall.
− The joint opening between cut slab and
right angle.
d
Maximum deflection. a
The following table has been elaborated to limit
the theoretical deflection to a maximum of R
2 mm (Fig.3).
x a
Width of flat Minimum diameter of =
FOAMGLAS® slab cylindrical vessel 2d R
mm mm
150 3000 2a x d
225 7000 x≅
R
300 12000
450 25000 Fig.4 Axial opening

HEH A16
HKH
08/02
HEAD SEGMENTS
Diameter from 750 mm to 5000 mm and more

For the insulation of vessel heads Pittsburgh If the temperature on the warm side of the
Corning offers segments for the insulation of dished segments does not reach +120°C, the two parts are
heads (HEH) (R = D and r = 0.1 D) and basket adhered with hot bitumen.
heads (HKH) (R = 0.8 D and r = 0.154 D). If the temperature of the segments exceeds 120°C,
adhesion must be carried out by means of
1.1. Dimensions of vessel head to be insulated High Temperature Adhesive.
− exterior vessel diameter

− greater radius of head or curvature radius
− small radius of head or knuckle radius
− insulation thickness and number of layers R
r
Segments for spherical heads (SHS) are fabricated
from a monolithic FOAMGLAS® cellular glass slab,
they are used in the whole service temperature
range of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass (Fig.1).
R
r
1. Hot bitumen t < +120°C or
H.T. Adhesive t > +120°C
Fig.2 Small radius segment (Type SRS)

Depending on service conditions, it will be applied
to the inner surface of the FOAMGLAS® segments.
Service temperature has to be indicated to apply
the correct coating :
Fig.1 Spherical head segments
for central part (Type SHS) 1.3.1. LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE for
Segments for the small radius (SRS) (Fig.2) are 1.3.2. PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE for
precut from curved segments for straight pipe and high temperatures up to +350°C and temperatures
assembled with bitumen at the factory or by means lower than -180°C where inorganic materials are
of HT Adhesive on site depending on temperature. requested.
2. TOLERANCES
Tolerances that apply to FOAMGLAS® vessel head Thickness : ± 2 mm
segments : Length : ± 2 mm
Curvature : ± 3 to ± 5 mm depending on radius Width : ± 2 mm
A16-08/02 1/2
3. DIMENSIONS OF HEAD SEGMENTS
Dimensions of head segments supplied by Dimensions of segments for small radius (Fig.4).
Pittsburgh Corning
Thicknesses Width at the base : 145 mm
40 - 50 - 60 - 70 - 80 - 90 - 100 mm
Covered section of circle : ± 60°
Width and length of segments for central part
(Fig.3).
Radius Dimensions of
of curvature segments
mm mm
750 to 900 215 x 295
901 to 5000 295 x 440
± 60°
max. 145 mm
Fig.3 SHS segment

Fig.4 SRS segment
4. SIMPLIFIED CALCULATION OF NUMBER OF PIECES

Dished head HEH Basket head HKH
R=D R = 0.8 D
r = 0.10 x D r = 0.154 x D
Number of spherical segments for central part SHS : Number of spherical segments for central part SHS :
N = 5.35 x OD² N = 5.10 x OD²
For curvature radius from 750 up to 900 mm multiply number For curvature radius from 750 up to 900 mm multiply number
of segments by 2. of segments by 2.
Number of segments for smaller radius for the Number of segments for smaller radius for the
connection to the cylindrical wall SRS : connection to the cylindrical wall SRS :
N = 22.1 x OD N = 22.1 x OD
OD = Cylindrical vessel diameter + 2 x insulation OD = Cylindrical vessel diameter + 2 x insulation thickness,

thickness, i.e. exterior insulation diameter in meters. i.e. exterior insulation diameter in meters.
SHS SRS
R
r

INSIDE A40
OUTSIDE 08/02
JOINT
SURFACES
1. PIPE SHELLS - TYPE PSH
1" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 3 1/2" 4"
DIAMETER inside FG joint outside FG joint outside FG joint outside FG joint outside FG joint outside FG joint outside FG joint outside
DN inch mm m²/lm mm m²/lm m²/lm mm m²/lm m²/lm mm m²/lm m²/lm mm m²/lm m²/lm mm m²/lm m²/lm mm m²/lm m²/lm mm m²/lm m²/lm
8 1/4 13.5 0.042 31 0.069 0.237 37 0.084 0.275 50 0.117 0.357 63 0.151 0.438 77 0.190 0.526 90 0.229 0.608 102 0.266 0.683
10 3/8 17.2 0.054 29 0.065 0.236 42 0.097 0.318 55 0.131 0.400 61 0.147 0.437 75 0.186 0.525 88 0.224 0.607 100 0.261 0.682
15 1/2 21.3 0.067 27 0.061 0.237 40 0.093 0.318 52 0.124 0.394 68 0.168 0.494 85 0.217 0.601 98 0.257 0.683 111 0.299 0.764
20 3/4 26.9 0.085 24 0.054 0.235 37 0.086 0.317 50 0.120 0.399 65 0.161 0.493 83 0.214 0.606 96 0.254 0.688 108 0.292 0.763
30.0 0.094 29 0.067 0.276 42 0.100 0.358 54 0.132 0.434 69 0.174 0.528 81 0.209 0.603 94 0.249 0.685 107 0.291 0.767
25 1 33.7 0.106 27 0.063 0.276 40 0.095 0.357 53 0.130 0.439 67 0.169 0.527 80 0.208 0.609 92 0.245 0.684 105 0.286 0.766
38.0 0.119 25 0.058 0.276 38 0.091 0.358 50 0.123 0.434 65 0.165 0.528 77 0.200 0.603 90 0.240 0.685 103 0.282 0.767
32 1 1/4 42.4 0.133 23 0.054 0.278 42 0.103 0.397 48 0.119 0.435 62 0.158 0.523 75 0.196 0.604 88 0.236 0.686 101 0.278 0.768
44.5 0.140 28 0.067 0.316 41 0.100 0.397 47 0.117 0.435 61 0.156 0.523 74 0.194 0.605 87 0.234 0.686 99 0.272 0.762
40 1 1/2 48.3 0.152 26 0.062 0.315 39 0.096 0.397 54 0.137 0.491 72 0.189 0.604 85 0.229 0.686 97 0.268 0.761 111 0.315 0.849
51.0 0.160 25 0.060 0.317 38 0.094 0.399 53 0.135 0.493 70 0.184 0.600 83 0.224 0.682 96 0.266 0.763 110 0.313 0.851
57.0 0.179 28 0.068 0.355 41 0.103 0.437 50 0.128 0.493 68 0.181 0.606 81 0.221 0.688 93 0.259 0.763 108 0.309 0.858
50 2 60.3 0.189 27 0.066 0.359 39 0.098 0.434 54 0.140 0.529 66 0.176 0.604 79 0.216 0.686 92 0.257 0.767 106 0.304 0.855
70.0 0.220 28 0.070 0.396 44 0.114 0.496 49 0.129 0.528 61 0.164 0.603 74 0.204 0.685 87 0.246 0.767 101 0.292 0.855
65 2 1/2 76.1 0.239 25 0.063 0.396 41 0.107 0.497 58 0.157 0.603 71 0.197 0.685 83 0.235 0.761 98 0.285 0.855 110 0.327 0.930
80 3 88.9 0.279 25 0.065 0.436 39 0.104 0.524 52 0.142 0.606 65 0.182 0.688 77 0.221 0.763 92 0.271 0.857 104 0.313 0.933
3 1/2 101.6 0.319 33 0.089 0.527 46 0.128 0.608 57 0.161 0.677 71 0.206 0.765 85 0.253 0.853 98 0.298 0.935 111 0.346 1.017
108.0 0.339 30 0.082 0.528 42 0.117 0.603 55 0.157 0.685 68 0.199 0.767 82 0.246 0.855 94 0.287 0.930 107 0.334 1.012
100 4 114.3 0.359 27 0.074 0.529 39 0.109 0.604 52 0.149 0.686 65 0.191 0.767 79 0.238 0.855 92 0.283 0.937 104 0.327 1.013
4 1/2 127.0 0.399 33 0.094 0.606 46 0.134 0.688 58 0.172 0.763 73 0.222 0.858 85 0.264 0.933 98 0.311 1.015 114 0.372 1.115
133.0 0.418 30 0.086 0.606 42 0.122 0.682 55 0.164 0.763 69 0.211 0.851 82 0.256 0.933 95 0.303 1.015 111 0.364 1.115
125 5 139.7 0.439 26 0.075 0.602 39 0.114 0.684 52 0.156 0.766 66 0.203 0.854 78 0.245 0.929 91 0.292 1.011 107 0.352 1.111
159.0 0.500 29 0.087 0.682 42 0.128 0.763 56 0.175 0.851 69 0.220 0.933 82 0.267 1.015 98 0.328 1.115 110 0.375 1.191
150 6 168.3 0.529 25 0.075 0.686 37 0.114 0.761 52 0.164 0.855 64 0.206 0.931 77 0.253 1.013 93 0.313 1.113 106 0.364 1.195
7 193.7 0.609 39 0.126 0.854 51 0.167 0.929 64 0.214 1.011 80 0.275 1.111 93 0.326 1.193 106 0.378 1.275
200 8 219.1 0.688 39 0.131 0.933 52 0.178 1.015 67 0.234 1.109 80 0.285 1.191 93 0.338 1.273 106 0.392 1.354
9 244.5 0.768 39 0.136 1.013 55 0.196 1.114 67 0.243 1.189 80 0.296 1.271 93 0.350 1.352 100 0.380 1.396
250 10 273.0 0.858 40 0.146 1.109 53 0.196 1.191 66 0.249 1.272 79 0.304 1.354 88 0.342 1.411
11 298.5 0.938 41 0.155 1.195 53 0.204 1.271 66 0.258 1.352
300 12 323.9 1.018 41 0.160 1.275 53 0.211 1.351
350 14 355.6 1.117 37 0.150 1.350 47 0.193 1.412
368.0 1.156 40 0.165 1.407
A40-08/02 1/4
2. ELBOWS 90° - TYPE E90
1" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 3 1/2" 4"
DIAMETER inside FG joint outside FG joint outside FG joint outside FG joint outside FG joint outside FG joint outside FG joint outside
DN inch mm m²/pc mm m²/pc m²/pc mm m²/pc m²/pc mm m²/pc m²/pc mm m²/pc m²/pc mm m²/pc m²/pc mm m²/pc m²/pc mm m²/pc m²/pc
15 1/2 21.3 0.0034 27 0.0069 0.0119 40 0.0118 0.0160 52 0.0175 0.0198 68 0.0263 0.0248 85 0.0376 0.0302 98 0.0472 0.0343 111 0.0577 0.0384
20 3/4 26.9 0.0054 24 0.0070 0.0149 37 0.0122 0.0201 50 0.0184 0.0253 65 0.0275 0.0312 83 0.0394 0.0384 96 0.0493 0.0436 108 0.0601 0.0484
30.0 0.0067 29 0.0096 0.0195 42 0.0155 0.0253 54 0.0223 0.0306 69 0.0313 0.0373 81 0.0402 0.0426 94 0.0503 0.0484 107 0.0614 0.0542
25 1 33.7 0.0084 27 0.0096 0.0219 40 0.0157 0.0284 53 0.0229 0.0348 67 0.0320 0.0418 80 0.0413 0.0483 92 0.0514 0.0543 105 0.0627 0.0608
38.0 0.0107 25 0.0095 0.0248 38 0.0159 0.0321 50 0.0231 0.0388 65 0.0328 0.0473 77 0.0421 0.0540 90 0.0527 0.0613 103 0.0643 0.0686
32 1 1/4 42.4 0.0133 23 0.0094 0.0277 42 0.0196 0.0397 48 0.0235 0.0434 62 0.0332 0.0522 75 0.0430 0.0604 88 0.0539 0.0685 101 0.0657 0.0767
44.5 0.0147 28 0.0124 0.0331 41 0.0197 0.0417 47 0.0236 0.0456 61 0.0335 0.0548 74 0.0434 0.0634 87 0.0544 0.0720 99 0.0662 0.0799
40 1 1/2 48.3 0.0173 26 0.0122 0.0359 39 0.0197 0.0452 54 0.0303 0.0559 72 0.0440 0.0688 85 0.0552 0.0780 97 0.0672 0.0866 111 0.0820 0.0966
51.0 0.0193 25 0.0121 0.0381 38 0.0198 0.0479 53 0.0306 0.0593 70 0.0442 0.0721 83 0.0556 0.0819 96 0.0680 0.0917 110 0.0829 0.1023
57.0 0.0240 28 0.0152 0.0477 41 0.0238 0.0586 50 0.0307 0.0662 68 0.0452 0.0814 81 0.0569 0.0924 93 0.0694 0.1025 108 0.0850 0.1152
50 2 60.3 0.0269 27 0.0151 0.0510 39 0.0236 0.0617 54 0.0347 0.0751 66 0.0454 0.0858 79 0.0573 0.0974 92 0.0702 0.1090 106 0.0858 0.1215
70.0 0.0363 28 0.0181 0.0653 44 0.0303 0.0819 49 0.0346 0.0870 61 0.0457 0.0995 74 0.0583 0.1130 87 0.0718 0.1264 101 0.0880 0.1409
65 2 1/2 76.1 0.0429 25 0.0171 0.0710 41 0.0298 0.0891 58 0.0457 0.1082 71 0.0586 0.1229 83 0.0722 0.1364 98 0.0891 0.1533 110 0.1049 0.1668
80 3 88.9 0.0585 25 0.0196 0.0914 39 0.0324 0.1098 52 0.0450 0.1269 65 0.0587 0.1440 77 0.0730 0.1598 92 0.0909 0.1796 104 0.1073 0.1954
3 1/2 101.6 0.0764 33 0.0299 0.1260 46 0.0434 0.1456 57 0.0569 0.1621 71 0.0728 0.1832 85 0.0911 0.2043 98 0.1088 0.2238 111 0.1274 0.2434
108.0 0.0863 30 0.0284 0.1343 42 0.0417 0.1535 55 0.0565 0.1743 68 0.0724 0.1951 82 0.0911 0.2174 94 0.1087 0.2366 107 0.1277 0.2574
100 4 114.3 0.0967 27 0.0265 0.1424 39 0.0402 0.1627 52 0.0555 0.1847 65 0.0717 0.2067 79 0.0908 0.2304 92 0.1093 0.2524 104 0.1282 0.2727
4 1/2 127.0 0.1194 33 0.0365 0.1814 46 0.0526 0.2059 58 0.0690 0.2284 73 0.0896 0.2566 85 0.1082 0.2792 98 0.1284 0.3036 114 0.1549 0.3337
133.0 0.1309 30 0.0344 0.1900 42 0.0501 0.2136 55 0.0675 0.2392 69 0.0879 0.2668 82 0.1075 0.2924 95 0.1280 0.3180 111 0.1550 0.3495
125 5 139.7 0.1445 26 0.0313 0.1982 39 0.0480 0.2251 52 0.0659 0.2520 66 0.0867 0.2810 78 0.1060 0.3058 91 0.1270 0.3327 107 0.1544 0.3658
159.0 0.1871 29 0.0396 0.2554 42 0.0586 0.2860 56 0.0806 0.3190 69 0.1018 0.3496 82 0.1240 0.3802 98 0.1529 0.4178 110 0.1766 0.4461
150 6 168.3 0.2097 25 0.0353 0.2720 37 0.0540 0.3019 52 0.0775 0.3392 64 0.0985 0.3691 77 0.1212 0.4015 93 0.1508 0.4414 106 0.1758 0.4738
7 193.7 0.2777 39 0.0647 0.3896 51 0.0871 0.4240 64 0.1113 0.4613 80 0.1429 0.5071 93 0.1694 0.5444 106 0.1970 0.5817
200 8 219.1 0.3553 39 0.0725 0.4818 52 0.0984 0.5240 67 0.1308 0.5727 80 0.1589 0.6148 93 0.1880 0.6570 106 0.2182 0.6992
9 244.5 0.4425 39 0.0804 0.5837 55 0.1157 0.6416 67 0.1443 0.6850 80 0.1749 0.7321 93 0.2066 0.7791 100 0.2238 0.8045
250 10 273.0 0.5517 40 0.0922 0.7133 53 0.1237 0.7659 66 0.1561 0.8184 79 0.1895 0.8710 88 0.2137 0.9073
11 298.5 0.6596 41 0.1017 0.8407 53 0.1343 0.8938 66 0.1693 0.9512
300 12 323.9 0.7766 41 0.1099 0.9732 53 0.1449 1.0307
350 14 355.6 0.9360 37 0.1091 1.1308 47 0.1385 1.1834
368.0 1.0024 40 0.1213 1.2204
2/4 A40-08/02
3. PIPE SEGMENTS - TYPE PSG
40 mm 50 mm 60 mm 70 mm 80 mm 90 mm 100 mm
DIAMETER inside joint outside joint outside joint outside joint outside joint outside joint outside joint outside
DN inch mm surface m²/m m²/m m²/m m²/m m²/m m²/m m²/m m²/m m²/m m²/m m²/m m²/m m²/m m²/m
250 10 273.0 0.858 0.895 1.486
11 298.5 0.938 0.679 1.440 0.813 1.503 0.909 1.566
300 12 323.9 1.018 0.599 1.457 0.729 1.520 0.825 1.583 0.972 1.646
350 14 355.6 1.117 0.551 1.494 0.646 1.557 0.782 1.620 0.885 1.683 1.039 1.745
368.0 1.156 0.434 1.470 0.554 1.533 0.686 1.596 0.788 1.659 0.936 1.722 1.045 1.784
15 381.0 1.197 0.348 1.448 0.463 1.511 0.559 1.574 0.690 1.637 0.833 1.700 0.942 1.762 1.102 1.825
400 16 406.4 1.277 0.373 1.528 0.494 1.591 0.597 1.654 0.735 1.717 0.844 1.779 0.999 1.842 1.115 1.905
419.0 1.316 0.376 1.568 0.498 1.630 0.600 1.693 0.739 1.756 0.889 1.819 1.005 1.882 1.172 1.945
17 431.8 1.357 0.399 1.608 0.501 1.671 0.635 1.734 0.744 1.796 0.894 1.859 1.056 1.922 1.178 1.985
450 18 457.2 1.436 0.404 1.688 0.533 1.750 0.672 1.813 0.788 1.876 0.945 1.939 1.068 2.002 1.242 2.065
470.0 1.477 0.427 1.728 0.536 1.791 0.677 1.854 0.793 1.916 0.950 1.979 1.119 2.042 1.248 2.105
19 482.6 1.516 0.429 1.767 0.564 1.830 0.680 1.893 0.833 1.956 0.956 2.019 1.125 2.082 1.255 2.144
500 20 508.0 1.596 0.455 1.847 0.571 1.910 0.718 1.973 0.877 2.036 1.006 2.099 1.182 2.161 1.318 2.224
521.0 1.637 0.457 1.888 0.599 1.951 0.723 2.014 0.882 2.077 1.012 2.139 1.188 2.202 1.375 2.265
21 533.4 1.676 0.480 1.927 0.603 1.990 0.756 2.053 0.886 2.116 1.057 2.178 1.194 2.241 1.382 2.304
550 22 558.8 1.756 0.485 2.007 0.634 2.070 0.764 2.133 0.930 2.195 1.068 2.258 1.251 2.321 1.445 2.384
570.0 1.791 0.508 2.042 0.637 2.105 0.798 2.168 0.935 2.231 1.112 2.293 1.256 2.356 1.451 2.419
23 584.2 1.835 0.511 2.087 0.666 2.149 0.802 2.212 0.975 2.275 1.118 2.338 1.308 2.401 1.458 2.464
600 24 609.6 1.915 0.536 2.166 0.673 2.229 0.840 2.292 0.984 2.355 1.169 2.418 1.320 2.481 1.522 2.543
622.0 1.954 0.539 2.205 0.701 2.268 0.844 2.331 1.024 2.394 1.174 2.457 1.371 2.520 1.528 2.582
25 635.0 1.995 0.541 2.246 0.704 2.309 0.878 2.372 1.028 2.435 1.219 2.498 1.377 2.560 1.585 2.623
650 26 660.4 2.075 0.567 2.326 0.736 2.389 0.886 2.452 1.073 2.515 1.230 2.577 1.434 2.640 1.598 2.703
27 685.8 2.155 0.592 2.406 0.743 2.469 0.924 2.531 1.082 2.594 1.281 2.657 1.491 2.720 1.661 2.783
700 28 711.2 2.234 0.617 2.486 0.774 2.548 0.962 2.611 1.126 2.674 1.331 2.737 1.503 2.800 1.725 2.863
720.0 2.262 0.619 2.513 0.777 2.576 0.965 2.639 1.130 2.702 1.335 2.765 1.552 2.827 1.729 2.890
29 736.6 2.314 0.623 2.565 0.806 2.628 0.970 2.691 1.171 2.754 1.342 2.817 1.560 2.880 1.788 2.942
750 30 762.0 2.394 0.648 2.645 0.813 2.708 1.008 2.771 1.215 2.834 1.393 2.897 1.616 2.959 1.801 3.022
31 787.4 2.474 0.673 2.725 0.844 2.788 1.046 2.851 1.224 2.914 1.443 2.976 1.628 3.039 1.865 3.102
800 32 812.8 2.553 0.679 2.805 0.876 2.868 1.054 2.930 1.269 2.993 1.494 3.056 1.685 3.119 1.928 3.182
820.0 2.576 0.700 2.827 0.878 2.890 1.086 2.953 1.271 3.016 1.497 3.079 1.689 3.142 1.932 3.204
33 838.2 2.633 0.704 2.885 0.908 2.947 1.092 3.010 1.313 3.073 1.505 3.136 1.742 3.199 1.941 3.262
34 863.6 2.713 0.729 2.964 0.914 3.027 1.130 3.090 1.322 3.153 1.555 3.216 1.799 3.279 2.005 3.341
35 889.0 2.793 0.735 3.044 0.946 3.107 1.168 3.170 1.366 3.233 1.606 3.296 1.811 3.358 2.068 3.421
900 36 914.4 2.873 0.760 3.124 0.977 3.187 1.176 3.250 1.411 3.312 1.617 3.375 1.868 3.438 2.131 3.501
920.0 2.890 0.761 3.142 0.979 3.204 1.178 3.267 1.413 3.330 1.659 3.393 1.871 3.456 2.134 3.519
A40-08/02 3/4
4. FLAT BLOCKS
m²/slab
®
FOAMGLAS slabs 300 x 450 mm FOAMGLAS® slabs 600 x 450 mm
Thickness Joints Outside Total Joints Outside Total
mm m²/slab m²/slab m²/slab m²/slab m²/slab m²/slab
30 0.023 0.135 0.158 0.032 0.27 0.302
40 0.030 0.135 0.165 0.042 0.27 0.312
50 0.038 0.135 0.173 0.053 0.27 0.323
60 0.045 0.135 0.180 0.063 0.27 0.333
70 0.053 0.135 0.188 0.074 0.27 0.344
80 0.060 0.135 0.195 0.084 0.27 0.354
90 0.068 0.135 0.203 0.095 0.27 0.365
100 0.075 0.135 0.210 0.105 0.27 0.375
110 0.083 0.135 0.218 0.116 0.27 0.386
120 0.090 0.135 0.225 0.126 0.27 0.396
130 0.098 0.135 0.233 0.137 0.27 0.407
140 0.105 0.135 0.240 0.147 0.27 0.417
150 0.113 0.135 0.248 0.158 0.27 0.428
160 0.120 0.135 0.255 0.168 0.27 0.438
Joints
Total = Joints + outside
Outside (or inside)
m²/m²
FOAMGLAS® slabs 300 x 450 mm FOAMGLAS® slabs 600 x 450 mm
Thickness Joints Outside Total Joints Outside Total
mm m²/m² m²/m² m²/m² m²/m² m²/m² m²/m²
30 0.167 1 1.167 0.117 1 1.117
40 0.222 1 1.222 0.156 1 1.156
50 0.278 1 1.278 0.194 1 1.194
60 0.333 1 1.333 0.233 1 1.233
70 0.389 1 1.389 0.272 1 1.272
80 0.444 1 1.444 0.311 1 1.311
90 0.500 1 1.500 0.350 1 1.350
100 0.556 1 1.556 0.389 1 1.389
110 0.611 1 1.611 0.428 1 1.428
120 0.667 1 1.667 0.467 1 1.467
130 0.722 1 1.722 0.506 1 1.506
140 0.778 1 1.778 0.544 1 1.544
150 0.833 1 1.833 0.583 1 1.583
160 0.889 1 1.889 0.622 1 1.622

LOW i02
TEMPERATURE 08/02
PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT
1. SERVICE CONDITIONS
This specification applies to the insulation of cold under cover with a service temperature between
piping and equipment installed in the open air or +20°C and -260°C.
2. PRELIMINARY CONDITIONS
2.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be 2.2.3. When adhesive is used, the compatibility
transported and stored vertically. Handle the between the anticorrosion paint and the adhesive
packages with care. FOAMGLAS® insulation should be verified before the insulation is applied.
packages should be protected from the elements
whilst in storage and not allowed to come into 2.3. The surface and the materials used should
direct contact with the ground. be dry before and during application, and should
remain dry until start up.
2.2. The surface to be insulated should be clean
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust and 2.4. The application of FOAMGLAS® insulation
any foreign matter. The design engineer should on pipes or equipment should be done at
decide whether a coat of anticorrosion paint is ambient temperature (no application when piping
necessary, and the type of paint compatible with or equipment is in service without precautions.
the service temperature and the adhesive used Do be determined for each case.).
(if any). If he decides to specify a paint, the
following rules should be observed: 2.5. The temperature limits of the accessory
products should be respected during both
2.2.1. The surface, if corroded or other wise storage and application.
unsuitable, should be sandblasted before the
possible anticorrosion coat is applied
2.6. Hydrostatic, radiographic and other tests
(SS-Sa-2 1/2).
should be completed before the insulation is
applied.
2.2.2. Any surface imperfection should be wire
brushed and then coated with a new layer of
anticorrosion paint. The surface should be
perfectly dry before the insulation is applied.
3. DETERMINATION OF INSULATION THICKNESS REQUIRED

3.1. Heat transfers should be limited to be chosen according to the temperature range of
acceptable values regarding both economic and PITTSEAL® 444N: -50°C to +80°C in order to
functional aspects. have the external layer in this temperature range.
For temperatures ranging from -165°C to -50°C,
please consult Pittsburgh Corning Technical
3.2. The formation of condensation on the
Service
external surface of the insulation should be
limited.
3.3. For service temperatures below -50°C the

thickness of the different insulation layers should
i02-08/02 1/8
3.4. Recommended FOAMGLAS® T4 insulation thicknesses.
The following table gives the lowest possible operating temperature to control surface condensation
and heat gain when conditions are:
Ambient temperature : 25°C Wind speed : 5 km/h

Relative humidity : 80% Emittance : 0.3
Maximum heat gain of 30 W/m².
Diameter FOAMGLAS® insulation thicknesses in mm

see Facts & Figures (Data sheets A11 and A12)
inch mm 25 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200
1/4 13.5 -14 -48 -75 -108 -146 -193 -254
3/8 17.2 -12 -43 -68 -97 -131 -172 -223
1/2 21.3 -10 -38 -61 -88 -119 -156 -200 -257
3/4 26.9 -8 -34 -55 -79 -107 -140 -178 -226
1 33.7 -6 -30 -49 -72 -97 -126 -160 -201 -251
11/4 42.4 -4 -27 -44 -64 -87 -113 -143 -179 -221
11/2 48.3 -3 -25 -42 -61 -82 -107 -135 -168 -206 -254
2 60.3 -2 -22 -38 -55 -75 -97 -122 -151 -184 -224
21/2 76.1 -1 -20 -34 -50 -68 -88 -110 -136 -165 -199 -239
3 88.9 -1 -18 -32 -47 -64 -82 -103 -127 -154 -184 -220 -263
4 114.3 0 -16 -29 -43 -58 -75 -93 -114 -138 -164 -194 -230 -272
6 168.3 1 -14 -25 -37 -50 -65 -81 -99 -118 -139 -163 -191 -222 -259
8 219.1 -12 -23 -34 -46 -60 -74 -90 -107 -126 -147 -171 -197 -227 -262
10 273.0 -11 -21 -32 -44 -56 -70 -84 -100 -117 -136 -157 -180 -206 -236 -271
12 323.9 -11 -20 -31 -42 -54 -67 -80 -95 -111 -129 -148 -169 -193 -220 -250
14 355.6 -10 -20 -30 -41 -53 -65 -78 -93 -108 -125 -144 -164 -187 -212 -240
16 406.4 -10 -19 -29 -40 -51 -63 -76 -90 -105 -121 -138 -157 -178 -202 -228 -258
18 457.2 -10 -19 -29 -39 -50 -62 -74 -87 -102 -117 -134 -152 -172 -194 -218 -246
24 609.6 -9 -18 -27 -37 -47 -58 -70 -82 -95 -109 -124 -141 -158 -178 -199 -222 -248
28 711.2 -9 -18 -27 -36 -46 -57 -68 -80 -93 -106 -120 -136 -153 -171 -190 -212 -236
32 812.8 -9 -17 -26 -35 -45 -56 -67 -78 -90 -103 -117 -132 -148 -165 -184 -204 -227
36 914.4 -9 -17 -26 -35 -45 -55 -66 -77 -89 -101 -115 -129 -145 -161 -179 -199 -220
1000.0 -8 -17 -26 -35 -44 -54 -65 -76 -88 -100 -113 -127 -142 -158 -176 -194 -215
2000.0 -8 -16 -24 -33 -42 -51 -61 -71 -81 -92 -104 -116 -129 -143 -157 -173 -189
3000.0 -8 -16 -24 -32 -41 -50 -59 -69 -79 -90 -101 -112 -125 -137 -151 -165 -181
FLAT -7 -15 -23 -31 -39 -48 -57 -66 -75 -85 -95 -105 -116 -127 -139 -151 -164
For other design conditions please contact Pittsburgh Corning.
4. MATERIALS USED
4.1. Insulation material 4.2. Anti-corrosion layer
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS® cellular If PC® 88 ADHESIVE is used as an adhesive the
glass (see data sheets A11 to A16) in preformed anti-corrosion layer should not be based on
sections, radiused and bevelled lags or slabs. bitumen, tar, silicone or polyurethane. Zinc
When ordering the insulation, service chromates or similar coatings are generally
temperature should be indicated to allow the compatible. The compatibility should be verified
choice of suitable adhesive for the fabrication of before insulation is applied.
pipe sections or radiused and bevelled lags. The
insulation of standard 90° or 45° - bends 4.3. Anti-abrasive
(R=1.5 D) may be prefabricated in the factory, as LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE should
for the straight pipe sections. Non-standard be chosen for temperatures from -180°C to
bends, T-pieces, reducers and other equipment +120°C (see data sheet P20) and
should be insulated with pieces cut to size and PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE for
adapted on site. Flanges and valves should be temperatures above 120°C or below -180°C (see
insulated with pipe shells of larger dimensions data sheet P21). This coating is only to be
adapted on site and eventually adhered with applied if the piping should be submitted to
PC® 88 ADHESIVE to the inside of the outer frequent and significant thermal movements or to
casing. This allows for removal of the insulation strong vibrations. The anti-abrasive coating
and control of flanges and valves. should be applied onto the inner side of the
FOAMGLAS® elements which will be in contact
with the metal pipe or equipment. Never apply
the anti-abrasive on the pipe itself. Application of
2/8 i02-08/02
anti-abrasive coating can be done in the factory 4.9. Contraction joint covering.
by spraying or on site by brushing a thin layer to Butyl-rubber sheets of +/- 1.2 mm thick should be
the inside of the insulation layer. The anti- used.
abrasive should be completely dry before the
insulation material is applied. 4.10. Finishes and jackets.
A metal jacket or a flexible mastic coating should
4.4. Joint sealant be chosen.
To take full benefit of the complete tightness of
FOAMGLAS® insulation all joints of the outer 4.10.1. Metal jacket as finishing cover.
layer or the only layer must be sealed with
appropriate sealers specially if service 4.10.1.1. Cell filler for outdoor applications.
temperature in below ambient. Most suitable In high wind areas or when the metal jacketing is
FOAMGLAS® sealers are butyl based products expected to be subject to mechanical loads or
like PITTSEAL® 444NN. PITTSEAL® 444N is a vibrations, a cell filler is recommended for
one-component sealer based on polyisobutylene outdoor applications. The cut surface cells may
(see data sheet P41). PITTSEAL® 444N should be filled with PITTCOTE® 300 (see data sheet
be applied with caulking cartridge or an extrusion P30). Coverage as a cell filler is about 1.5 kg/m².
gun in beads to one of the jointing edges.
4.10.1.2. The metal jacket should be aluminium,
4.5. Adhesive. steel or aluminised steel sheets, corrugated, flat
Care should be taken in selecting an adhesive for or hammered, of suitable thickness. The easiest
cold temperatures. At temperatures down to way to applied the jacket is to band it. Pop rivets
-50°C the adhesive should, after curing, remain or screws may also be used after having held the
flexible and absorb mechanical and thermal jacket tightly with temporary bands. A cushion
stresses. Down to -50°C this can be done with layer of fibrous insulation between FOAMGLAS®
PC® 88 ADHESIVE, a two-component adhesive insulation and the jacket should be avoided. This
based on bitumen modified with polyurethane top layer will absorb the ambient moisture during
(see data sheet P05). The temperature of the humid weather and could result in corroding the
metal surface should not be lower than +5°C metal jacket.
during application. If rapid adhesion is needed
the surface to be insulated should be maintained 4.10.2. Flexible mastic with fabric reinforcement.
between +20°C and +35°C.
4.10.2.1. PITTCOTE® 404 coating (see data
4.6. Resilient insulating material. sheet P31) is an acrylic water borne mastic giving
Low density glass wool or neoprene foam excellent results in aggressive atmospheres. It is
insulation. not a vapour barrier but a weather barrier. A
regular control and maintenance of mastic finish
4.7. Insulation fixing straps. is recommended.
The straps should be in AISI type 304 (BSI 304
S16) stainless steel and should measure 4.10.2.2. Reinforcement.
12.7 mm wide x 0.5 mm thick. Wire to fix The reinforcement should be PC® FABRIC 79P
FOAMGLAS® shells or segments should be (polyester) (see data sheet P50).
avoided, due to the wire cutting of the This product together with PITTCOTE® 404
FOAMGLAS® surface. offers a very flexible outer finish.
PC® FABRIC 79G (glass) (see data sheet P51)
4.8. Tape. should be avoided if important differential thermal
Self-adhesive glass fibre reinforced tape. movements are expected.
5. INSULATION SYSTEMS
Service temperature of the pipe or equipment will available thickness (see data sheets A11 to A16
guide requirements made on the insulation regarding thicknesses).
system as well as the insulation thickness.
5.1.1. Piping, elbows and fittings.
5.1. Service temperatures below ambient to Shells and segments appropriate to the shape of
-50°C. (Fig.1) the surface to be insulated should be applied with
A one layer system is sufficient for this staggered joints and the joints filled with
temperature range. A double layer system should PITTSEAL® 444N or other suitable mastic. Care
be applied when the recommended insulation should be taken to ensure that the joints are
thickness should be bigger than the maximum tightly butted when the mastic is applied. This or
another mastic should not be used to fill joints
3/8 i02 – 08/02

that are too wide as a result of poor fitting. After 5.2.1. Piping, elbows, fittings and vessels.
applying the shells or segments to the pipe or Shells and segments appropriate to the shape of
equipment they will be held in place by means of the surface to be insulated should be applied with
2 steel straps per shell or segment. joints that are staggered regarding each other
and to the second layer. The first layer should be
dry applied and fixed with tape or steel straps.
Depending on the diameter of vessels it could be
possible that the first layer has to be fixed with
steel straps. The second layer should have its
joints filled with PITTSEAL® 444N or other
suitable mastic. Care should be taken to ensure
that the joints are tightly butted when the mastic
or adhesive is applied. This or another mastic
should not be used to fill joints that are too wide
as a result of poor fitting. The second layer will
always be held in place by means of 2 steel
a a
straps per shell or segment. The insulation of the
bottom heads, manholes and other individual
items should also be fixed in place with steel
straps. These straps should be attached to
support rings welded onto the body of the vessel.
b b b
1 LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE

(if specified - see 4.3.)
2 FOAMGLAS® cellular glass
3 PITTSEAL® 444N sealer
4 Metal fixing strap
5a PITTCOTE® 300 cell filler (if specified - see
4.10.1.1.)
5b PC® FABRIC 79 reinforcement 1 2 3 4 5 6a 7a
6a Metal jacket
6b PITTCOTE® 404
Fig.1 Single layer systems for service

temperatures below ambient to -50°C.
5.1.2. Vessels. (Fig.2 and Fig.3)

Segments appropriate to the shape of the
surface to be insulated should be applied with
1 2 3 4 5 7b 6b 7b
staggered joints. Staggering the segments is not
needed for vessel heads or other irregular forms. 1 LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE (if
Segments will be adhered and joints filled with specified - see 4.3.)
PC® 88 ADHESIVE. Temporary banding is 2 FOAMGLAS® insulation
3 Tape or metal fixing straps
needed to give PC® 88 ADHESIVE time to set. 4 PITTSEAL® 444N sealant in the joints of
Excess of adhesive running out of the joints the outer layer
should be removed before it sets. Extra steel 5 Metal fixing straps
straps are not needed when using 6a PITTCOTE® 300 cell filler (if specified - see
4.10.1.1.)
PC® 88 ADHESIVE. 6b PC® FABRIC 79 reinforcement
7a Metal jacket
5.2. Service temperatures from -50°C down to 7b PITTCOTE® 404
-180°C. (Fig.4)
Fig.4 Double layer systems for service
A double layer system is generally sufficient for
temperatures from -50°C down to -180°C
this temperature range. The insulation layers
should be chosen in such a way that the interface
temperature of the two layers is not lower than
-50°C.
4/8 i02 – 08/02

5.3. Service temperatures below -180°C. used at these temperatures. It can be used to
At this temperature a three layer system should fabricate the FOAMGLAS® elements and as anti-
be used. For small pipe diameters a double layer abrasive layer at least for the inner layer.
system could be apply depending of weather or
service conditions. Many designers and some 5.3.1. Piping, elbows, fittings and vessels.
national codes impose the liquid oxygen All insulation layer should be applied with
compatibility requirements to all applications at staggered joints regarding each other and to the
temperatures below -180°C. The risk exists that other layers. The first and second layer will be dry
an explosion occurs when liquid oxygen applied and fixed with steel straps. The outer
condenses from the air at this temperature or insulation layer should have its joints filled with
below it. PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI- PITTSEAL® 444N or other suitable mastic and
ABRASIVE is an inorganic product and should be fixed with steel straps.
4 1 Horizontal vessel with domed ends.

2 FOAMGLAS® vessel segments adhered
with PC® 88 ADHESIVE.
3 PC® 88 ADHESIVE in the joints.
4 Manhole insulated with same insulation
thickness as vessel.
2 1 3
Fig.2 Vessel insulation. Single layer system for service temperatures below ambient to -50°C.
FOAMGLAS® segments adhered and joints sealed with PC® 88 ADHESIVE.
6. PARTICULAR POINTS
6.1. Vertical pipe insulation supports. (Fig.5) 6.2. Horizontal pipe supports. (Fig.6 and Fig.7)
Vertical insulation should be supported FOAMGLAS® should not be used for fixed points
appropriately, the self-supporting height of the but only for sliding supports that take vertical
insulation is determined taking into account the loads. The high compressive strength of
mechanical resistance of FOAMGLAS® FOAMGLAS® cellular glass allows to avoid
insulation. Angle iron or metal plates should be thermal bridges by not penetrating the insulation
welded or fixed onto the vessel or piping to layer at pipe supports. 120° curved rigid metal
support the insulation. The width of the support plates should be placed between the support and
should be chosen to maintain half the thickness the insulation. The surface area of these plates
of the outer insulation layer. Should there be and the distance between supports should be
varying thicknesses of insulation on a vessel, a designed to limit the compressive stress on the
support should be placed at the point where the FOAMGLAS®. Due to the uncertainty related to
different thicknesses meet. the outside contact area, a safety factor of 5 is
5/8 i02 – 08/02

recommended. Shells at the support area should necessary for the external surface if it is to be
be coated with an anti-abrasive, both internally finished with a mastic coating.
and externally, to fill the surface cells; this is not
SCHEDULES & DETAILS
R=T
Pipe diameter Insulation thickness Cradle Minimum length of cradle

thickness
L (mm)
min max. T Maximum span in m
Inch mm mm mm 3.0 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.0
_ _ _ _
25 50 2.0 260 _ _ _ _
1/2 & 3/4 60 100 3.2 260 _ _ _ _
110 130 4.8 260 _ _ _
25 40 2.0 260 260 _ _ _
1 to 1 1/2 50 90 3.2 260 260 _ _ _
100 140 4.8 260 260 _ _
25 40 2.0 260 260 260 _ _
50 80 3.2 260 260 260 _ _
2 to 3 1/2 90 130 4.8 260 260 260 _ _
140 150 6.4 260 260 260 _
25 50 3.2 260 260 260 300 _
4&5 60 100 4.8 260 260 260 300 _
110 180 6.4 260 260 260 300
40 60 4.8 260 300 400 400 510
6&8 70 140 6.4 260 300 400 400 510
150 180 8.0 260 300 400 400 510
40 90 6.4 300 400 510 610 610
10 to 12 100 150 8.0 300 400 510 610 610
160 200 9.5 300 400 510 610 610
40 50 6.4 400 510 610 915 915
60 120 8.0 400 510 610 915 915
14 & 16 130 180 9.5 400 510 610 915 915
190 230 11.0 400 510 610 915 915
40 50 8.0 510 610 760 915 915
70 130 9.5 510 610 760 915 915
18 & 20 140 190 11.0 510 610 760 915 915
200 12.7 510 610 760 915 915
40 80 9.5 610 760 915 1070 1070
24 90 140 11.0 610 760 915 1070 1070
150 200 12.7 610 760 915 1070 1070
40 120 12.7 760 915 1070 1220 1370
30 130 230 15.9 760 915 1070 1220 1370
40 160 15.9 915 1070 1220 1370 1530
36 170 230 19.0 915 1070 1220 1370 1530
Fig. 6 SADDLES : FOAMGLAS® S3 insulation

(compressive strength : 0.9 N/mm² ).
6.3. Welded connections four times the insulation thickness and should in
Supports, cradles, skirts and legs welded directly no case be less than 30 cm.
onto the equipment should be insulated with the
same thickness of insulating material as the 6.4. Joints and precautions for differential
equipment itself, to avoid thermal bridges. This thermal movements. (Fig.8)
insulation should extend over a distance equal to The location of contraction joints should be
determined considering the expected pipe
6/8 i02 – 08/02

movements. In addition to contraction joints for a be done with PITTSEAL® 444N if temperature
given length of piping, contraction joints should allows it.
also be placed at any direction change in the The contraction joint of the outer insulation layer
piping. Contraction joints should be installed in should be covered with a butyl-rubber sheet
the inner and outer insulation layers of horizontal (+/-1.2 mm thick). This sheet should be sealed
piping and equipment. with PITTSEAL® 444N and fixed with steel
Vertical lines and equipment having support rings straps.
should have a contraction joint immediately
below each support ring. 6.5. Flashing
Each contraction joint should be filled with Appropriate techniques and materials should be
resilient insulation material. For multi-layer used to make the areas around nozzles,
insulation systems a sliding compound should be manholes and other protrusions watertight; this
applied between the insulation layers. This could also applies to junctions of horizontal and vertical
surfaces.
Thermal contraction of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass and metals based on 20°C ambient
temperature.
Operating temperature FOAMGLAS® Carbon steel Stainless steel Aluminium

in °C cellular glass
mm/m mm/m mm/m mm/m
-200 -1.54 -1.94 -2.83 -3.93
-150 -1.21 -1.68 -2.37 -3.38
-100 -0.89 -1.26 -1.76 -2.52
-50 -0.53 -0.77 -1.06 -1.53
0 -0.15 -0.23 -0.32 -0.45
50 +0.24 +0.34 +0.47 +0.65
7. SURFACE PROTECTION
7.1. Metal jacket 7.2. Mastic coating.
Apply sheets of aluminium, steel or aluminised Apply a layer of PITTCOTE® 404 with a brush,
steel, corrugated, flat or hammered to the trowel, gun or gloves. Embed the reinforcement
external surface of the FOAMGLAS® cellular fabric into the layer while it is still tacky. Make
glass. If appropriate due to climatic or sure that the fabric does not tear or wrinkle. The
mechanical conditions, the external surface of overlap of fabric at joints should be 10 cm.
the FOAMGLAS® insulation may first be coated When the first coat is dry to touch, apply a
with a single layer of PITTCOTE® 300 mastic that second layer of PITTCOTE® 404 mastic to
will be given enough drying time before jacket completely cover the reinforcement fabric and
application. provide a smooth uniform surface (see data
sheet P31 for PITTCOTE® 404 and data sheets
P50/P51 for PC® FABRIC 79). Ensure that the
mastic is completely dry before applying any
compatible paint.
1 2 3
1 Adhere +/- 120° of the circumference with small radius segments using PC® 88 ADHESIVE and give adhesive
time to set. Use tape to keep segments temporary in place.(Type SRS, see data sheet A16)
2 Finish the circumference with small radius segments and PC® 88 ADHESIVE when the adhesive of the 120° part
is completely dry.
3 Fill central part with radiused and bevelled segments (Type SHS, see data sheet A16)
Fig.3 Application method for tank head segments (Type SHS and SRS) on horizontal
domed ends.
7/8 i02 – 08/02

1 Piping
2 LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE
3 FOAMGLAS® insulation
4 PC® 88 ADHESIVE or other adhesive
(depends of service temperature)
5 Metal jacket
6 Steel saddle or collar
Fig.7 Horizontal pipe supports or hangers

(no fixed points).
1 Pipe 1 FOAMGLAS® cellular glass

2 FOAMGLAS® pipe shells 2 Resilient insulation material
3 Vertical pipe support 3 Sliding compound, PITTSEAL® 444N if
4 Resilient insulating material (see 4.6) temperature allows it.
5 Insulation fixing straps 4 PITTCOTE® 300 cell filler (if specified - see
6 PITTSEAL® 444N 4.10.1.1)
7 Metal jacket 5 Metal jacket
8 Butyl-rubber sheet ceiling outer contraction 6 PITTSEAL® 444N
joint. 7 Butyl-rubber sheet ceiling outer contraction
joint
Fig.5 Vertical pipe support 8 Metal straps
Single layer system for service
Fig.8 Contraction joint double layer
temperatures below ambient
system
to -50°C.
While great care is taken in formulating specifications, we cannot be held responsible for them do to imponderables of each
specific jobsite.

LIQUID NITROGEN i02-10
AND OXYGEN 08/02
PIPES
These specifications give guidelines for the temperature between -200°C and -180°C. The
insulation of piping and equipment installed in insulation system is adapted to steam out the
the open air or under cover with a service piping.
2.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be anticorrosion paint. The surface should be
transported and stored vertically. Handle the perfectly dry before the insulation is applied.
packages with care. FOAMGLAS® insulation
2.2.3. When an adhesive is used, the
compatibility between the anticorrosion paint and
whilst in storage and not allowed to come into
the adhesive should be verified before applying
direct contact with the ground.
the insulation.
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust and
2.3. The surface and the materials used should
be dry before and during application, and should
any foreign matter. The design engineer should
decide whether a coat of anticorrosion paint is
necessary, and the type of paint compatible with
the service temperature and the adhesive used 2.4. The application of FOAMGLAS® insulation
(if any). If he decides to specify a paint, the on pipes or equipment should be done at
following rules should be observed: ambient temperature (no application when piping
or equipment is in service).
2.2.1. The surface, if corroded or otherwise
unsuitable, should be sandblasted before the 2.5. The temperature limits of the accessory
possible anticorrosion coat is applied (SS-Sa- products should be respected during both
2 1/2) storage and application.
2.2.2. Any surface imperfection should be wire 2.6. Hydrostatic, radiographic and other tests
brushed and then coated with a new layer of should be completed before the insulation is
applied.

3.1. Heat transfers should be limited to PIPE Thicknesses in mm
acceptable values regarding both economic and
DN inch mm Inside Layer 2 Layer 3
functional aspects.
15 1/2 21.3 50 50
25 1 33.7 55 50
3.2. The formation of condensation on the external 40 1 1/2 48.3 65 50
surface of the insulation should be limited. 50 2 60.3 70 50
80 3 88.9 80 60
3.3. To avoid the hardening of the sealant in the 100 4 114.3 80 60
joints, the thickness of the different insulation layers 150 6 168.3 80 70
should be chosen according to the temperature 200 8 219.1 80 80
range of PITTSEAL® 444N (-50 to +80°C) in order 300 12 323.9 90 80
to have the external layer in this temperature range. 350 14 355.6 100 75
500 20 508.0 70 70 40
3.4. Recommended FOAMGLAS® insulation 600 24 609.6 70 70 50
thickness and number of layers for the following 750 30 762.8 70 70 60
conditions: 1500.0 70 70 70
Ambient temperature 20°C, wind speed 5 km/h, 3000.0 80 80 70
emissivity 0.3 (sheet cover), relative humidity 78%,
maximum heat gain on the external surface 30 W/m².
1/4 i02-10 – 08/02

4. MATERIALS USED
4.1. Insulation material 4.5. Adhesive.
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS® cellular PC® 88 ADHESIVE is a flexible two-component
glass (see data sheets A01 to A17) in preformed adhesive based on bitumen and polyurethane (see
sections, radiused and bevelled lags or slabs. Data Sheet P05). This adhesive has been
When ordering the insulation, service temperature successfully tested for applications where there is a
should be indicated to allow the choice of suitable risk of stress corrosion.
adhesive for the fabrication of pipe sections or It has not been tested for its compatibility with liquid
radiused and bevelled lags. The insulation of oxygen.
standard 90° or 45° - bends (R=1.5 D) may be
prefabricated in the factory, as for the straight pipe
sections. Non-standard bends, T-pieces, reducers
4.6. Resilient Insulating Material
Low density mineral wool.
and other equipment should be insulated with
pieces cut to size and adapted on site. Flanges and
valves should be insulated with pipe shells of larger 4.7. Fixing Straps
dimensions adapted on site. The straps should be annealed stainless steel AISI
type 304 (AFNOR Z6CN 18-09) and should
4.2. Anti-corrosion layer measure 12.7 mm wide x 0.5 mm thick. Wire to fix
FOAMGLAS® shells or segments should be
The anti-corrosion layer should be compatible with
avoided, due to the wire cutting of the FOAMGLAS®
the service temperature.
surface.
4.3. Anti-abrasive Layer 4.8. Surface Protection
PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE (see
Metal jacket of corrugated, flat or hammered
Data Sheet P21) is an inorganic material for high
stainless steel. A thickness of 0.4 mm is usually
temperatures up to +350°C and for temperatures
foreseen for normal uses. The easiest way to apply
< -180°C.
the jacket is to band it. Pop rivets or screws may
also be used after having held the jacket tightly with
4.4. Joint Sealant temporary bands. A cushion layer of fibrous
PITTSEAL® 444N is a one-component, permanent insulation between FOAMGLAS® insulation and the
non-hardening butyl based sealer (see Product jacket should be avoided. This top layer will absorb
Sheet P41). It can be applied from cartridges or by the ambient moisture during humid weather.
extrusion gun.
This sealant has been successfully tested for
applications where there is a risk of stress
corrosion.
It has not been tested for its compatibility with liquid
oxygen.
5. APPLICATION OF PIPE INSULATION

If possible, all factors influencing the insulation 5.2.1. The insulation is dry applied on the pipes
should already be considered at planning stage: with staggered joints. Whenever possible, the
temperature ranges and fluctuations, movements insulation pieces should be staggered vertically by
and vibrations of the pipe. one half element with respect to each other; for
When the field conditions allow it, the particular short sections (under 2 m), a radial staggering is
points should be insulated first (elbows, T-junctions, more suitable. (Fig.1)
flanges, valves and other equipment).
5.1. Anti-abrasive
The inner side of the first FOAMGLAS® insulation
layer can be coated with an anti-abrasive applied
either in the factory or on site, according to service
conditions. This can reduce the abrasion caused by
frequent differential movements or vibrations.
If the anti-abrasive is applied on site, it has to be
completely dry before applying the insulation Fig.1
material.
5.2. Pipe Insulation

Straight pipe sections should be insulated with
appropriate FOAMGLAS® shells or segments.
2/4 i02-10 – 08/02

5.2.2. It is suitable to keep the inner layer in place The tightening of the fixing straps should be
by reinforced self-adhesive tape, as the additional performed evenly and carefully to avoid breaking
thickness of metal strap clamps makes it difficult for the insulating shells.
the successive layers to be applied upon each
other. 5.4. Flanges, Valves and Other Equipment
(Pressure Control Valves, Strainers...)
5.2.3. To take full benefit of the complete Insulation units made of the required shells,
tightness of FOAMGLAS® insulation, all joints of the segments and slabs are adapted and assembled on
outer layer must be sealed with PITTSEAL® 444N. site.
Care should be taken that the pieces fit before
applying the sealant. Do not use this or any other 5.4.1. Hollow spaces between equipment and
sealant to fill joints that are too wide, because this insulation should be filled with insulating materials
results in the formation of thermal bridges. The to prevent "pumping" of the enclosed air, in case of
temperature ranges specified for the sealant should extreme temperature changes. These hollow
be taken into account when calculating the spaces may be filled with small FOAMGLAS® parts
insulation thickness. (Fig.2) (made of chopped up cuttings).
The outer insulation layer should always be held in
place by two fixing straps per standard length 5.4.2. For Flanges, valves and other equipment;
(600 mm). The sealant will spread in the joints since the overall dimensions of these insulating
thanks to an even strap tightening; too high tension coverings are bigger and therefore more prone to
will cause the insulation shells to break and will be damaged, metal jackets adapted to the external
thus damage the insulation system. Any damaged diameter of the shells should be used. The
pieces should be replaced or at least fixed with insulating parts should be adhered inside the metal
sealant at the breaking point. box.
5.4.3. As was the case for the previous insulating

work, all connection joints of these pieces should
be sealed to the pipe insulant with a mastic.
5.4.4. The fixing straps should be placed is the

same way as for the pipe and elbow insulation.
5.5. Movement joints

Movement joints should be foreseen in the
insulation system if the thermal movement of the
Fig.2 PITTSEAL® 444N in the joints of pipe exceeds 1.5 mm/m.
the outer layer Movement joints should also be placed between
fixed elements such as fixed points, elbows, T-
pieces, flanges, valves and devices when the
5.2.4. The compressive strength of FOAMGLAS® thermal movement of the pipe exceeds 1.5 mm/m.
on vertical pipes allows the insulation to be self- NOTA: Distance between contraction/expansion
supporting up to a great height. But, in order to joints is usually foreseen on the basis of a
avoid excessive thermal movement, supporting ring 15 mm differential movement
with contraction joints should be placed at suitable
distances on vertical straight lines and near singular 5.5.1. Thermal contraction of FOAMGLAS® and
points like elbows. stainless steel in mm/m
5.3. Elbows, Reducers, T-junctions Average FOAMGLAS® Stainless steel

The insulation elbows type 3D (R=1.5 D) may be temperature cellular glass
prefabricated in the factory. Other elbow types, °C mm/m mm/m
reducers and T-junctions should be insulated with
pipe shells or segments adapted on site. -200 - 1.36 - 2.83
As for the pipe insulation, all external layer joints -150 - 1.11 - 2.37
must be sealed with PITTSEAL® 444N. -100 - 0.84 - 1.76
Fixing straps should also be used to keep these -50 - 0.51 - 1.06
insulating parts in place. Wire should be avoided
0 - 0.16 - 0.47
whenever possible due to the wire cutting of the
Ambient temperature: 20°C
FOAMGLAS® surface.
3/4 i02-10 – 08/02

5.5.2. Placing of the movement joints:
The opening of the movement joints should be 1 2 3 4
twice as large as the measured
expansion/contraction.
The fibres of the mineral fibre structure, which
should be positioned vertically to the pipe, should
be slightly compressed.
The movement joints should be sealed with great
care. A shell cap fixed and glued on one side
should be sealed with PITTSEAL® 444N on the
moving part. (Fig.3 and Fig.4)
A movement joint should be placed under each
supporting ring on vertical pipes and devices; the
upper half of these movement joint coverings
should be fixed and glued. In case of multi-layer
insulation, the movement joint is staggered. 1. FOAMGLAS® cellular glass
2. PITTSEAL® 444N
3. Mineral wool
5.6. Sliding Pipe Supports 4. PC® 88 ADHESIVE
Whenever possible, the supports should be placed
so that the bearing shell is outside the insulation. Fig.3 Movement joint (Double layer)
The relatively high compressive strength of
FOAMGLAS® allows to avoid thermal bridges at
sliding pipe supports and hangers.
Shells at the support area should be coated 1 2 3 4
internally and externally to fill the surface cells. A
120° wide steel cradle is placed on the external
side of the insulation. The cradle length is
determined in respect with the support load, the
pipe diameter to calculate the contact surface area
of the pipe and the compressive strength of the
FOAMGLAS® type used. It is recommended to take
a safety factor of 5.
5.7. Fixed supports, skirts or legs welded directly

onto the pipe or equipment should be insulated with
the same thickness of insulating material as the
rest. The insulation of vessels or pipes should
extend over a distance equal to four times the
insulation thickness and should in no case be less
than 30 cm. 1. FOAMGLAS® cellular glass
2. PITTSEAL® 444N
3. Mineral wool
4. PC® 88 ADHESIVE
Fig.4 Movement joint (Triple layer)
The FOAMGLAS® insulation should be protected The metal jacket should be mounted with temporary
against mechanical damage and weather straps and fixed with metal screws or blind riveting.
conditions. The metal jacket is applied directly on Should the surface of the closed-cell FOAMGLAS®
the FOAMGLAS® surface with an appropriate fixing be locally damaged by the screws, this would have
technique and without intermediate layer. The high no negative influence because FOAMGLAS®
compressive resistance of FOAMGLAS® justifies a cellular glass is a water and water vapour proof
reduction of the traditional metal cladding thickness. material.

Pittsburgh Corning Europe is also represented in: Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Greece, Hungary, Poland, Rumania, Russian
Federation, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Ukraine and Africa.
FOAMGLAS® INSULATION SPECIFICATION
APPLICATION OF FOAMGLAS® INSULATION ON

LNG PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
SPECIFICATION # I-COLD-LNG REVISION 01/12/2010 Page 1 of 7
1. GENERAL NOTES
1.1. This specification covers the expressed or implied, is intended. The

application of FOAMGLAS® insulation on final application procedure is the
liquid natural gas piping and equipment responsibility of the project designer
(LNG), operating at or near –160°C (-260°F) and/or owner.
for control of heat gain. This specification
may be applicable for indoor or outdoor 1.3. The product data sheets referenced in
installations. the text are listed at the end of the
specification. Product data sheets for
1.2. This specification is subject to revision Pittsburgh Corning products may be
without notice. Contact Pittsburgh accessed on line at:
Corning for current revision data before http://www.foamglas.com/industry/en//
using. This specification is offered as a
guide for the purpose described herein and 1.4. English unit conversions have been
should be employed at the discretion of the rounded to nearest SI unit equivalent
user. No warranty of procedures, either
2.1. FOAMGLAS® pipe insulation and 2.2.1. The specifying engineer or owner
fabricated fittings should be transported shall at their option designate a rust
and stored vertically. Handle the packages inhibitor or corrosion resistant paint to be
with care. FOAMGLAS® insulation applied before the application of any
packages should be protected from the insulation. The application of such paint
elements while in storage and should not or coating is not a requirement of this
be allowed to come into direct contact with specification.
the ground.
2.2.2. Any surface imperfection should be
2.2. The surface to be insulated should be wire brushed and then coated with a new
clean and free from all traces of grease, layer of
rust, dust and any foreign matter. The anticorrosion paint. The surface should be
design engineer should decide whether a perfectly dry before the insulation is
coat of anticorrosion paint is necessary, applied.
and the type of paint compatible with the
service temperature and the adhesive used 2.2.3. When an adhesive is used, the
(if any). If he decides to specify a paint, the compatibility between the anticorrosion
following rules should be observed: paint and the adhesive should be verified
before applying the insulation.
Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning Europe S.A./ N.V.

800 Presque Isle Drive Pittsburgh, PA 15239-2799 USA (EMEA Headquarters)
Toll Free: 800-545-5001 Phone: (724)327-6100 Fax: (724)387-3806 Albertkade 1 Tessenderlo Belgium
http://www.foamglas.com/ Phone: +32-13-66-17-21 Fax: +432-13-66-78-54
i02-20 LNG PIPING AND EQUIPMENT REV 01/10/2010 Page 2 of 7
2.3. The surface and the materials used 2.5. The temperature limits of the accessory
should be dry before and during products should be respected during both
application, and should remain dry until storage and application.
start up.
2.6. Hydrostatic, radiographic and other
2.4. The application of FOAMGLAS® tests should be completed before the
insulation on pipes or equipment should insulation is applied.
be done at ambient temperature (no
application when piping or equipment is in
service).
3. DETERMINATION OF REQUIRED INSULATION THICKNESS
3.1. The heat transfers should be limited to insulation thickness shall be determined
acceptable values with respect to both through calculations based on particular
economic and functional aspects. Design and unique environmental and operating
thickness criteria will limit heat gain to conditions .
between 25 to 37 W/m2 (8 to 12 Btu/hr ft2). Thickness calculations are available from
In some cases this may also limit Pittsburgh Corning.
condensation (recommendable). The
4. MATERIALS USED
4.1. Insulation material vibrations. The anti-abrasive coating

Insulation shall be FOAMGLAS® cellular should be applied onto the inner side of the
glass insulation manufactured in FOAMGLAS® elements which will be in
accordance with ASTM C552, “Standard contact with the metal pipe or equipment.
Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal 4.2.1 PC® LTAA
Insulation”, by Pittsburgh Corning whose 4.2.2 . Hydrocal® B-11 gypsum cement (see
quality system for manufacturing, Data Sheet FI-169) or,
inspecting, and testing of FOAMGLAS® 4.2.3 PC 136 adhesive, used for stainless
insulation is certified to meet the steel piping (see Data Sheet FI-252)
requirements of ISO 9001:2008.
FOAMGLAS® pipe insulation shall be 4.3. Joint sealant
fabricated according to the requirements of PITTSEAL® 444N sealant, a one-
ASTM C1639 “Standard Specification for component, permanent non-hardening
Fabrication of Cellular Glass Pipe and butyl based sealant or equivalent.
Tubing Insulation”.
4.4.Contraction joint filler/cushioning
4.2. Anti-abrasive blankets if necessary, shall be
This coating is only to be applied if the TEMP-MAT® as supplied by Alpha
piping should be submitted to frequent and Associates 2 Amboy Avenue Woodbridge,
significant thermal movements or to strong NJ 07095 Telephone: (732)634-5700 Fax:

Toll Free: 800-545-5001 Phone: (724)327-6100 Fax: (724)387-3806 Albertkade 1 B-3980 Tessenderlo Belgium
(732)634-1430 http://www.alphainc.com/site/ or
equal, or Type E needled glass fiber felt 4.8 Reinforcing Mesh Fabric for the
thermal insulation containing no organic weather barrier coating shall be synthetic
binders, manufactured in accordance with fabric, 6.5 x 6 mesh, PC® Fabric 79 as
ASTM C1086. or light density (48 kg/m3 or supplied by Pittsburgh Corning .
3 lb/ft3) fibreglass Or approved equal
4.5. Metal Bands shall be 4.9. Protective Coatings or Membranes and

Finishes
AISI type 304 (BSI 304 S16) stainless steel, A vapour retarder has to be installed. This
13 mm wide x 0.4 mm thick (0.5 in. x 0.016 material will fill the cells, improves
in.), with matching seals. mechanical resistance of the system, and is
Or an additional barrier to vapour and liquids.
Aluminum bands with matching seals, 13 x 4.9.1 Vapour Retarder Mastic –
0.5 mm (0.5 in. x 0.020 in.) for piping and PITTCOTE® 300 coating, an asphalt mastic,
equipment with O.D. up to 1219mm (48 as supplied by Pittsburgh Corning.
in.), 19 x 0.5 mm (0.75 in. x 0.020 in.) for PITTCOTE® 300 coating must be covered
larger O.D. with metal jacket.
4.9.2 TEROSTAT PCFR monomer coating,
4.6 Tape shall be Scotch No. 898 tape, a as supplied by PC.
high tensile strength, fiber reinforced tape 4.9.3 Hypalon® based coating (type
available from 3M Corporation, or Monolar® or similar), to be reinforced with
equivalent synthetic fabric, as PC® Fabric 79 or
similar.
4.7. Contraction Joint vapour barrier 4.9.4. Alu-butyl sheet
Contraction Joint Barrier Sheet shall be 4.9.5 Metal Jacket
minimum 1.6 mm (0.062 in.) thick solid Use minimum 0.4 mm (0.016 in.) metal
neoprene or butyl rubber as supplied by AAA jacket for insulation. Use minimum 0.4 mm
Acme Rubber Company 2003 E. Fifth St., Bldg (0.016 in.) smooth stainless steel jacket for
#1 Tempe, AZ 85281 Telephone: (480)966-9311 caustic service or where the FOAMGLAS®
Fax: (480)966-2273 insulation is being used for fire protection
http://www.acmerubber.com/neosheet.htm applications.
or approved equal.
5.1. Before application of the insulation: 5.2.1 It is necessary to install the insulation
5.1.1. apply vapour stop system to in multiple layers. Two layers will
cryogenic supports (when required) normally suffice, when respective thickness
5.1.2. mark location of insulation are commercially available.
terminations (at flanges, , valves, … ) and 5.2.2. The insulation of straight piping,
contraction/expansion joint location (when bends, T-pieces, equipment heads,…, will
required) on the object, be fully fabricated to fit; number of pieces
5.2. Application of insulation

as few as possible, and defined by Physical contraction of the object, when

transport conditions cooled down to cryogenic temperatures
5.2.3 it is strongly recommended to start may affect insulation system, as differences
application with fittings; straight pipes to in temperature and expansion coefficient
be cut on site to fit between fittings/marks will result in the creation of gaps in the
5.2.4 The first layer of FOAMGLAS® insulation and finishing, or undue stress,
insulation shall be installed dry (using no causing cracks.
joint sealant). The first layer shall be
secured with fiber reinforced tape applied FOAMGLAS® insulation is thermally
on 300 mm (12 in.) centers, with a 50% stable, having an expansion coefficient
overlap of the tape per wrap, or with metal lower than and closer to steel than other
bands insulation materials. This creates the
5.2.5 Intermediate layers of situation that when an object is cooled,
FOAMGLAS® insulation shall be applied joints in the insulation will have a tendency
with all joints staggered from those of the to close; no gaps will be created.
preceding layer. Securement of each layer
shall be with fiber reinforced tape using Providing that during application some
two (2) wraps per section or with metal considerations are followed, and a fully
bands flexible vapour retarder is used, the
5.2.6 The final layer of insulation shall be solution described in 5.3.1 is more
applied with all joints staggered from those adequate than a classic exp/contr joint
of the preceding layer and sealed with joint described in 5.3.2, as contraction joints
sealer. A continuous seal must be provided remain a weak point in the system (
for the full length of all joints; care is to be fibrous, application, closing of the vapour
taken sealant in longitudinal and barrier foil, …)
circumferential joints meet, in order to
avoid gaps. poor fitting. It is recommended 5.3.1 NO EXPANSION/CONTRACTION
to apply the sealant by extrusion (gun or JOINTS
cartridges). This system will only function using
5.2.7 The outer layer of FOAMGLAS® vapour barriers that are appropriate for
insulation shall be secured with 13 wide x this system:
0.4 mm thick (1/2 in. x .015 in.) stainless - Terostat ( as extremely flexible)
steel bands at the rate of two (2) bands, - Alu/butyl foil, providing an
equally spaced, per section of insulation. appropriate tape is used on the joints
Bands are to be well secured, closing
tightly the longitudinal joints Every circumferential joint will allow
5.2.8 Care must be taken that the outer movement.
layer of FOAMGLAS® insulation is not
cracked when secured with the stainless - insulation of the inner layers will be
steel bands. Cracked or broken applied so as to leave a circumferential
FOAMGLAS® insulation shall be replaced. joint width of 1mm (0.04 in.) (no sealant)
- circumferential joints in the outer layer
5.3 EXPANSION/CONTRACTION JOINTS will be 3 to 5 mm wide (0.12 in. to 0.20 in.);
sealant is applied in beads of sufficient

thickness to close the joint at installation; it

is recommended to apply two beads in the 5.4. valve and flange insulation
circumferential joint (note that complete Valves and flanges to be insulated
filling of joint will result in too much applying the same thickness and layering
material when closed at service) as the adjacent piping.
The adjacent straight piping is provided a
It is a good practice to use a wedge at step-type juncture in order to allow
application, in order to ensure joint width. insulation to be installed with staggered
joints.
This system is NOT applicable on vertical Vapour stop mastic (if required) is applied
piping, as insulation weight will close to juncture in time to allow complete
joints . drying before box installation.
5.3.2 EXPANSION/CONTRACTION It is recommended to insulate valves and

JOINTS flanges with prefabricated boxes (fitting
The physical contraction/expansion of the covers) made to fit.
piping and equipment shall be determined All voids (if applicable) between object and
by the design engineer so that boxes to be filled with loose wool.
contraction/expansion joints in the
insulation can be positioned or located to 5.5 MISCELLANEOUS
eliminate any undue stress on the 5.5.1 Vertical insulation should be
insulation. supported in an appropriate manner; the
Application is recommended between two self-supporting height of the insulation is
fixed points ( supports, insulation determined by taking the mechanical
terminations at valve and flange locations, resistance of FOAMGLAS® insulation into
fittings ), maximum spacing to be 6 m (20 account, as well as the movement during
ft), providing maximum contraction of contraction. For the purpose of dead load
25mm (1 in.) can be met. in a vertical support, the insulation will
support its own weight on the face of the
Contraction joint to be applied in all layers, butt end of the insulation segment for a
minimum 150 mm (6 in.) offset, width to be distance of 15 m (50 ft). The thermal
50mm (2 in.) , and filled with resilient low contraction requirements of the pipe metal
density glass fibre ( fibre direction with respect to the insulation system,
perpendicular on the pipe ) however, would ultimately govern the
The rubber vapour barrier sheet is wrapped number of supports and their location.
around the joint, completely sealed with Angle iron or metal plates should be
joint sealer, and banded with stainless steel welded onto the vessel or piping to
bands. support the insulation. The width of the
support should be chosen so as to support
On vertical piping, expansion/contraction the inner layer(s).To prevent a thermal
joints will be installed at break, the outer layer of insulation should
- Under insulation support ring be applied with the mid-point of the
- under pipe support insulation section covering the insulation
- under top elbow support ring.

Should the ring be wider, a supplementary in.). The cradle shall be designed to
layer may have to be installed at the provide a sufficient bearing area to limit
insulation support location. Should there the compressive force on the insulation to
be varying thicknesses of insulation 1.4 kg/cm2 (20 psi) maximum at any point.
on a vessel, a support should be placed at 5.5.3 The insulation of the bottom heads,
the point where the different thicknesses manholes and other individual items
meet. should also be fixed in place with stainless
5.5.2. Supports, cradles, skirts and legs steel straps.
welded directly onto the equipment should 5.5.4 Hollow spaces between object and
be insulated with the same thickness of insulation should be filled with insulating
insulating material as the equipment itself, materials to prevent "pumping" of enclosed
in order to avoid thermal bridges. This air, in case of extreme temperature changes.
insulation should extend over a distance Hollow spaces may be filled with small
equal to four times the insulation thickness FOAMGLAS® parts (made of chopped up
and should never be less than 30 cm (12 cuttings).
6. INSULATION FINISH
6.1. Mastic & metal finish

6.1.1 Over the completed insulation Apply a bead of TEROSTAT-PCFR on top
installation apply a coat of vapour retarder of all joints, by cartridge, trowel, or gun.
mastic as specified in 4.9.1., at the rate of The TEROSTAT-PCFR bead will be
0.8 to 1.2 liter/m2 (2 - 3 gal./100 ft2). smoothed flush with the factory applied
6.1.2 Metal jacketing shall be applied over TEROSTAT-PCFR surface, on such way
the mastic coating with the joints that the coverage will be at least as thick as
positioned to shed water. Follow standard the pre-applied coat, and that there will be
practice of engineers specifications for a complete closure of the coating system.
jacket application. Use an adequate tool like a flexible spatula
6.1.3 As it may be impossible to avoid (Teflon), covered with a soapy water
moisture under the cladding due to water solution, in order to achieve a smooth
penetration or condensation, care needs to finish with no drag marks.
be taken to evacuate this as efficiently as Due to its elasticity, this coating is suited to
possible (no wicking space materials, drain be installed on systems requiring no
holes, …) EXPANSION/CONTRACTION joints.
6.2 TEROSTAT coating
TEROSTAT-PCFR is a sprayable and 6.3 Alu/butyl foil
gunable one component polymer. 6.3.1 When applied at site, wrap this sheet
It will be factory applied on all outer layer over the insulation, avoiding wrinkles and
FOAMGLAS® elements; jointing of these holidays. It is good practice to work with
elements or treatment of minor surfaces sheets on straight piping, and tapes or cut-
can be done on site, using adequate to-fit sheets on the fittings. Sufficient
tooling. For this purpose, TEROSTAT- pressure should be given at the
PCFR shall be delivered in suitable overlapping seams, to create a firm bond
containers and cartridges. between foils at the butyl material level.

It is recommended to heat the material at specific tape is used over the

colder application temperatures. circumferential joints ( tape with a non-
6.3.2 When the material is pre-applied on adhering section in the middle, allowing
the outer insulation layer, it has a perfect joint movements)
fit with inner layer insulation.
Sealing on site is done by covering the 6.4. Metal jacketing (optional)
joints by means of Alu/butyl tape, Metal jacketing applied as per good
recommended width to be 4” (100mm). practice.
Sufficient pressure will ensure sufficient Reference can be made to existing manuals
bond between pre-applied foil and tape at ( CINI, PIP, …)
butyl level. As it may be impossible to avoid moisture
in the cladding due to condensation, care
This pre-applied foil application is suited needs to be taken to evacuate this as
to be installed on systems, requiring no efficient as possible ( drain holes, no
Expansion/Contraction joints, providing a wicking spacer materials, …)
7. INSPECTION/QUALITY ASSURANCE
The general contractor, insulation recommendations. Joints should be tight,

contractor and owner shall provide sealing and flashing should be thorough
sufficient inspection during the insulation and water-tight, and finishes should be
and finish application. Continuous uniform and free of defects.
inspection of the application is not to be
considered a requirement of Pittsburgh QUALITY ASSURANCE
Corning. The insulation manufacturer’s quality
Inspect all insulation and accessory system including its implementation, shall
materials to be certain they are applied in meet the requirements of ISO 9001:2008.
conformance with the specification
8. CERTIFICATES
The manufacturer will furnish evidence of compliance with the quality system requirements
of ISO 9001:2008
Product Data Sheets
1. PITTSEAL® 444N Sealant: FI-164 4. Hydrocal® B-11 Powder: FI-169

2. PITTCOTE® 300: FI-120. 5. PC® Fabric 79: FI-159
3. TEROSTAT-PCFR: FI-260
This specification has been prepared by Pittsburgh Corning using generally accepted and appropriate technical information, but it is not intended to be solely relied upon for specific design or
technical applications. Having no control over the elements of design, installation, workmanship or site conditions, Pittsburgh Corning assumes that persons trained and qualified in the
appropriate disciplines will make the actual design choices and installation. Therefore, Pittsburgh Corning disclaims all liability potentially arising from the use or misuse of this specification


ETHYLENE PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
SPECIFICATION # I-Cold-Ethylene REVISION 01/012/2010 Page 1 of 8
1. GENERAL NOTES
1.1 This specification covers the final application procedure is the

application of FOAMGLAS® insulation on responsibility of the project designer
liquid ethylene piping and equipment, and/or owner.
operating at or near –100°C (-150°F) for
control of heat gain. This specification 1.3. The product data sheets referenced in
may be applicable for indoor or outdoor the text are listed at the end of the
installations. specification. Product data sheets for
expressed or implied, is intended. The
2.1. FOAMGLAS® pipe insulation and 2.2.1. The specifying engineer or owner
fabricated fittings should be transported shall at their option designate a rust
and stored vertically. Handle the packages inhibitor or corrosion resistant paint to be
with care. FOAMGLAS® insulation applied before the application of any
packages should be protected from the insulation. The application of such paint
elements while in storage and should not or coating is not a requirement of this
be allowed to come into direct contact with specification.
the ground. 2.2.2. Any surface imperfection should be
wire brushed and then coated with a new
2.2. The surface to be insulated should be layer of
clean and free from all traces of grease, anticorrosion paint. The surface should be
rust, dust and any foreign matter. The perfectly dry before the insulation is
design engineer should decide whether a applied.
coat of anticorrosion paint is necessary, 2.2.3. When an adhesive is used, the
and the type of paint compatible with the compatibility between the anticorrosion
service temperature and the adhesive used paint and the adhesive should be verified
(if any). If he decides to specify a paint, the before applying the insulation.
following rules should be observed:
Pittsburgh Corning Corporation Pittsburgh Corning Europe S.A./ N.V.

http://www.foamglas.com/ Phone: +32-13-611-415 Fax: +32-13-351-567
i02-25 ETHYLENE PIPING AND EQUIPMENT REV 01/12/2010 Page 2 of 8
2.3. The surface and the materials used

should be dry before and during 2.5. The temperature limits of the accessory
application, and should remain dry until products should be respected during both
start up. storage and application.
2.4. The application of FOAMGLAS® 2.6. Hydrostatic, radiographic and other

insulation on pipes or equipment should tests should be completed before the
be done at ambient temperature (no insulation is applied.
application when piping or equipment is in
service).
3.1. The heat transfers should be limited to insulation thickness shall be determined
acceptable values with respect to both through calculations based on particular
economic and functional aspects. Design and unique environmental and operating
thickness criteria will limit heat gain to conditions .
between 25 to 37 W/m2 (8 to 12 Btu/hr ft2). Thickness calculations are available from
In some cases this may also limit Pittsburgh Corning.
condensation (recommendable). The
4. MATERIALS USED
4.1. Insulation material vibrations. The anti-abrasive coating

Insulation shall be FOAMGLAS® cellular should be applied onto the inner side of the
glass insulation manufactured in FOAMGLAS® elements which will be in
accordance with ASTM C552, “Standard contact with the metal pipe or equipment.
Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal 4.2.1 PC® LTAA
Insulation”, by Pittsburgh Corning whose 4.2.2 . Hydrocal® B-11 gypsum cement (see
quality system for manufacturing, Data Sheet FI-169) or,
inspecting, and testing of FOAMGLAS® 4.2.3 PC 136 adhesive, used for stainless
insulation is certified to meet the steel piping (see Data Sheet FI-252)
requirements of ISO 9001:2008.
FOAMGLAS® pipe insulation shall be 4.3. Joint sealant
fabricated according to the requirements of PITTSEAL® 444N sealant, a one-
ASTM C1639 “Standard Specification for component, permanent non-hardening
Fabrication of Cellular Glass Pipe and butyl based sealant or equivalent.
Tubing Insulation”.
4.4.Contraction joint filler/cushioning
4.2. Anti-abrasive blankets if necessary, shall be
This coating is only to be applied if the TEMP-MAT® as supplied by Alpha
piping should be submitted to frequent and Associates 2 Amboy Avenue Woodbridge,
significant thermal movements or to strong NJ 07095 Telephone: (732)634-5700 Fax:

(732)634-1430 http://www.alphainc.com/site/ or supplied by Pittsburgh Corning

equal, or Type E needled glass fiber felt Corporation.
thermal insulation containing no organic Or approved equal
binders, manufactured in accordance with
ASTM C1086. or light density (48 kg/m3 or 4.9. Finishes
3 lb/ft3) fibreglass A vapor retarder has to be installed. This
material will fill the cells, improves
4.5. Metal Bands shall be mechanical resistance of the system, and is
an additional barrier to vapor and liquids.
AISI type 304 (BSI 304 S16) stainless steel, As it may be this will not be covered by
12.7 mm wide x 0.4 mm thick (0.5 in. x metal jacket, it has to be, in such cases,
0.016 in.), with matching seals. resistant to weather conditions.
Or
Aluminium bands with matching seals, 13 Finishes may be:
x 0.5 mm (0.5 in. x 0.020 in.) for piping and
equipment with O.D. up to 1219mm (48 4.9.1 Vapor Retarder Mastic – PITTCOTE®
in.), 19 x 0.5 mm (0.75 in. x 0.020 in.) for 300 coating, an asphalt mastic, as supplied
larger O.D. by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation.
4.9.2 Terostat PCFR monomer coating, as
4.6 Tape shall be Scotch No. 898 tape, a supplied by PC
high tensile strength, fiber reinforced tape 4.9.2 PITTWRAP® CW30 Jacketing – 30 mil
available from 3M Corporation, or self-sealing non-metallic sheet for above
equivalent ground applications. Metal jacketing must
be used over PITTWRAP® CW30 for UV
4.7. Contraction Joint vapor barrier protection
Contraction Joint Vapor Barrier Sheet shall 4.9.3Hypalon® based coating (type Monolar® or
be minimum 1.6 mm (0.062 in.) thick solid similar), to be reinforced with synthetic fabric, as
neoprene or butyl rubber as supplied by AAA PC® Fabric 79 or similar
Acme Rubber Company 2003 E. Fifth St., Bldg 4.9.4Terostat PCFR monomer coating, as
#1 Tempe, AZ 85281 Telephone: (480)966-9311 supplied by P
Fax: (480)966-2273 4.9.5Alu-butyl sheet,
http://www.acmerubber.com/neosheet.htm or 4.9.5. Metal Jacket
approved equal. The metal jacket should be aluminium, steel or
aluminised steel sheets, corrugated, flat or
hammered, of suitable thickness.
4.8 Reinforcing Mesh Fabric for the For fire protection applications, a minimum
weather barrier coating shall be synthetic 0.016” (0,4 mm) smooth stainless steel jacket
fabric, 6.5 x 6 mesh, PC® Fabric 79 as should be used.
5.1. Before application of the insulation: 5.1.1. apply vapor stop system to
cryogenic supports (when required)

5.1.2. mark location of insulation 0.38 mm thick (1/2 in. x .015 in.) stainless
terminations (at flanges, , valves, … ) and steel bands at the rate of two (2) bands,
contraction joint location (when required) equally spaced, per section of insulation.
on the object, Bands are to be well secured, closing
5.2. Application of insulation tightly the longitudinal joints
5.2.1 It is necessary to install the 5.2.8 Care must be taken that the outer
insulation in multiple layers. Two layers layer of FOAMGLAS® insulation is not
will normally suffice, when respective cracked when secured with the stainless
thickness are commercially available. steel bands. Cracked or broken
5.2.2. The insulation of straight piping, FOAMGLAS® insulation shall be replaced.
bends, T-pieces, equipment heads,…, will
be fully fabricated to fit; number of pieces 5.3 EXPANSION/CONTRACTION JOINTS
as few as possible, and defined by
transport conditions Physical contraction of the object, when
5.2.3 it is strongly recommended to start cooled down to cryogenic temperatures
application with fittings; straight pipes to may affect insulation system, as differences
be cut on site to fit between fittings/marks in temperature and expansion coefficient
5.2.4 The first layer of FOAMGLAS® will result in the creation of gaps in the
insulation shall be installed dry (using no insulation and finishing, or undue stress,
joint sealant). The first layer shall be causing cracks.
secured with fiber reinforced tape applied
on 300 mm (12 in.) centers, with a 50% FOAMGLAS® insulation is thermally
overlap of the tape per wrap, or with metal stable, having an expansion coefficient
bands lower than and closer to steel than other
5.2.5 Intermediate layers of insulation materials. This creates the
FOAMGLAS® insulation shall be applied situation that when an object is cooled,
with all joints staggered from those of the joints in the insulation will have a tendency
preceding layer. Securement of each layer to close; no gaps will be created.
shall be with fiber reinforced tape using
two (2) wraps per section or with metal Providing that during application some
bands considerations are followed, and a fully
flexible vapor retarder is used, the solution
5.2.6 The final layer of insulation shall be described in 5.3.1 is more adequate than a
applied with all joints staggered from those classic exp/contr joint described in 5.3.2, as
of the preceding layer and sealed with joint contraction joints remain a weak point in
sealer. A continuous seal must be provided the system ( fibrous, application, closing of
for the full length of all joints; care is to be the vapor barrier foil, …)
taken sealant in longitudinal and 5.3.1 NO EXPANSION/CONTRACTION
circumferential joints meet, in order to JOINTS
avoid gaps. poor fitting. It is recommended
to apply the sealant by extrusion (gun or This system will only function using vapor
cartridges). barriers that are appropriate for this
5.2.7 The outer layer of FOAMGLAS® system:
insulation shall be secured with 13 wide x - Terostat ( as extremely flexible)

- Alu/butyl foil, providing an density glass fibre ( fibre direction

appropriate tape is used on the joints perpendicular on the pipe )
The rubber vapor barrier sheet is wrapped
Every circumferential joint will allow around the joint, completely sealed with
movement. joint sealer, and banded with stainless steel
bands.
- insulation of the inner layers will be
normally applied (no sealant) On vertical piping, expansion/contraction
- circumferential joints in the outer layer joints will be installed at
will be circa 3 mm wide (0.12 in. to 0.20 in.); - Under insulation support ring
sealant is applied in beads of sufficient - under pipe support
thickness to close the joint at installation; it - under top elbow
is recommended to apply two beads in the
circumferential joint (note that complete
filling of joint will result in too much 5.4. valve and flange insulation
material when closed at service) Valves and flanges to be insulated
applying the same thickness and layering
It is a good practice to use a wedge at as the adjacent piping.
application, in order to ensure joint width. The adjacent straight piping is provided a
step-type juncture in order to allow
This system is NOT applicable on vertical insulation to be installed with staggered
piping, as insulation weight will close joints.
joints . Vapor stop mastic (if required) is applied
5.3.2 EXPANSION/CONTRACTION to juncture in time to allow complete
JOINTS drying before box installation.
The physical contraction/expansion of the It is recommended to insulate valves and

piping and equipment shall be determined flanges with prefabricated boxes made to
by the design engineer so that fit.
contraction/expansion joints in the All voids between object and boxes to be
insulation can be positioned or located to filled with loose wool.
eliminate any undue stress on the
insulation. 5.5 MISCELLANEOUS
Application is recommended between two 5.5.1 Vertical insulation should be
fixed points ( supports, insulation supported in an appropriate manner; the
terminations at valve and flange locations, self-supporting height of the insulation is
fittings ), maximum spacing to be 10 m (30 determined by taking the mechanical
ft), providing maximum contraction of resistance of FOAMGLAS® insulation into
25mm (1 in.) can be met. account, as well as the movement during
contraction. For the purpose of dead load
Contraction joint to be applied in all layers, in a vertical support, the insulation will
minimum 150 mm (6 in.) offset, width to be support its own weight on the face of the
50mm (2 in.) , and filled with resilient low butt end of the insulation segment for a
distance of 15 m (50 ft). The thermal

contraction requirements of the pipe metal be insulated with the same thickness of
with respect to the insulation system, insulating material as the equipment itself,
however, would ultimately govern the in order to avoid thermal bridges. This
number of supports and their location. insulation should extend over a distance
Angle iron or metal plates should be equal to four times the insulation thickness
welded onto the vessel or piping to and should never be less than 30 cm (12
support the insulation. The width of the in.). The cradle shall be designed to
support should be chosen so as to support provide a sufficient bearing area to limit
the inner layer(s).To prevent a thermal the compressive force on the insulation to
break, the outer layer of insulation should 1.4 kg/cm2 (20 psi) maximum at any point.
be applied with the mid-point of the 5.5.3 The insulation of the bottom heads,
insulation section covering the insulation manholes and other individual items
support ring. should also be fixed in place with stainless
Should the ring be wider, a supplementary steel straps.
layer may have to be installed at the 5.5.4 Hollow spaces between object and
insulation support location. insulation should be filled with insulating
Should there be varying thicknesses of materials to prevent "pumping" of enclosed
insulation air, in case of extreme temperature changes.
on a vessel, a support should be placed at Hollow spaces may be filled with small
the point where the different thicknesses FOAMGLAS® parts (made of chopped up
meet. cuttings).
5.5.2. Supports, cradles, skirts and legs
welded directly onto the equipment should
6. INSULATION FINISH
6.1. Mastic finish with fabric reinforcement. TEROSTAT-PC is a sprayable and gunable
(type Hypalon® based) one component polymer.
Apply a layer of mastic with a brush, trowel, gun It will be factory applied on all outer layer
or gloves. Embed the reinforcement fabric into FOAMGLAS® elements; jointing of these
the layer while it is still tacky. Make sure that the elements or treatment of minor surfaces
fabric does not tear or wrinkle. The overlap of
can be done on site, using adequate
fabric at joints should be 10 cm. Before the first
coat becomes dry to touch, apply a second layer tooling. For this purpose, Terostat-PC shall
of mastic to completely cover the reinforcement be delivered in suitable containers and
fabric and provide a smooth uniform surface cartridges.
Thickness to apply to obtain the required dry
coverage: see client specific requirements and/or Apply a bead of TEROSTAT-PC on top of
product specifications all joints, by cartridge, trowel, or gun. The
Terostat-PC bead will be smoothed flush
Mastics being organic products with normal with the factory applied Terostat-PC
ageing, regular maintenance is required.
surface, on such way that the coverage will
be at least as thick as the pre-applied coat,
6.2 Terostat coating
and that there will be a complete closure of
the coating system. Use an adequate tool

like a flexible spatula (Teflon), covered It is recommended to heat the material at

with a soapy water solution, in order to colder application temperatures.
achieve a smooth finish with no drag 6.4.2When the material is pre-applied on
marks. the outer insulation layer, it has a perfect
Due to its elasticity, this coating is suited to fit with tulation
be installed on systems requiring no E/C Sealing on site is done by covering the
joints joints by means of alybutyl tape,
recommended width to be 4” (100mm).
6.3Asphalt Mastic / PITTWRAP® CW30 Sufficient pressure will ensure sufficient
jacketing) Over the straight runs of piping bond between pre-applied foil and tape at
apply single layer of wrap, sealing lap butyl level.
seams with manual pressure. All fittings and
transition areas should be covered with a coating This pre-applied foil application is suited
of the PITTCOTE® 300 Finish and PC® 79 to be installed on systems, requiring no E/C
Fabric. Refer to section 6.1 for application rates. joints, providing a specific tape is used
When used in applications subject to over the circumferential joints ( tape with a
sunlight, system must be covered with a non-adhering section in the middle,
metal jacket. allowing joint movements)
6.4 Alu/butyl foil 6.5. Metal jacketing (optional)

6.4.1When applied at site, wrap this sheet Metal jacketing applied as per good
over the insulation, avoiding wrinkles and practice.
holidays.It is good practice to work with Reference can be made to existing manuals
sheets on straight piping, and tapes or cut- ( CIN, Pip, …)
to-fit sheets on the fittings Sufficient As it may be impossible to avoid moisture
pressure should be given at the in the cladding due to condensation, care
overlapping seams, to create a firm bond needs to be taken to evacuate this as
between foils at the butyl material level. efficient as possible ( drain holes, no
wicking spacer materials, …)
The general contractor, insulation contractor and QUALITY ASSURANCE

owner shall provide sufficient inspection during
the insulation and finish application. Continuous The insulation manufacturer’s quality system
inspection of the application is not to be including its implementation, shall meet the
considered a requirement of Pittsburgh Corning . requirements of ISO 9001:2008.
Inspect all insulation and accessory materials to
be certain they are applied in conformance with The manufacturer will furnish evidence of
the specification recommendations. Joints should compliance with the quality system requirements
be tight, sealing and flashing should be thorough of ISO 9001:2008.
and water-tight, and finishes should be uniform
and free of defects.


ETHYLENE PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
SPECIFICATION # I-Cold-Ethylene REVISION 01/012/2010 Page 1 of 8
8. CERTIFICATES
The manufacturer will furnish evidence of compliance with the quality system requirements of ISO
9001:2008
Product Data Sheets
1. PITTSEAL® 444N Sealant: FI-164 4. TEROSTAT-PC: FI-260

2. PITTCOTE® 300 Finish: FI-120 5. PITTWRAP® CW30: FI-235
3. PC® Fabric 79: FI-159 6. Hydrocal® B-11 Powder: FI-169
This specification has been prepared by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation using generally accepted and appropriate technical information, but it is not intended to be solely relied upon for specific
design or technical applications. Having no control over the elements of design, installation, workmanship or site conditions, Pittsburgh Corning assumes that persons trained and qualified in the

HYDROCARBON FIRE i02-60
RESISTANCE AT LOW 09/00
TEMPERATURE FOR
PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT
This specification applies to the insulation of cold under cover with a service temperature between
piping and equipment installed in the open air or +20°C and -260°C.
2.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be
®
transported and stored vertically. Handle the perfectly dry before the insulation is applied.
® ®
packages with care. FOAMGLAS insulation
packages should be protected from the elements 2.2.3. When adhesive is used, the compatibility
whilst in storage and not allowed to come into between the anticorrosion paint and the adhesive
direct contact with the ground. should be verified before the insulation is applied.
2.2. The surface to be insulated should be clean 2.3. The surface and the materials used should
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust and be dry before and during application, and should
any foreign matter. The design engineer should remain dry until start up.
necessary, and the type of paint compatible with 2.4. The application of FOAMGLAS® insulation
the service temperature and the adhesive used on pipes or equipment should be done at
(if any). If he decides to specify a paint, the ambient temperature (no application without
following rules should be observed: precaution when piping or equipment is in
service. To be determined for each case.
possible anticorrosion coat is applied products should be respected during both
(SS-Sa-2 1/2). storage and application.
applied.

The thickness shall be chosen according 1363-Part 2 - Oct 1996 (hydrocarbon fire). A
to the most stringent criteria among the fire resistance time calculation program has
following: been developed at Ghent University, on the
3.1 Heat transfer basis of the experimental results. Depending
3.2 Condensation on the needed fire resistance criterion, the
3.3 Fire resistance Technical Service of Pittsburgh Corning
3.4 Service temperature of sealer and Europe can estimate the required minimum
®
adhesive thickness of FOAMGLAS insulation.
The required insulation thickness depends on:
the allowable temperature increase of the
3.1. Heat transfers should be limited to
steel wall (i.e. 400°C),
acceptable values regarding both economic
the diameter of the pipe or vessel,
and functional aspects.
the steel wall thickness,
….
3.2. The formation of condensation on the 3.4. For service temperatures below -50°C,
external surface of the insulation should be ®
the thickness of the different FOAMGLAS T4
limited.
insulation layers should be chosen according to
3.3. Several fire resistance tests on steel the temperature range of PITTSEAL 444:
®
®
pipes insulated with FOAMGLAS cellular
glass have been carried out according to prEN
1/7 i02-60 – 09/00

-50°C to +80°C in order to have the external 3.5. The recommended FOAMGLAS® T4
layer in this temperature range. insulation thickness to satisfy the hydrocarbon
fire resistance requirements has been
calculated with the RUG fire resistance
computer program based on several tests or
comes directly from the tests.
Table 1 has been established taking into
account an admissible steel pipe temperature
of 400°C.
Pipe parameters Fire resistance of 30 minutes Fire resistance of 60 minutes Fire resistance of 90 minutes
Build-up: Build-up: Build-up:
Diameter :89 mm 104 mm FOAMGLAS® T4 104 mm FOAMGLAS® T4 145 mm FOAMGLAS® T4
Pipe thickness : 5.5 mm Stainless steel 0.5 mm Pittcote® 300 (optional) Pittcote® 300 (optional)
50 mm: Firemaster 50 mm : Firemaster
Stainless steel 0.5 mm Stainless steel 0.5 mm
CPT CPT
Diameter :168.3 mm 106 mm FOAMGLAS® T4 106 mm FOAMGLAS® T4 106 mm FOAMGLAS® T4
CPT CPT
CPT CPT
CPT CPT
25 mm : Firemaster 38 mm : Firemaster
CPT CPT
25 mm : Firemaster 38 mm : Firemaster
CPT CPT
Table 1
Symbols:
Firemaster : Firemaster Blanket X 607 TM
TM
CPT: Scotchrap 52 Corrosion protection tape or equivalent.
4. MATERIALS USED
4.1. Insulation material Flanges and valves should be insulated with pipe
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS cellular
® shells of larger dimensions adapted on site and
®
glass (see data sheets A11 to A17) in eventually adhered with PC 88 ADHESIVE to the
preformed shells, radiused and bevelled lags inside of the outer casing. This allows for
or slabs. When ordering the insulation, service removal of the insulation and control of flanges
temperature should be indicated to allow the and valves.
choice of suitable adhesive for the fabrication
of pipe shells or radiused and bevelled lags. 4.2. Anti corrosion layer
The insulation of standard 90° or 45° - elbows ®
If PC 88 ADHESIVE is used as an adhesive, the
(R=1.5 D) may be prefabricated in the factory, anti corrosion layer should not be based on
as for the straight pipe shells. Non-standard bitumen, tar, silicone or polyurethane. Zinc
elbows, T-pieces, reducers and other chromates or similar coatings are generally
equipment should be insulated with pieces cut compatible. The compatibility should be verified
to size and adapted on site. before the insulation is applied.
2/7 i02-60 – 09/00

4.3. Anti-abrasive
®
for use in both cellulosic and hydrocarbon fire
PC ANTI-ABRASIVE COMPOUND 2A should protection applications. The required quality has
be chosen for temperatures from -180°C to
®
a density of 128 kg/m³.
+120°C (see data sheet P20) and PC HIGH
TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE for 4.7. Resilient insulating material.
temperatures above 120°C or below -180°C Low density glass wool.
(see data sheet P21). This coating is only to be TM
applied if the piping should be submitted to 4.8. Scotchrap 52 Corrosion Protection Tape
frequent and significant thermal movements or The tape is a composite of an all-weather,
to strong vibrations. The anti-abrasive coating polyvinyl chloride (PVC) backing and a thick,
should be applied onto the inner side of the rubber mastic based, pressure-sensitive
®
FOAMGLAS elements which will be in contact adhesive.
with the metal pipe or equipment. Never apply
the anti-abrasive on the pipe itself. Application 4.9. Cell filler
®
of anti-abrasive coating can be done in the PITTCOTE 300 is an asbestos-free single
factory by spraying or on site by brushing a thin component solvent cutback of a selected
layer to the inside of the insulation layer. The bitumen base containing a high percentage of
anti-abrasive should be completely dry before fibres and other mineral fillers blended to give a
the insulation material is applied. resilient, resistant, flexible and watertight coating
with a very low permeability to water vapour.
4.4. Joint sealant If specified, the cut outer surface of the outer
®
To take full benefit of the complete tightness of layer of the FOAMGLAS T4 insulation cells
® ®
FOAMGLAS insulation, all joints of the outer shall be filled with PITTCOTE 300 (see data
layer or of the only layer must be sealed with sheet P30). The coverage as a cell filler is about
appropriate sealers, specially if service 1.5 kg/m².
temperature is below ambient. Most suitable
®
FOAMGLAS sealers are butyl based products
® ®
4.10. Tape.
like PITTSEAL 444. PITTSEAL 444 is a one- Self-adhesive glass fibre reinforced tape.
component sealer based on polyisobutylene
(see data sheet P41). Temperature range –
®
4.11. Insulation fixing straps.
50°C to +80°C. PITTSEAL 444 should be The straps should be in AISI type 304 (BSI 304
applied with a caulking cartridge or extrusion S16) stainless steel and should measure 12.7
gun in beads to one of the jointing edges. mm wide x 0.5 mm thick or 19 mm wide x 0.75
mm thick depending on the dimensions of the
4.5. Adhesive. vessels or pipings. Wire to fix FOAMGLAS
®
Care should be taken in selecting an adhesive shells or segments should be avoided, due to the
®
for cold temperatures. At temperatures down to wire cutting of the FOAMGLAS surface.
-50°C the adhesive should, after curing, remain
flexible and absorb mechanical and thermal 4.12 Metal jacket for covering.
stresses. Down to -50°C this can be done with The metal jacket should be flat stainless steel of
®
PC 88 ADHESIVE, a two-component adhesive suitable thickness.
based on bitumen and polyol for component For pipe diameters ≤ 273 mm, the
one and isocyanate for component two (see recommended stainless steel thickness should
data sheet P05). The temperature of the metal be equal to minimum 0.5 mm.
surface should not be lower than +5°C during For pipe diameters > 273 mm, the
recommended stainless steel thickness should
application. If rapid adhesion is needed the
be equal to minimum 0.7 mm.
surface to be insulated should be maintained
The easiest way to apply the jacket is to band it,
between +20°C and +35°C. 3 stainless steel straps per meter run.
4.6. Firemaster Blanket X 607 or equivalent.
TM
4.13. Contraction joint covering.
Firemaster Blanket X 607 is a non-
TM
Butyl-rubber sheets of +/- 1.2 mm thick should
combustible, flexible mat manufactured from be used.
alkaline earth silicate fibres suitable
3/7 i02-60 – 09/00

5. HYDROCARBON FIRE RESISTANCE OF 30 MINUTES
5.1. Service temperatures below ambient to
®
with staggered joints filled with PITTSEAL 444
-50°C. (Fig.1) or another suitable mastic. Care should be
®
A one-layer FOAMGLAS T4 insulation system taken to ensure that the joints are tightly butted
is sufficient for this temperature range. A when the mastic is applied. This or another
®
double layer FOAMGLAS T4 system should mastic should not be used to fill joints that are
be applied when the recommended insulation too wide as a result of poor fitting. After
thickness is bigger than the maximum available applying the shells or segments to the pipe or
thickness (see data sheets A11 to A17). equipment they will be held in place by means
of 2 stainless steel straps per shell or segment.
5.1.1. Piping, elbows and fittings. A stainless steel jacketing of suitable thickness
Shells and segments appropriate to the shape is held in place by means of 3 stainless steel
of the surface to be insulated should be applied straps per meter run.
®
1 PC ANTI- ABRASIVE Compound 2A (if specified -see 4.3)
®
2 FOAMGLAS ®
Cellular Glass Insulation
3 PITTSEAL 444 sealer
4 Stainless steel
® straps (2 per standard length)
5 PITTCOTE 300 as cell filler (if specified – see 4.9)
6 Stainless steel straps (3 per meter run)
7 Stainless steel jacketing
Fig.1 Single layer systems for service temperatures below ambient to -50°C.
5.1.2. Vessels.
Segments appropriate to the shape of the A stainless steel jacketing of suitable thickness
surface to be insulated should be applied with is held in place by means of 3 stainless steel
staggered joints. Staggering the segments is straps per meter run.
not needed for vessel heads or other irregular
forms. Segments will be adhered and joints 5.2. Service temperatures from -50°C down to
®
filled with PC 88 ADHESIVE. Temporary -180°C. (Fig.2)
®
banding is needed to give PC 88 ADHESIVE A double layer system is generally sufficient for
time to set. Excess of adhesive running out of this temperature range. The insulation layers
the joints should be removed before it sets. should be chosen in such a way that the
Extra stainless steel straps are not needed interface temperature of the two layers is not
®
when using PC 88 ADHESIVE. lower than -50°C.
4/7 i02-60 – 09/00

5.2.1. Piping, elbows, fittings and vessels. another mastic should not be used to fill joints
Shells and segments appropriate to the shape that are too wide as a result of poor fitting. The
of the surface to be insulated should be applied second layer will always be held in place by
with joints that are staggered to each other and means of 2 stainless steel straps per shell or
to the second layer. The first layer should be segment. The insulation of the bottom heads,
dry applied and fixed with tape or stainless manholes and other individual items should
steel straps. Depending on the diameter of the also be fixed in place with stainless steel
vessel, it could be necessary the first layer to straps. These straps should be attached to
fix with stainless steel straps. The second layer support rings welded onto the body of the
vessel.
®
should have its joints filled with PITTSEAL 444
or another suitable mastic. Care should be A stainless steel jacketing of suitable thickness
taken to ensure that the joints are tightly butted is held in place by means of 3 stainless steel
when the mastic or adhesive is applied. This or straps per meter run.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
®
1 PC ANTI- ABRASIVE
®
Compound 2A (if specified -see 4.3)
2 FOAMGLAS® Cellular Glass Insulation
3 Self adhesive
®
glass reinforced tape or stainless steel straps (2 per standard length)
4 PITTSEAL 444 sealant in the joints of the outer layer
5 Stainless steel
®
straps (2 per standard length)
6 PITTCOTE 300 as cell filler (if specified - see 4.9)
7 Stainless steel jacketing
8 Stainless steel straps ( 3 per meter run)
Fig.2 Double layer systems for fire resistance of 30 minutes and service temperatures from
-50°C down to -180°C
®
5.3. Service temperatures below -180°C. FOAMGLAS elements and as anti-abrasive
At this temperature a three-layer system should layer at least for the inner layer.
be used. For small pipe diameters a double
layer system could be applied depending on 5.3.1. Piping, elbows, fittings and vessels.
weather or service conditions. Many designers All insulation layers should be applied with
and some national codes impose the liquid joints staggered to each other and to the other
oxygen compatibility requirements to all layers. The first and second layers will be dry
applications at temperatures below -180°C. applied and fixed with stainless steel straps.
The risk exists that an explosion occurs when The outer insulation layer should have its joints
®
liquid oxygen condenses from the air at this filled with PITTSEAL 444 or another suitable
temperature or below it. PC HIGH
®
mastic and fixed with stainless steel straps.
TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE is an A stainless steel jacketing of suitable thickness
inorganic product and should be used at these is held in place by means of 3 stainless steel
temperatures. It can be used to fabricate the straps per meter run.
5/7 i02-60 – 09/00

6. HYDROCARBON FIRE RESISTANCE OF 60 AND 90 MINUTES
®
When the fire requirement is particularly high, it can be advisable to recommend a FOAMGLAS /
Firemaster Blanket X 607 composite system.
TM
®
The FOAMGLAS insulation should ensure that the thermal requirements are met.
6.1. Service temperatures below ambient to A stainless steel jacketing of suitable thickness
-50°C. (Figure 3 ) is held in place by means of 3 stainless steel
Based on thermal requirements, one layer of straps per meter run. TM
FOAMGLAS
®
T4 insulation is generally A good vapour barrier, Scotchrap 52
sufficient for this temperature range. Two Corrosion Protection Tape or equivalent, is
®
layers of FOAMGLAS T4 insulation should be carefully applied on the stainless steel
applied when the recommended insulation jacketing to avoid any water or water vapour
thickness is bigger than the maximum available penetration.
thickness (see data sheets A11 to A17 6.2. Service temperatures from -50°C down to
regarding thicknesses). -180°C. (Figure 3 )
Based on thermal requirements, two layers of
®
6.1.1. Piping, elbows and fittings. FOAMGLAS T4 insulation are generally
Shells and segments appropriate to the shape sufficient for this temperature range. The
®
of the surface to be insulated should be applied FOAMGLAS T4 insulation layers should be
with staggered joints and the joints filled with chosen in such a way that the interface
®
PITTSEAL 444 or another suitable mastic. temperature of the two layers is not lower than
Care should be taken to ensure that the joints -50°C.
are tightly butted when the mastic is applied. 6.2.1. Piping, elbows, fittings and vessels.
This or another mastic should not be used to fill Shells and segments appropriate to the shape
joints that are too wide as a result of poor of the surface to be insulated should be applied
fitting. After applying the shells or segments to with joints that are staggered to each other and
the pipe or equipment they will be held in place to the second layer. The first layer should be
by means of 2 stainless steel straps per shell dry applied and fixed with tape or stainless
or segment. steel straps. Depending on the diameter of the
If specified, the cut surface of the vessel, it could be necessary to fix the first
®
FOAMGLAS T4 insulation cells shall be filled layer with stainless steel straps. The second
®
with PITTCOTE 300. layer should have its joints filled with
A determined thickness of Firemaster Blanket ®
PITTSEAL 444 or another suitable mastic.
X 607 (table 1) is correctly unrolled and fixed
TM
Care should be taken to ensure that the joints
®
on the FOAMGLAS surface. are tightly butted when the mastic or adhesive
A stainless steel jacketing of suitable thickness is applied. This or another mastic should not be
is held in place by means of 3 stainless steel used to fill joints that are too wide as a result of
straps per meter run. TM poor fitting. The second layer will always be
A good vapour barrier, Scotchrap 52 held in place by means of 2 stainless steel
Corrosion Protection Tape or equivalent, is straps per section or segment. The insulation
carefully applied on the stainless steel of the bottom heads, manholes and other
jacketing to avoid any water or water vapour individual items should also be fixed in place
penetration. with stainless steel straps. These straps should
be attached to support rings welded onto the
6.1.2. Vessels. body of the vessel.
Segments appropriate to the shape of the If specified, the cut surface of the
surface to be insulated should be applied with ®
FOAMGLAS T4 insulation cells shall be filled
staggered joints. Staggering the segments is with PITTCOTE 300.
not needed for vessel heads or other irregular A determined thickness of Firemaster Blanket
forms. Segments will be adhered and joints X 607 TM
or equivalent (table 1) is correctly
®
filled with PC 88 ADHESIVE. Temporary unrolled and fixed on the FOAMGLAS
®
®
banding is needed to give PC 88 ADHESIVE surface.
time to set. Excess of adhesive running out of A stainless steel jacketing of suitable thickness
the joints should be removed before it sets. is held in place by means of 3 stainless steel
Extra stainless steel straps are not needed straps per meter run.
® TM
when using PC 88 ADHESIVE. A good vapour barrier, Scotchrap 52
If specified, the cut surface of the Corrosion Protection Tape or equivalent, is
®
FOAMGLAS T4 insulation cells shall be filled carefully applied on the stainless steel
®
with PITTCOTE 300. jacketing to avoid any water or water vapour
A determined thickness of Firemaster Blanket penetration.
X 607 TM
or equivalent (table 1) is correctly
®
unrolled and fixed on the FOAMGLAS
surface.
6/7 i02-60 – 09/00

6.3. Service temperatures below -180°C. The outer insulation layer should have its joints
®
At this temperature, three layers of filled with PITTSEAL 444 or another suitable
®
FOAMGLAS T4 insulation should be used. mastic and fixed with stainless steel straps.
For small pipe diameters a double layer system If specified, the cut surface of the
®
could be applied depending on weather or FOAMGLAS T4 insulation cells shall be filled
®
service conditions. Many designers and some with PITTCOTE 300.
national codes impose the liquid oxygen A determined thickness of Firemaster Blanket
compatibility requirements to all applications at X 607 or equivalent (table 1) is correctly
TM
®
temperatures below -180°C. The risk exists unrolled and fixed on the FOAMGLAS
that an explosion occurs when liquid oxygen surface.
condenses from the air at this temperature or A stainless steel jacketing of suitable thickness
®
below it. PC HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI- is held in place by means of 3 stainless steel
ABRASIVE is an inorganic product and should straps per meter run. TM
be used at these temperatures. It can be used A good vapour barrier Scotchrap 52 Corrosion
®
to fabricate the FOAMGLAS elements and as Protection Tape or equivalent, is carefully
anti-abrasive layer at least for the inner layer. applied on the stainless steel jacketing to avoid
6.3.1. Piping, elbows, fittings and vessels. any water or water vapour penetration.
All insulation layers should be applied with
joints staggered to each other and to the other
layers. The first and second layers will be dry
applied and fixed with stainless steel straps.

APPLICATION OF FOAMGLAS® - i02-70
02/05
TEROSTAT INSULATION SYSTEM
FOR BELOW-AMBIENT PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT SYSTEMS
This specification covers the application of to piping and equipment systems operating at
cellular glass insulation and accessory materials below ambient temperatures.
2.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be the adhesive should be verified before applying
transported and stored vertically. Handle the the insulation.
packages should be protected from the elements 2.3. The surface and the materials used should
whilst in storage and not allowed to come into be dry before and until the end of the application.
2.4. The application of FOAMGLAS® insulation
2.2. The surface to be insulated should be clean on pipes or equipment should be done at
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust and ambient temperature (No application when
any foreign matter. The design engineer should piping or equipment is in service; special
decide whether a coat of anticorrosion paint is precautions should be taken and determined on
necessary, and the type of paint compatible with a case by case basis).
the service temperature and the adhesive used
(if any). If he decides to specify a paint, the 2.5. The temperature limits of the accessory
following rules should be observed: products should be respected during both
storage and application.
unsuitable, should be sandblasted before the 2.6. Any deformation of the piping shall be
possible anticorrosion coat is applied (SS-Sa- avoided during application. For this purpose, the
21/2). piping shall be supported at adequate intervals.
brushed and then coated with a new layer of 2.7. Hydrostatic, radiographic and other tests
anticorrosion paint. The surface should be should be completed before the insulation is
perfectly dry before the insulation is applied. applied.

3. DETERMINATION OF THE REQUIRED INSULATION THICKNESS

3.1. Heat transfers should be limited to 3.3. For service temperatures below -60°C,
acceptable values regarding both economic the thickness of the different FOAMGLAS® T4
and functional aspects. insulation layers should be chosen according
to the temperature range of TEROSTAT PC:
3.2. The formation of condensation on the -60°C to +100°C in order to have the external
external surface of the insulation should be layer in this temperature range.
limited.
4. MATERIALS USED
The materials listed below are appropriate for
this specification.
i02-70 - 02/05 Page 1/3

4.1. Insulation material 4.4. Tape
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS® cellular Self-adhesive tape, reinforced with glass fabric.
glass in preformed sections, radiused and Or
bevelled lags or slabs. The operating Aluminium lined butyl rubber self-adhesive tape
temperature must be indicated so that an
adequate adhesive can be chosen when 4.5. Insulation fixing straps
fabricating. The straps shall be in AISI type 304 (BSI 304
S16) stainless steel and should measure 12 mm
4.2. Anti-abrasive wide x 0.4 mm thick or 19 mm wide x 0.5 mm
PC® LOW-TEMPERATURE ANTI ABRASIVE thick depending on the dimensions of the
should be chosen for temperatures from -180°C vessels or piping. Wire to fix FOAMGLAS® shells
to +120°C and PC® HIGH-TEMPERATURE or segments should be avoided, due to the wire
®
ANTI-ABRASIVE for temperatures above 120°C cutting of the FOAMGLAS surface.
(see data sheet P21). This coating should
normally only be applied when the piping is 4.6. Finishes and Claddings
submitted to frequent and significant thermal
movements or strong vibrations. The anti- 4.6.1 Vapour retardant mastic
abrasive coating should be applied onto the Foamglas-Terostat elements will be supplied
inner side of the FOAMGLAS® elements which (Foamglas elements, covered with a factory
are in contact with the metal pipe or the applied layer of Terostat PC); Terostat PC shall
equipment. Never apply the anti-abrasive on the be supplied in suitable containers for on the job
pipe itself. The anti-abrasive coating can be finishing.
applied in the factory by spraying or on site by
brushing a thin layer on the inside of the
insulation layer. The anti-abrasive should be 4.6.2 Metal jacket for covering.
completely dry before applying the insulation
material. A metal-jacket finish is only required in high
mechanical-abuse areas.
4.3. Joint sealant The metal jacket should of suitable thickness.
To take full benefit of the complete water-vapour It is recommended to fix the jacket by banding it,
®
tightness of FOAMGLAS insulation, all joints of 3 stainless steel straps per meter run.
the outer layer or of the only layer must be totally .
sealed with TEROSTAT PC, especially if service 4.6.3 Contraction joint covering.
temperature is below ambient. Butyl-rubber sheets of +/- 1.2 mm thick should
be used.
5. APPLICATION
5.1. The FOAMGLAS® -Terostat insulation Terostat PC squeezed out of the joint is to be
system is not adhered to the piping but firmly smoothed flush with the factory applied Terostat
butted onto it. The cellular glass shells shall be PC surface ( use adequate tool, like a flexible
applied with staggered and carefully butted joints. spatula, covered with soapy water solution; this
Each section of inner layer shall be tightly fixed in will enable to achieve a smooth surface without
place with two self-adhesive, glass-fibre drag marks ).
reinforced tapes, applied with minimum overlap of
150 mm, or stainless steel straps. Insulation fixing straps or butyl rubber tape, if
required, shall be applied after having smoothed
All the joints shall be carefully adjusted to avoid the joints; tensioning straps to be removed.
any voids which can be eliminated by refitting
the shells or by replacing them. Joint width to be For application at service temperatures below
2-3mm. – 100 °C, contact your PC industrial sales
Single layer applications and outer layer of manager.
multiple layer applications will have Terostat PC
applied to all longitudinal and circumferential
joints. The Terostat PC is applied by cartridge to
one of the mating surfaces, to the outmost outer
side of the joint to give a bead of 7 mm diameter,
at outer layer thicknesses of 50 mm or less; for
outer layer thicknesses of 60 mm and above, a
second bead will be applied in the inner half of
the joint.
Foamglas-Terostat system will be firmly
tensioned using tensioning band system.
i02-70 - 02/05 Page 2/3
a a
1 PC® LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE

3 TEROSTAT PC joint sealant
4 Metal fixing strap ( if required ) Application of TEROSTAT to joints
5 TEROSTAT PC (factory applied)
6 Metal jacket (if specified)

temperatures below ambient to -60°C.
1 2 3 4 5 6a 7a
Application of shells to pipe

1 PC® ANTI-ABRASIVE (if specified - see 4.3.)
4 TEROSTAT PC sealant in the joints of the outer
layer
5 Metal fixing straps ( if required )
6a TEROSTAT PC (factory applied)
7a Metal jacket (if specified)

temperatures below -60°C
Banding and finishing
i02-70 - 02/05 Page 3/3

i02-90
CHILLED WATER 08/02
1. SERVICE CONDITIONS.
This specification applies to the insulation of open air or under cover with a service
chilled water pipes and equipment installed in the temperature between -4°C and +15°C.
2. PRELIMINARY CONDITIONS.
®
2.1. FOAMGLAS slabs and pieces should be 2.2.3. The compatibility between the
transported and stored vertically. Handle the anticorrosion paint and the adhesive should be
®
packages with care. FOAMGLAS insulation verified before the insulation is applied.
whilst in storage and not allowed to come into 2.3. The surface and the materials used should
direct contact with the ground. be dry before and during application, and should
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust and 2.4. The application of FOAMGLAS® insulation
any foreign matter. on pipes or equipment should be done at
An anticorrosion paint should be applied. The ambient temperature (no application when piping
following rules should be applied: or equipment is in service without precautions.
Do be determined for each case.).
2.2.1. The surface, if corroded or other wise
anticorrosion coat is applied (SS-Sa-2 1/2). products should be respected during both
3. DETERMINATION OF INSULATION THICKNESS REQUIRED.

3.1. Heat transfers should be limited to Table 1.
acceptable values regarding both economical Recommended minimum insulation
and functional aspects. thicknesses :
®
3.2. The formation of condensation on the Pipe diameter FOAMGLAS
external surface of the insulation should be DN mm mm
limited. ≤ 50 60.3 25
> 50 up to 100 60.3 - 114.3 40
>100 up to 150 114.3 - 168.3 40
>150 up to 200 168.3 - 219.1 50
i02-90-08/02 1/4
4. MATERIALS USED.
4.1. Insulation material. cellular glass surface can be left without any
®
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS cellular finish.
glass (see data sheets A11 to A17) in preformed For visible pipes following finishes can be
sections, radiused and bevelled lags or slabs. applied:
When ordering the insulation, service
temperature should be indicated to allow the 4.4.1. Self-adhesive tape.
choice of suitable adhesive for the fabrication of Vinyl or aluminium self-adhesive tape can be
®
pipe sections or radiused and bevelled lags. The spirally applied over FOAMGLAS surface. A
insulation of standard 90° or 45° - bends minimum of 2 cm overlaps is recommended.
(R=1.5 D) may be prefabricated in the factory, as
for the straight pipe sections. Non-standard 4.4.2. All purpose jacketing.
bends, T-pieces, reducers and other equipment All purpose jacketing of Kraft paper, aluminium
should be insulated with pieces cut to size and foil or vinyl coating can be used.
adapted on site. Flanges and valves should be
insulated with pipe shells of larger dimensions 4.4.3. Mastic finish.
adapted on site. ® ®
PITTCOTE 404 coating reinforced with PC 79P
fabric.
4.2. Adhesive.
4.4.4. Metal jacket.
®
PC 18 ADHESIVE, a one -component bitumen Metal jacket of aluminium, steel or aluminised
adhesive shall best be used. steel sheets, corrugated, flat or hammered of
® suitable thickness can be used. Fixing shall be
PC 56 ADHESIVE, a two component adhesive
based on bitumen emulsion may also be used, done with bands and seals, pop rivets or screws
provided that a good anti-corrosion coating has of same material.
been applied.
The adhesive should be used to fill the joints and
to adhere the insulation shell and segment onto Coverage in kg/m
Pipe
the piping. Coverage: ± 3 kg/m². depending on insulation
diameter thickness
Depending on pipe diameter and insulation
thickness table 2 can be used as an indication to DN mm 25 mm 40 mm 50 mm
determine adhesive quantities. 25 33.7 0.3 0.5 0.7
40 48.3 0.5 0.6 0.8
4.3. Insulation fixing straps. 50 60.3 0.7 0.8 1.0
Straps should measure 12.7 mm wide x 0.5 mm 100 114.3 0.8 1.0 1.1
thick. Wire to fix shells and segments should be 150 168.3 1.0 1.3 1.5
avoided, due to the wire cutting of the 200 219.1  1.6 1.8
®
FOAMGLAS surface.
Table 2.
®
4.4. Finishes. PC 18 ADHESIVE coverage for
If insulated pipes are not visible and there is no different pipe diameters and insulation
® thicknesses
risk of mechanical damage, the FOAMGLAS
5. APPLICATION.
5.1. Insulation material.
®
FOAMGLAS shells and segments should be
®
applied with staggered joints. PC 18 ADHESIVE
fully applied to radial and longitudinal joints. On
the inside of the insulation shell an adhesive strip
(width of trowel) should be applied at both ends
and in the middle (See Fig.1). Finally shells
should be fixed with 2 steel straps per shell or
segment.
Insulation of elbows and fittings should be done ®
Fig.1. PC 18 ADHESIVE on pipe shell
as for straight pipes.
2/4 I02-90-08/02
5.2. Pipe saddles and supports. and the distance between supports should be
®
FOAMGLAS should not be used for fixed points designed to limit the compressive stress on the
®
but only for sliding supports that take vertical FOAMGLAS . Due to the uncertainty related to
loads. The high compressive strength of the outside contact area, a safety factor of 5 is
®
FOAMGLAS cellular glass allows to avoid recommended. Shells at the support area should
®
thermal bridges by not penetrating the insulation be fully adhered with PC 18 ADHESIVE on the
layer at pipe supports. 120° curved rigid metal inside. The outer surface should be covered with
plates should be placed between the support and an aluminium foil before applying it in the steel
the insulation. The surface area of these plates cradle (See Fig.2.)
SCHEDULES & DETAILS
R=T
Pipe diameter Insulation thickness Cradle Minimum length of cradle

thickness
L (mm)
Inch mm mm mm 3.0 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.0
_ _ _ _
25 50 2.0 260 _ _ _ _
1/2 & 3/4 60 100 3.2 260 _ _ _
25 40 2.0 260 260 _ _ _
1 to 1 1/2 50 90 3.2 260 260 _ _
25 40 2.0 260 260 260 _ _
2 to 3 1/2 50 80 3.2 260 260 260 _
25 50 3.2 260 260 260 300 _
4&5 60 100 4.8 260 260 260 300
40 60 4.8 260 300 400 400 510
6&8 70 140 6.4 260 300 400 400 510
40 90 6.4 300 400 510 610 610
10 to 12 100 150 8.0 300 400 510 610 610
40 50 6.4 400 510 610 915 915
14 & 16 60 120 8.0 400 510 610 915 915
®
Fig. 2. SADDLES: FOAMGLAS S3 insulation (compressive strength : 0.9 N/mm² / safety factor 5).
5.3. Fire wall pipe penetrations.

®
Insulated with FOAMGLAS (Thickness see table
1), pipes have a fire rating of 120 minutes. Mortar joint Concrete wall
Test report MPA - Dortmund - DIN 4102 - part 11 Steel sheet FOAMGLAS® half shells
- no. 22.0839.0.93.
Steel pipes DN 25 to DN 200 with insulation
thicknesses as given in table 1.
System includes:
Insulation over a length of 1.8 m with 60 cm long Steel pipe
®
half shells. Bonding with PC 18 ADHESIVE of
Metal strap PC® 18 ADHESIVE in
longitudinal and butt joints, and inside bonding of
longitudinal and butt joints
each individual shell to the pipe. (One spatula
width at each shell end, with central shell fully
adhered in the vicinity of the fire wall.) Securing
of each shell with 2 metal straps. Jacketing with
Fire wall penetration system
galvanised steel sheet, 0.8 mm thick, secured
with screws on each side of the fire wall.
3/4 i02-90 – 08/02

® ®
Application of PC 18 ADHESIVE on pipe shell Pipe saddle at outer surface of FOAMGLAS
shell.
Application of metal straps. Valve insulation with overdimensioned pipe shell.

HIGH i03
TEMPERATURE 08/02
PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT
This specification applies to the insulation of hot under cover with a service temperature between
piping and equipment installed in the open air or +20°C and +430°C.
2.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be 2.2.2. Any surface imperfection should be wire
transported and stored vertically. Handle the brushed and then coated with a new layer of
packages with care. FOAMGLAS® insulation anticorrosion paint. The surface should be
packages should be protected from the elements perfectly dry before the insulation is applied.
direct contact with the ground. 2.3. The surface and the materials used should
be dry before and during application, and should
2.2. The surface to be insulated should be clean remain dry until start up.
any foreign matter. The design engineer should 2.4. The application of FOAMGLAS® insulation
decide whether a coat of anticorrosion paint is on pipes or equipment should be done at
necessary, and the type of paint compatible with ambient temperature (no application when piping
the service temperature and the adhesive used or equipment is in service without precautions.
(if any). If he decides to specify a paint, the Do be determined in each case.).
following rules should be observed:
2.5. The temperature limits of the accessory
2.2.1. The surface, if corroded or other wise products should be respected during both
unsuitable, should be sandblasted before the storage and application.
possible anticorrosion coat is applied (SS-Sa-
21/2).
applied.

3.1. Heat transfers should be limited to 3.2. The surface temperature on the outer
acceptable values regarding both economic and surface of the insulation should be kept under
functional aspects. +60°C to prevent burns.
For indoor applications a maximum surface
temperature of +40°C is generally imposed to
avoid excessive heating in closed spaces.
4. MATERIALS USED
4.1. Insulation material should be insulated with pieces cut to size and
®
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS cellular adapted on site. Flanges and valves should be
glass (see data sheets A11 to A16) in preformed insulated with pipe shells of larger dimensions
sections, radiused and bevelled lags or slabs. adapted on site and eventually adhered with
When ordering the insulation, service PC® 88 ADHESIVE to the inside of the outer
temperature should be indicated to allow the casing. This allows for removal of the insulation
choice of suitable adhesive for the fabrication of and control of flanges and valves.
pipe sections or radiused and bevelled lags. The
insulation of standard 90° or 45° - bends 4.2. Anti-abrasive
(R=1.5 D) may be prefabricated in the factory, as PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE for
for the straight pipe sections. Non-standard temperatures above +120°C (see data sheet
bends, T-pieces, reducers and other equipment P21). This coating is only to be applied if the
i03-11/98 1/8
piping should be submitted to frequent and 4.7. Tape.
significant thermal movements or to strong Self-adhesive glass fibre reinforced tape.
vibrations. The anti-abrasive coating should be
applied onto the inner side of the FOAMGLAS®
elements which will be in contact with the metal 4.8. Contraction joint covering.
pipe or equipment. Never apply the anti-abrasive Butyl-rubber sheets of +/- 1.2 mm thick should be
on the pipe itself. Application of anti-abrasive used.
coating can be done in the factory by spraying or
on site by brushing a thin layer to the inside of the 4.9. Finishes and jackets.
insulation layer. The anti-abrasive should be A metal jacket or a flexible mastic coating should
completely dry before the insulation material is be chosen.
applied.
4.9.1. Metal jacket as finishing cover.
4.3. Joint sealant
Most suitable FOAMGLAS® sealers are butyl 4.9.1.1. Cell filler for outdoor applications.
based products like PITTSEAL® 444N. In high wind areas or when the jacketing is
®
PITTSEAL 444N is a one-component sealer expected to be subject to mechanical stresses or
based on polyisobutylene (see data sheet P41). vibrations, a cell filler is recommended. The cut
PITTSEAL® 444N should be applied with caulking surface cells may be filled with PITTCOTE® 300
cartridge or an extrusion gun in beads to one of (see data sheet P30). Coverage as a cell filler is
the jointing edges. about 1.5 kg/m².
4.9.1.2. The metal jacket should be aluminium,

4.4. Adhesive. steel or aluminised steel sheets, corrugated, flat
For vessels with operating temperatures up to or hammered, of suitable thickness. The easiest
+80°C or +120°C an adhered system using way to applied the jacket is to band it. Pop rivets
PC® 88 ADHESIVE, a two-component adhesive or screws may also be used after having held the
based on bitumen modified with polyurethane jacket tightly with temporary bands. A cushion
(see data sheet P05) is possible. layer of fibrous insulation between FOAMGLAS®
If low working stresses are expected insulation and the jacket should be avoided. This
PC® 88 ADHESIVE can be used up to +120°C top layer will absorb the ambient moisture during
else the maximum operating temperature is humid weather and could result in corroding the
limited up to +80°C. metal jacket.
4.5. Resilient insulating material. 4.9.2. Flexible mastic with fabric reinforcement.
Low density glass wool.
4.9.2.1. PITTCOTE® 404 coating (see data sheet
4.6. Insulation fixing straps. P31) is an acrylic water borne mastic giving
The straps should be in AISI type 304 (BSI 304 excellent results in aggressive atmospheres. It is
S16) stainless steel and should measure not a vapour barrier but a weather barrier. A
12.7 mm wide x 0.5 mm thick. Wire to fix regular control and maintenance of mastic finish
FOAMGLAS® shells or segments should be is recommended.
avoided, due to the wire cutting of the
FOAMGLAS® surface. 4.9.2.2. Reinforcement.
The reinforcement should be PC® FABRIC 79P
(polyester) (see data sheet P50).
This product together with PITTCOTE® 404
offers a very flexible outer finish.
PC® FABRIC 79G (glass) (see data sheet P51)
should be avoided if important differential thermal
movements are expected.
Service temperature of the pipe or equipment will 5.1. Service temperatures below +120°C
guide requirements made on the insulation (Fig.1). A one layer system is sufficient for this
system as well as the insulation thickness. temperature range. A double layer system should
be applied when the recommended
2/8 i03 – 08/02

insulation thickness should be bigger than the place with steel straps attached to support rings
maximum available thickness (see data sheets welded onto the body of the vessel.
A11 to A16 regarding thicknesses)
5.1.2.2. Vessel with adhered segments.
5.1.1. Piping, elbows and fittings. Segments appropriate to the shape of the
Shells and segments appropriate to the shape of surface to be insulated should be applied with
the surface to be insulated should be dry applied staggered joints. Staggering the segments is not
with staggered joints. After applying the shells or needed for vessel heads or other irregular forms.
segments to the pipe or equipment they will be Segments will be adhered and joints filled with
held in place by means of 2 steel straps per shell PC® 88 ADHESIVE. Temporary banding is
or segment. needed to give PC® 88 ADHESIVE time to set.
Excess of adhesive running out of the joints
should be removed before it sets. Extra steel
straps are not needed when using
PC® 88 ADHESIVE.
5.1.2.3 Vessel doomed roof.

A metal jacketing over a cell filler or a bitumen
adhered membrane should be applied on top of a
vessel doomed roof. Proper maintenance of the
membrane should be foreseen.
5.2. Service temperatures from +120°C to

1 2 3 4a 5a +430°C without rapid temperature variations
(< 2 K/min). (Fig.5)
If FOAMGLAS® is not restrained on the edges or
by tight strapping, a sudden difference of about
120°C is acceptable between the two faces of an
element.
A single or double layer system is generally
sufficient for this temperature range.
1 2 3 5b 4b 5b
1 PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE

4.9.1.1.)
4b PC® FABRIC 79 reinforcement
5a Metal jacket
5b PITTCOTE® 404
1 2 3 2 4 6 5 6
®
temperatures below 120°C. 1 PC HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE
5.1.2. Vessels. (Fig.2, Fig.3 and Fig.4) 4 Metal fixing straps
5 PC® FABRIC 79 reinforcement
6 PITTCOTE® 404
5.1.2.1. Vessel with dry applied segments.
Segments appropriate to the shape of the
Fig.5 Double layer system for service
surface to be insulated should be dry applied with
temperatures from 120°C to
staggered joints. Staggering the segments is not
+430°C
needed for vessel heads or other irregular forms.
Segments will be held in place by means of 2
steel straps per segment for the walls.
For vessel heads some extra floating rings 5.2.1. Shells and segments appropriate to the
(number depends of the vessel diameter) should shape of the surface to be insulated should be
be used to minimise the number steel straps at dry applied with joints staggered regarding each
the centre of the head. other and to the second layer. The first layer
The insulation of the bottom heads, manholes should be fixed with tape or steel straps.
and other individual items should also be fixed in Depending on the diameter of vessels it could be
possible that the first layer has to be fixed with
3/8 i03 – 08/02

steel straps. The second layer will always be held For outdoor application the PC® HIGH
in place by means of 2 steel straps per shell or TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE finish should
segment. The insulation of the bottom heads, not be used alone due to the possibility of water
manholes and other individual items should also absorption, an extra metal cladding should be
be fixed in place with steel straps. These straps used.
should be attached to support rings welded onto For a multi-layer system only the inner layer
the body of the vessel. should be coated with a layer of PC® HIGH
TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE into which
5.3. Service temperatures from 120°C to PC® FABRIC 79G has been embedded.
+430°C with rapid temperature variations. (Fig.6 The second layer can be dry applied over it as
and Fig.7) soon as the PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-
The number of layers is identical as for normal ABRASIVE is dry. External insulation layer
operation. Some extra precautions should be should always be fixed with steel straps.
taken in order to minimise the effects of
thermoshock that could result in some hairline
cracks in the insulation layer. These cracks do
not reduce the insulation value of FOAMGLAS®
and insulation can be installed in such a way that
they do not have negative consequences.
1 2 3 4 5 4 6
Outdoor application
1 2 3 4 2 5 6 7
1 PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE 4 PITTCOTE® 300 or PITTCOTE® 404
(if specified - see 4.2.) 5 PC® FABRIC 79 reinforcement
2 FOAMGLAS® insulation 6 Metal jacket (optional)
5 Metal fixing straps
6 PITTCOTE® 300 cell filler (if specified - see
4.9.1.1.)
7 Metal jacket
Fig.6 Double layer system for service

temperatures from 120°C to
+430°C with rapid temperature
variations.
1 2 3 4 5 4 6
5.3.1. Piping, elbows, fittings and vessels. Indoor application

For a one layer system the outer surface should (if specified - see 4.2.)
be covered with a mastic reinforced finish. 2 FOAMGLAS® cellular glass
Depending of outside or indoor application this 3 Metal fixing strap
4 PITTCOTE® 300 or PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE
finish can be done with : ANTI-ABRASIVE or PITTCOTE® 404
- PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE + 6 Metal jacket (optional)
PC® FABRIC 79G (indoor)
- PITTCOTE® 300 + PC® FABRIC 79G Fig.7 Single layer systems for service
(indoor and outdoor) temperatures above 120°C with
- PITTCOTE® 404 + PC® FABRIC 79P rapid temperature variations.
(indoor and outdoor).
For indoor applications this type of finish is
sufficient an extra outer metal cladding is
optional.
4/8 i03 – 0/02

4 Manhole insulated with same insulation
2 1 3
Fig.2 Vessel insulation. Single layer system for service temperatures below +80°C or +120°C
6.1. Vertical pipe insulation supports. (Fig.8) designed to limit the compressive stress on the
Vertical insulation should be supported FOAMGLAS®. Due to the uncertainty related to
appropriately, the self-supporting height of the the outside contact area, a safety factor of 5 is
insulation is determined taking into account the recommended. Shells at the support area should
mechanical resistance of FOAMGLAS® be coated with an anti-abrasive, both internally
insulation. Angle iron or metal plates should be and externally, to fill the surface cells; this is not
welded onto the vessel or piping to support the necessary for the external surface if it is to be
insulation. The width of the support should be finished with a mastic coating.
chosen to maintain half the thickness of the outer
insulation layer. Should there be varying 6.3. Welded connections
thicknesses of insulation on a vessel, a support Supports, cradles, skirts and legs welded directly
should be placed at the point where the different onto the equipment should be insulated with the
thicknesses meet. same thickness of insulating material as the
equipment itself, to avoid thermal bridges. This
6.2. Horizontal pipe supports. (Fig.9 and Fig.10) insulation should extend over a distance equal to
FOAMGLAS® should not be used for fixed points four times the insulation thickness and should in
but only for sliding supports that take vertical no case be less than 30 cm.
loads. The high compressive strength of
FOAMGLAS® cellular glass allows to avoid 6.4. Joints and precautions for differential
thermal bridges by not penetrating the insulation thermal movements. (Fig.11)
layer at pipe supports. 120° curved rigid metal The location of expansion joints should be
plates should be placed between the support and determined considering the expected pipe
the insulation. The surface area of these plates movements. In addition to expansion joints for a
and the distance between supports should be given length of piping, joints should also be
5/8 i03 – 08/02

placed at any direction change in the piping. allows it. In order to avoid any water infiltration
Expansion joints should be installed in the inner the expansion joint of the outer insulation layer
and outer insulation layers of horizontal piping should be covered with a butyl-rubber sheet
and equipment. (+/- 1.2 mm thick). This sheet should be sealed
Vertical lines and equipment having support rings with PITTSEAL® 444N and fixed with steel
should have a joint immediately below each straps.
support ring.
Each expansion joint should be filled with resilient 6.5. Flashing
insulation material. For multi-layer insulation Appropriate techniques and materials should be
systems a sliding compound should be applied used to make the areas around nozzles,
between the insulation layers. This could be done manholes and other protrusions watertight; this
with PITTSEAL® 444N if temperature also applies to junctions of horizontal and vertical
surfaces.
SCHEDULES & DETAILS
R=T
Cradle Minimum length of cradle

Pipe diameter Insulation thickness thickness
L (mm)
Inch mm mm mm 3.0 _3.5 4.5
_ 5.5
_ 6.0
_
25 50 2.0 260 _ _ _ _
1/2 & 3/4 60 100 3.2 260 _ _ _ _
110 130 4.8 260 _ _ _
25 40 2.0 260 260 _ _ _
1 to 1 1/2 50 90 3.2 260 260 _ _ _
100 140 4.8 260 260 _ _
25 40 2.0 260 260 260 _ _
50 80 3.2 260 260 260 _ _
2 to 3 1/2 90 130 4.8 260 260 260 _ _
140 150 6.4 260 260 260 _
25 50 3.2 260 260 260 300 _
4&5 60 100 4.8 260 260 260 300 _
110 180 6.4 260 260 260 300
40 60 4.8 260 300 400 400 510
6&8 70 140 6.4 260 300 400 400 510
150 180 8.0 260 300 400 400 510
40 90 6.4 300 400 510 610 610
10 to 12 100 150 8.0 300 400 510 610 610
160 200 9.5 300 400 510 610 610
40 50 6.4 400 510 610 915 915
60 120 8.0 400 510 610 915 915
14 & 16 130 180 9.5 400 510 610 915 915
190 230 11.0 400 510 610 915 915
40 50 8.0 510 610 760 915 915
70 130 9.5 510 610 760 915 915
18 & 20 140 190 11.0 510 610 760 915 915
200 12.7 510 610 760 915 915
40 80 9.5 610 760 915 1070 1070
24 90 140 11.0 610 760 915 1070 1070
150 200 12.7 610 760 915 1070 1070
40 120 12.7 760 915 1070 1220 1370
30 130 230 15.9 760 915 1070 1220 1370
40 160 15.9 915 1070 1220 1370 1530
36 170 230 19.0 915 1070 1220 1370 1530

(compressive strength : 0.9 N/mm²).
6/8 i03 – 08/02

Thermal expansion of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass and metals based on 20°C ambient temperature.
Operating FOAMGLAS® Carbon steel Stainless steel Aluminium
temperature cellular glass
in °C mm/m mm/m mm/m mm/m
0 -0.15 -0.23 -0.32 -0.45
50 +0.24 +0.34 +0.47 +0.65
100 +0.66 +0.91 +1.27 +1.74
150 +1.11 +1.50 +2.07 +2.87
200 +1.53 +2.12 +2.90 +4.05
300 +2.38 +3.36 +4.56 +6.44
Apply sheets of aluminium, steel or aluminised Apply a layer of PITTCOTE® 404 with a brush,
steel, corrugated, flat or hammered to the trowel, gun or gloves. Embed the reinforcement
compatible paint.
1 2 3
®
1 Adhere +/- 120° of the circumference with small radius segments using PC 88 ADHESIVE and give adhesive
time to set. Use tape to keep segments temporary in place. (Type SRS, see data sheet A16)
is completely dry.
3 Fill central part with radiused and bevelled segments (Type SHS, see data sheet A16).
domed ends using PC® 88 ADHESIVE.
(a)
1 2 3
1 Preassemble about 3 small radius segments (Type SRS, see data sheet A16) together using temperature
resistant adhesive (a) like PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE.
2 Place small radius segments on vessel head and fix the preassembled segment using temporary rubber bends
and a floating ring in the centre.
3 Fill central part with radiused and bevelled segments (Type SHS, see data sheet A16) and finally fix with steel
straps.
Fig.4 Application method for tank head segments (Type SHS and SRS) dry applied on
horizontal or vertical domed ends.
7/8 i03 – 08/02

1 Piping
(depends of service temperature)
5 Metal jacket
Fig.10 Horizontal pipe supports or

hangers (no fixed points).

2 Resilient insulation material
1 Pipe 3 Sliding compound, PITTSEAL® 444N if
2 FOAMGLAS® pipe shells temperature allows it.
3 Vertical pipe support 4 PITTCOTE® 300 cell filler (if specified - see
4 Resilient insulating material (see 4.6) 4.10.1.1)
5 Insulation fixing straps 5 Metal jacket
6 Metal jacket 6 PITTSEAL® 444N
7 Butyl-rubber sheet ceiling outer expansion 7 Butyl-rubber sheet ceiling outer expansion
joint. joint
8 Metal straps
Fig.8 Vertical pipe support
Single layer system for service Fig.11 Expansion joint.
temperatures below 120°C Double layer system
While great care is taken in formulating specifications, we cannot be held responsible for them do to
imponderables of each specific jobsite.

APPLICATION OF FOAMGLAS® - I03-70
02/05
TEROSTAT INSULATION SYSTEM
FOR ABOVE-AMBIENT PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT SYSTEMS
This specification covers the application of to piping and equipment systems operating at
cellular glass insulation and accessory materials above ambient temperatures.
2.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be the adhesive should be verified before applying
transported and stored vertically. Handle the the insulation.
whilst in storage and not allowed to come into be dry before and until the end of the application.
2.2. The surface to be insulated should be clean on pipes or equipment should be done at
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust and ambient temperature (No application when
any foreign matter. The design engineer should piping or equipment are in service; special
decide whether a coat of anticorrosion paint is precautions should be taken and determined on
necessary, and the type of paint compatible with a case by case basis).
(if any). If he decides to specify a paint, the 2.5. The temperature limits of the accessory
following rules should be observed: products should be respected during both
unsuitable, should be sandblasted before the 2.6. Any deformation of the piping shall be
possible anticorrosion coat is applied (SS-Sa- avoided during application. For this purpose, the
21/2). piping shall be supported at adequate intervals.
brushed and then coated with a new layer of 2.7. Hydrostatic, radiographic and other tests
anticorrosion paint. The surface should be should be completed before the insulation is
perfectly dry before the insulation is applied. applied.


3.1. Heat transfers should be limited to temperature range. A double layer system
acceptable values regarding both economic should be applied when the recommended
and functional aspects. insulation thickness would be bigger than the
maximum available thickness.
3.2. The surface temperature on the outer
surface of the insulation should be kept under 3.4. Service temperatures from +120°C to
+60°C to prevent burns. +430°C without rapid temperature variations
(< 2 K/min). (Fig.2)
For indoor applications a maximum surface
temperature of +40°C is generally imposed to If FOAMGLAS® is not restrained on the edges
avoid excessive heating in closed spaces. or by tight strapping, a sudden difference of
about 120°C is acceptable between the two
3.3.Service temperatures below +120°C faces of an element.
(Fig.1). A one layer system is sufficient for this
i03-70 - 02/05
Page 1/4
A single or double layer system is generally
sufficient for this temperature range.
4. MATERIALS USED
The materials listed below are appropriate for
this specification. 4.4. Adhesive.
For vessels with operating temperatures up to
4.1. Insulation material +80°C or +120°C an adhered system using
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS® cellular PC® 88 ADHESIVE, a two-component adhesive
glass (see data sheets A11 to A17) in preformed based on bitumen modified with polyurethane
sections, radiused and bevelled lags or slabs. (see data sheet P05) is possible. Please consult
When ordering the insulation, service Pittsburgh Corning.
temperature should be indicated to allow the If low working stresses are expected
choice of suitable adhesive for the fabrication of PC® 88 ADHESIVE can be used up to +120°C
pipe sections or radiused and bevelled lags. The else the maximum operating temperature is
insulation of standard 90° or 45° - bends limited up to +80°C.
(R=1.5 D) may be prefabricated in the factory, as
for the straight pipe sections. Non-standard 4.5. Resilient insulating material.
bends, T-pieces, reducers and other equipment Low density glass wool.
should be insulated with pieces cut to size and
adapted on site. Flanges and valves should be 4.6. Tape
insulated with pipe shells of larger dimensions Self-adhesive tape, reinforced with glass fabric.
adapted on site and if necessary adhered with Or:
PC® 88 ADHESIVE to the inside of the outer Aluminium lined butyl rubber self-adhesive tape
casing. This allows for removal of the insulation
and control of flanges and valves.
4.7. Insulation fixing straps
The straps shall be in AISI type 304 (BSI 304
4.2. Anti-abrasive S16) stainless steel and should measure 12 mm
PC LOW-TEMPERATURE ANTI ABRASIVE
®
wide x 0.4 mm thick or 19 mm wide x 0.5 mm
should be chosen for temperatures below 120°C thick depending on the dimensions of the
and PC® HIGH-TEMPERATURE ANTI- ®
vessels or piping. Wire to fix FOAMGLAS shells
ABRASIVE for temperatures above 120°C (see or segments should be avoided, due to the wire
data sheet P21). This coating should normally cutting of the FOAMGLAS® surface.
only be applied when the piping is submitted to
frequent and significant thermal movements or
strong vibrations. The anti-abrasive coating
4.8. Finishes and Claddings
should be applied onto the inner side of the
FOAMGLAS® elements which are in contact with 4.8.1. Weather resistant mastic
the metal pipe or the equipment. Never apply the Foamglas-Terostat elements will be supplied,
anti-abrasive on the pipe itself. The anti-abrasive (Foamglas elements, covered with a factory
coating can be applied in the factory by spraying applied layer of Terostat PC); Terostat PC shall
or on site by brushing a thin layer on the inside of be supplied in suitable containers for on the job
the insulation layer. The anti-abrasive should be finishing.
completely dry before applying the insulation
material. 4.8.2. Metal jacket for covering.
A metal jacket finish is only required in high
mechanical-abuse areas.
4.3. Joint sealant The metal jacket should be of suitable thickness.
To take full benefit of the complete water-vapour It is recommended to fix the jacket by banding it,
tightness of FOAMGLAS® insulation, all joints of 3 stainless steel straps per meter run.
the outer layer or of the only layer must be .
sealed with appropriate sealers, especially if
service temperature is below ambient. Joint 4.8.3 Expansion joint covering.
sealant for above ambient applications shall be Butyl-rubber sheets of +/- 1.2 mm thick should
TEROSTAT PC. This material shall also be used be used.
to seal metal jacket laps and protrusions.
5. APPLICATION
i03-70 - 02/05 Page 2/4

5.1. The FOAMGLAS® shells shall be applied Vertical lines and equipment having support rings
with staggered and carefully butted joints. Each should have a joint immediately below each
section of inner layer shall be tightly fixed in place support ring.
with two self-adhesive, glass-fibre reinforced
tapes, applied with minimum overlap of 150 mm, Each expansion joint should be filled with
or stainless steel straps. resilient insulation material. For multi-layer
insulation systems a sliding compound should
All the joints shall be carefully adjusted to avoid be applied between the insulation layers. This
any voids which can be eliminated by refitting could be done with PITTSEAL® 444 if
the shells or by replacing them. Joint width to be temperature allows it. In order to avoid any
2-3mm. water infiltration the expansion joint of the outer
insulation layer should be covered with a butyl-
5.1.1 Single layer applications and outer layer rubber sheet (+/- 1.2 mm thick). This sheet
of multiple layer applications will have should be sealed with Terostat PC-FR and fixed
Terostat PC applied to all longitudinal with steel straps.
and circumferential joints. The sealant is
applied by cartridge to one of the mating 5.3. Flashing
surfaces, at the outmost outer side of Appropriate techniques and materials should be
the joint, to give a bead of 7 mm used to make the areas around nozzles,
diameter. Foamglas will be tensioned manholes and other protrusions watertight; this
firmly using a band tensioning system. also applies to junctions of horizontal and
Terostat PC squeezed out of the joint is vertical surfaces
to be smoothed flush with the factory
applied Terostat PC surface (
appropriate tools like flexible spatula,
covered with a soapy water solution, will
enable a smooth surface to be achieved
and avoid drag marks). Insulation fixing
straps or tape, if required, shall be
installed after having smoothed the
joints.
5.1.2 A thin bead of TEROSTAT PC may, if

necessary, be applied to the outside of
the joint after completion of strapping
and smoothed in to ensure a level joint.
a a
5.1.3 Terostat PC may be field applied to 1 PC® LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE

fittings and other field fabricated and (if specified - see 4.2.)
irregular shapes. 2 FOAMGLAS® cellular glass
3 TEROSTAT PC joint sealant
4 Metal fixing strap (if required)
5.2. Joints and precautions for differential 6 Metal jacket (if specified)
thermal movements. (Fig.3)
temperatures above ambient to +120°C.
The location of expansion joints should be
determined considering the expected pipe
movements. In addition to expansion joints for a
given length of piping, joints should also be
placed at any direction change in the piping.
Expansion joints should be installed in the inner
and outer insulation layers of horizontal piping
and equipment.
i03-70 -02/05 Page 3/4
05/04
1 2 3 4 5 6a 7a
1 PC® ANTI-ABRASIVE (if specified - see 4.3.)

3 Tape or metal fixing straps Application of TEROSTAT to joints
4 TEROSTAT PC sealant in the joints of
the outer layer
5 Metal fixing straps (if required)

temperatures from +120°C upwards
Application of shells to pipe
8
2 Resilient insulation material
3 Sliding compound, PITTSEAL® 444 if
temperature allows it.
6 Terostat PC
7 Butyl-rubber sheet sealing outer expansion
joint
8 Metal straps
Fig.3 Expansion joint.

Double layer system
Banding and finishing
Thermal expansion of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass and metals based on 20°C ambient temperature.
Operating temperature FOAMGLAS® Carbon steel Stainless steel Aluminium
0 -0.15 -0.23 -0.32 -0.45
50 +0.24 +0.34 +0.47 +0.65
100 +0.66 +0.91 +1.27 +1.74
150 +1.11 +1.50 +2.07 +2.87
200 +1.53 +2.12 +2.90 +4.05
300 +2.38 +3.36 +4.56 +6.44
i03-70 - 02/05 Page 4/4

DUAL i04
TEMPERATURE 08/02
PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT
This specification applies to the insulation of These specifications are general in nature. For
piping and equipment installed in the open air or specific applications, contact your Pittsburgh
under cover with a service temperature varying Corning representative. The final application
between -180°C and +250°C. procedure is the responsibility of the designer
and/or owner.
2.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be anticorrosion paint. The surface should be
transported and stored vertically. Handle the perfectly dry before applying the insulation.
packages should be protected from the elements 2.2.3. When an adhesive is used, the
whilst in storage and not allowed to come into compatibility between the anticorrosion paint and
direct contact with the ground. the adhesive should be verified before applying
the insulation.
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust and 2.3. The surface and the materials to be used
any foreign matter. The design engineer should should be dry before and during application, and
decide whether a coat of anticorrosion paint is should remain dry until start up.
the service temperature, the adhesive used (if 2.4. The application of FOAMGLAS® insulation
any) and the anti-abrasive. If he decides to on pipes or equipment should be done at
specify a paint, the following rules should be ambient temperature (no application when piping
observed: or equipment is in service).
2.2.1. The surface, if corroded or otherwise 2.5. The temperature limits of the accessory
unsuitable, should be sandblasted before the products should be respected during both
possible anticorrosion coat is applied (SS-Sa- storage and application.
2 1/2).
2.2.2. Any surface imperfection should be wire should be completed before applying the
brushed and then coated with a new layer of insulation.

3.1. Heat transfers should be limited to Please consult Pittsburgh Corning’s Technical
acceptable values regarding both economic and Service for other temperatures.
functional aspects.
3.2. Formation of condensation on the external surface of the insulation should be kept below
surface of the insulation should be limited. +60°C to prevent burns. For indoor applications,
a maximum surface temperature of +40°C is
3.3. The thickness of the different insulation strongly recommended to avoid excessive
layers should be chosen according to the heating in closed spaces.
temperature range of the assembly material used
during fabrication as well as the sealing 3.5. Calculation of estimated heat transmission
compound. in steady state as well as determination of
Example : with PITTSEAL® 444N, the insulation surface temperature can be prepared by
layers should be chosen in such a way that the Pittsburgh Corning’s Technical Service.
interface temperature of the external layer is not
lower than -50°C and not higher than +80°C.
1/8 i04 – 08/02

4. USED MATERIALS
4.1. Insulation material. 4.5. Adhesive.
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS® cellular Great care should be taken when selecting an
glass (see data sheet A01 to A16) in preformed adhesive for dual temperature.
sections, radiused and bevelled lags or slabs. At temperatures down to -50°C, the adhesive
When ordering the insulation, service should, after curing, remain flexible and absorb
temperature should be indicated to allow the mechanical and thermal stresses. Down to -50°C
choice of a suitable adhesive when fabricating and up to 80°C, this can be done with
pipe sections or radiused and bevelled lags. The PC® 88 ADHESIVE, a two-component adhesive
insulation of standard 90° or 45° - bends based on bitumen modified with polyurethane
(R = 1.5 D) can also be prefabricated in the (see data sheet P05).
factory. Non-standard bends, T-pieces, reducers If low working stresses are expected,
and other equipment should be insulated with PC® 88 ADHESIVE can be used up to +120°C
pieces cut to size on site. Flanges and valves otherwise the maximum operating temperature is
should be insulated with pipe shells of larger limited to +80°C.
dimensions adapted on site and possibly adhered The temperature of the metal surface should not
onto the inside of the outer casing with be lower than +5°C during application. If rapid
PC® 88 ADHESIVE. This allows for removal of adhesion is needed, the surface to be insulated
the insulation and control of flanges and valves. should be maintained at temperatures between
+20°C and +35°C.
4.2. Anti-corrosion layer.
If PC® 88 ADHESIVE is used as an adhesive, the 4.6. Resilient insulating material.
anti-corrosion layer should not be based on Low density glass fibre insulation, minimal
bitumen, tar, silicone or polyurethane. Zinc temperature range from -180°C to +250°C.
chromates or similar coatings are generally
compatible. Compatibility should be verified 4.7. Insulation fixing straps.
before applying the insulation. The straps should be in AISI type 304 (BSI 304
S16) stainless steel and should measure
4.3. Anti-abrasive. 12.7 mm wide x 0.5 mm thick. Wire to fix
LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE should FOAMGLAS® shells or segments should be
be chosen for temperatures from -180°C to avoided, due to the wire cutting of the
120°C (see data sheet P20) and FOAMGLAS® surface.
PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE for
temperatures above 120°C or below -180°C (see 4.8. Tape.
data sheet P21). This coating should be applied Self-adhesive glass fibre reinforced tape.
only when the piping is submitted to frequent and
significant thermal movements or strong 4.9. Movement joint covering.
vibrations. The anti-abrasive coating should be Butyl-rubber sheets of +/- 1.2 mm thick should be
applied onto the inner side of the FOAMGLAS® used.
elements which will be in contact with the metal
pipe or equipment. Never apply the anti-abrasive 4.10. Finishes and jackets.
on the pipe itself. The anti-abrasive can be A metal jacket or a flexible mastic coating should
sprayed at the factory or applied on site by be chosen.
brushing a thin layer onto the inside of the
insulation. The anti-abrasive should be 4.10.1. Metal jacket as finishing cover.
completely dry before the insulation material is
applied.
4.10.1.1. Cell filler for outdoor applications.
In high wind areas or when a mechanically strong
4.4. Joint sealant.
To take full benefit of the complete tightness of outer finish is needed (Possible foot traffic on the
FOAMGLAS® insulation all the joints of the outer pipes) a cell filler is recommended for outdoor
layer or of the only layer must be sealed with applications. The cut surface cells may be filled
appropriate sealers. Most suitable FOAMGLAS® with PITTCOTE® 300 (see data sheet P30).
sealers are butyl based products such as Coverage as a cell filler is about 1.5 kg/m².
PITTSEAL® 444N. PITTSEAL® 444N is a one-
component sealer based on polyisobutylene (see 4.10.1.2. The metal jacket should be aluminium,
data sheet P41). PITTSEAL® 444N should be steel or aluminised steel sheets, corrugated, flat
applied with a caulking cartridge or an extrusion or hammered, of suitable thickness. The easiest
gun in beads to one of the jointing edges. way to apply the jacket is to band it. Pop rivets or
screws may also be used after having held the
jacket tightly with temporary bands. A cushion
layer of fibrous insulation between FOAMGLAS®
2/8 i04 – 08/02

insulation and the jacket should be avoided. This Regular control and maintenance of the mastic
top layer will absorb the ambient moisture during finish is recommended.
humid weather and could result in corroding the
metal jacket. 4.10.2.2. Reinforcement.
The reinforcement should be PC® FABRIC 79P
4.10.2. Flexible mastic with fabric reinforcement. (polyester) (see data sheet P50).
This product together with PITTCOTE® 404
4.10.2.1. PITTCOTE® 404 coating (see data provides a very flexible outer finish.
sheet P31) is an acrylic waterborne mastic giving PC® FABRIC 79G (glass) (see data sheet P51)
excellent results in aggressive atmospheres. It is should be avoided if important differential thermal
not a vapour barrier but a weather barrier. movements are expected.
Service temperature of the pipe or equipment will
help to determine the insulation system as well
as the insulation thickness.
5.1. Service temperatures ranging from +80°C

to -50°C without rapid temperature variations
(< 2 K/min). (Fig.1)
A single layer system is sufficient for this
temperature range. A double layer system should
be applied when the recommended insulation
thickness is greater than the maximum available a a
thickness (see data sheets A11 to A16 regarding
thicknesses).
5.1.1. Piping, elbows and fittings.

Shells and segments appropriate to the shape of
the surface to be insulated should be applied with
staggered joints and the joints filled with
PITTSEAL® 444N or any other suitable mastic.
Care should be taken to ensure that the joints are
tightly butted when the mastic is applied. This or b b b
another mastic should not be used to fill joints 1 LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE
that are too wide as a result of poor fitting. After (if specified - see 4.3.)
applying the shells or segments to the pipe or 2 FOAMGLAS® cellular glass
equipment they will be held in place by means of 3 PITTSEAL® 444N sealer
2 steel straps per shell or segment. 5a PITTCOTE® 300 cell filler (if specified - see
4.10.1.1.)
5.1.2. Vessels. (Fig.2 and Fig.3) 5b PC® FABRIC 79P reinforcement
6a Metal jacket
Segments appropriate to the shape of the 6b PITTCOTE® 404
surface to be insulated should be applied with
staggered joints. Staggering the segments is not Fig.1 Single layer systems for service
needed for vessel heads or other irregular forms. temperatures from +80°C to -50°C.
Segments will be adhered and joints filled with
PC® 88 ADHESIVE. Temporary banding is
needed to give PC® 88 ADHESIVE time to set. 5.2. Service temperatures ranging from +250°C
Excess adhesive running out of the joints should to -180°C without rapid temperature variations
be removed before it sets. Extra steel straps are (< 2 K/min). (Fig.4)
not needed when using PC® 88 ADHESIVE. Piping, elbows, fittings and vessels.

this temperature range. With PITTSEAL® 444N
the insulation layers should be chosen in such a
way that the interface temperature of the two
layers is not lower than –50°C and not higher
than +80°C.
Depending of weather conditions, a triple layer
system may be needed.
3/8 i04 – 08/02

5.3. Service temperatures ranging from +250°C
Shells and segments appropriate to the shape of to -180°C with rapid temperature variations
the surface to be insulated should be applied with (>2K/min). (Fig.5)
joints that are staggered regarding each other Piping, elbows, fittings and vessels.
and to the second layer. The first layer should be The thickness and the number of layers is the
dry applied and fixed with tape or steel straps. same as for normal operation. Some extra
Depending on vessel diameter, it could be precautions should be taken in order to limit the
possible that the first layer has to be fixed with effects of thermoshocks that could result in some
steel straps. hairline cracks in the insulation layer. These
cracks do not reduce the FOAMGLAS®
insulation value but the insulation must be
installed in such a way that negative
consequences are avoided.
The inner layer should be coated with a layer of

PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE
into which PC® FABRIC 79G has been
embedded.
The second layer can be dry applied over it as
soon as the PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-
ABRASIVE is dry. The joints of the second layer
1 2 3 4 5 6a 7a
should be filled with PITTSEAL® 444N or any
other suitable mastic. Care should be taken to
ensure that the joints are tightly butted when the
mastic or adhesive is applied. This or another
mastic should not be used to fill joints that are too
wide as a result of poor fitting.
External insulation layer should always be fixed
with steel straps.
1 2 3 4 5 7b 6b 7b
1 PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-

ABRASIVE (if specified - see 4.3.)
4 PITTSEAL® 444N sealant in the joints of the
outer layer
4.10.1.1.) 1 2 3 4 2 5 8 6 7
6b PC® FABRIC 79 reinforcement

7a Metal jacket
7b PITTCOTE® 404 1 PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE
Fig.4 Double layer systems for service 3 PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE
temperatures from +250°C to -180°C 4 PC® FABRIC 79 reinforcement
6 PITTCOTE® 300 cell filler (if specified - see
4.10.1.1.)
The joints of the second layer should be filled 7 Metal jacket
8 PITTSEAL® 444N
with PITTSEAL® 444N or any other suitable
mastic. Care should be taken to ensure that the
joints are tightly butted when the mastic or Fig.5 Double layer system for service
adhesive is applied. This or another mastic temperatures from 250°C to -180°C with
should not be used to fill joints that are too wide rapid temperature variations.
as a result of poor fitting. The second layer will
always be held in place by means of 2 steel
straps per shell or segment. The insulation of the
bottom heads, manholes and other individual
items should also be fixed in place with steel
straps. These straps should be attached to
support rings welded onto the body of the vessel.
4/8 i04 – 08/02

4 Manhole insulated with the same
insulation thickness as the vessel.
2 1 3
Fig.2 Vessel insulation. Single layer system for service temperatures from +80°C to -50°C
6.1. Vertical pipe insulation supports. (Fig.6) uncertainty related to the outside contact area, a
Vertical insulation should be appropriately safety factor of 5 is recommended. Shells at the
supported, the self-supporting height of the support area should be coated with an anti-
insulation is determined taking into account the abrasive, both internally and externally, to fill the
mechanical resistance of FOAMGLAS® surface cells; this is not necessary for the
insulation. Angle iron or metal plates should be external surface if it is finished with a mastic
welded onto the vessel or piping to support the coating.
insulation. The width of the support should be
chosen to maintain half the thickness of the outer 6.3. Welded connections.
insulation layer. Should there be various Supports, cradles, skirts and legs welded directly
insulation thicknesses on a vessel, a support onto the equipment should be insulated with the
should be placed where the different thicknesses same insulation thickness as the equipment
meet. itself, to avoid thermal bridges. This insulation
should extend over a distance equal to four times
6.2. Horizontal pipe supports. (Fig.7 and Fig.8) the insulation thickness and should in no case be
FOAMGLAS® should not be used for fixed points less than 30 cm.
but only for sliding supports that take vertical
loads. Thanks to the high compressive strength 6.4. Joints and precautions for differential
of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass, thermal bridges thermal movements. (Fig.9)
can be avoided, no penetration of the insulation The location of movement joints should depend
layer being possible at pipe supports. 120° on the expected pipe movements. In addition to
curved rigid metal plates should be placed movement joints for a given length of piping,
between the support and the insulation. The joints should also be placed at every direction
surface area of these plates and the distance change in the piping. Movement joints should be
between supports should be designed to limit installed in the inner and outer insulation layers of
compressive stress on FOAMGLAS®. Due to the horizontal piping and equipment.
5/8 i04 – 08/02

Vertical lines and equipment having support rings rubber sheet (+/- 1.2 mm thick). This sheet
should have a joint immediately below each should be sealed with PITTSEAL® 444N and
support ring. fixed with steel straps.
Each movement joint should be filled with
resilient insulation material. For multi-layer 6.5. Flashing
insulation systems, a sliding compound should Appropriate techniques and materials should be
be applied between the insulation layers. This used to make the areas around nozzles,
could be done with PITTSEAL® 444N if manholes and other protrusions watertight; this
temperature allows it. In order to avoid any water also applies to junctions of horizontal and vertical
infiltration, the movement joint of the outer surfaces.
insulation layer should be covered with a butyl-
SCHEDULES & DETAILS
R=T
Cradle Minimum cradle length

Pipe diameter Insulation thickness thickness
L (mm)
Inch mm mm mm 3.0 _3.5 4.5
_ 5.5
_ 6.0
_
25 50 2.0 260 _ _ _ _
1/2 & 3/4 60 100 3.2 260 _ _ _ _
110 130 4.8 260 _ _ _
25 40 2.0 260 260 _ _ _
1 to 1 1/2 50 90 3.2 260 260 _ _ _
100 140 4.8 260 260 _ _
25 40 2.0 260 260 260 _ _
50 80 3.2 260 260 260 _ _
2 to 3 1/2 90 130 4.8 260 260 260 _ _
140 150 6.4 260 260 260 _
25 50 3.2 260 260 260 300 _
4&5 60 100 4.8 260 260 260 300 _
110 180 6.4 260 260 260 300
40 60 4.8 260 300 400 400 510
6&8 70 140 6.4 260 300 400 400 510
150 180 8.0 260 300 400 400 510
40 90 6.4 300 400 510 610 610
10 to 12 100 150 8.0 300 400 510 610 610
160 200 9.5 300 400 510 610 610
40 50 6.4 400 510 610 915 915
60 120 8.0 400 510 610 915 915
14 & 16 130 180 9.5 400 510 610 915 915
190 230 11.0 400 510 610 915 915
40 50 8.0 510 610 760 915 915
70 130 9.5 510 610 760 915 915
18 & 20 140 190 11.0 510 610 760 915 915
200 12.7 510 610 760 915 915
40 80 9.5 610 760 915 1070 1070
24 90 140 11.0 610 760 915 1070 1070
150 200 12.7 610 760 915 1070 1070
40 120 12.7 760 915 1070 1220 1370
30 130 230 15.9 760 915 1070 1220 1370
40 160 15.9 915 1070 1220 1370 1530
36 170 230 19.0 915 1070 1220 1370 1530

(compressive strength : 0.9 N/mm²).
6/8 i04 – 08/02

Thermal movement of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass and metals based on 20°C ambient temperature.
Operating FOAMGLAS® Carbon steel Stainless steel Aluminium
temperature cellular glass
-200 -1.53 -1.94 -2.83 -3.93
-150 -1.21 -1.68 -2.37 -3.38
-100 -0.89 -1.26 -1.76 -2.52
-50 -0.53 -0.77 -1.06 -1.53
0 -0.15 -0.23 -0.32 -0.45
50 +0.26 +0.34 +0.47 +0.65
100 +0.70 +0.91 +1.27 +1.74
150 +1.15 +1.50 +2.07 +2.87
200 +1.62 +2.12 +2.90 +4.05
300 +2.59 +3.36 +4.56 +6.44
Apply sheets of aluminium, steel or aluminised Apply a layer of PITTCOTE® 404 with a brush, a
steel, corrugated, flat or hammered to the trowel, a gun or gloves. Embed the reinforcement
compatible paint.
1 2 3
1 Adhere +/- 120° of the circumference with small radius segments using PC® 88 ADHESIVE and give adhesive
time to set. Use tape to keep segments temporary in place. (Type SRS, see data sheet A16)
is completely dry.
3 Fill central part with radiused and bevelled segments (Type SHS, see data sheet A16).
domed ends using PC® 88 ADHESIVE.
7/8 i04 – 08/02

1 Piping
2 Anti abrasive (depends on service temperature)
(depends on service temperature)
5 Metal jacket
Fig.8 Horizontal pipe supports or

hangers (no fixed points).
7 6

1 Pipe 2 Resilient insulation material
2 FOAMGLAS® pipe shells 3 Sliding compound, PITTSEAL® 444N if
3 PITTSEAL® 444N temperature allows it.
4 Metal jacket 4 PITTCOTE® 300 cell filler (if specified - see
5 Vertical pipe support 4.10.1.1)
6 Resilient insulating material (see 4.6) 5 Metal jacket
7 Butyl-rubber sheet covering the outer 6 PITTSEAL® 444N
movement joint. 7 Butyl-rubber sheet covering the outer
8 Insulation fixing straps movement joint
8 Metal straps
Fig.6 Vertical pipe support
Single layer system for service Fig.9 Movement joint.
temperatures from -50°C to +80°C Double layer system
While great care is taken in formulating specifications, we cannot be held responsible for them due to imponderables on each
specific jobsite.

VERTICAL i06
STORAGE 08/02
TANK WALLS
AND ROOFS
This specification applies to the insulation of between +20°C and -50°C. Tanks covered by
walls and roofs of cylindrical storage tanks with this specification includes single tanks with or
vertical axes where service temperature is without bund wall and double containment tanks.
2.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be verified before the insulation is applied.(see 4.2
transported and stored vertically. Handle the regarding compatible products)
whilst in storage and not allowed to come into be dry before and until the end of the application,
direct contact with the ground. and should remain dry until start up..
2.2. The surface to be insulated should be clean 2.4. The application of FOAMGLAS® insulation
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust and should be done at ambient temperature (no
any foreign matter. The design engineer should application when tank is in service without
decide whether a coat of anticorrosion paint is precautions. Do be determined in each case.).
the service temperature and the adhesive used 2.5. The temperature limits of the accessory
(if any). If he decides to specify a paint, the products should be respected during both
following rules should be observed: storage and application.
2.2.1. The surface, if corroded or other wise 2.6. Hydrostatic, radiographic and other tests
unsuitable, should be sandblasted before the should be completed before the insulation is
possible anticorrosion coat is applied (SS-Sa- applied.
2 1/2).

2.7. Double containment tank with liner.
brushed and then coated with a new layer of The design engineer should decide the type of
anticorrosion paint. The surface should be liner used.
perfectly dry before the insulation is applied. The FOAMGLAS®/PC® 88 ADHESIVE compact
system can be applied on steel liner.
2.2.3. The compatibility between the On coating liner the compatibility with
anticorrosion paint and the adhesive should be PC® 88 ADHESIVE should be verified.
Compatible coating liner : Max Perles.

3.1. Heat transfers should be limited to 3.3. The thickness is determined according to
acceptable values regarding both economic and the thermal requirements that apply to the
functional aspects (maximum boil-off rate). specific case.
3.2. The formation of condensation on the

external surface of the insulation should be
limited.
I06-08/02 1/4
The following values can be taken as guidance only, in general conditions:
Products Temperature (°C) Thickness (cm)

Butane -1 5-10
Ammonia -33 10-15
Propane -44 15-20
Propylene -47 15-25
4. MATERIALS USED
4.1. Insulation material 4.6. Insulation fixing straps.
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS® cellular In general no straps are needed when adhering
glass (see data sheets A02 and A03). FOAMGLAS® with PC® 88 ADHESIVE
If necessary, the slabs should be adjusted by Any optional straps should be in AISI type 304
abrasion to fit the curvature of the wall or roof. (BSI 304 S16) stainless steel and should
Radiused and bevelled slabs of appropriate measure 19 mm wide x 0.8 mm thick.
shape can be fabricated by Pittsburgh Corning.
4.7. Contraction and movement joint covering.
4.2. Anti-corrosion layer Butyl-rubber sheets of +/- 1.2 mm thick should be
The anti-corrosion layer should not be based on used.
bitumen, tar, silicone or polyurethane. Zinc
chromates or similar coatings are generally 4.8. Finishes and jackets.
compatible. The compatibility should be verified A metal jacket or a flexible mastic coating should
before insulation is applied. be chosen.
Example of paints compatible with
PC® 88 ADHESIVE are: 4.8.1. Metal jacket as finishing cover.
- READLEAD EPOXY PRIMER (GOODGLASS
WALL & Co.) 4.8.1.1. Cell filler for single tanks without bund
- STRATHCLYDE PA 10 RED OXIDE PRIMER wall.
- COLTURIET SEALER (SIGMA COATINGS) In high wind areas or when a mechanical strong
outer finish is needed the cut surface cells may
4.3. Adhesive. be filled with PITTCOTE® 300 (see data sheet
Care should be taken in selecting an adhesive P30) . PITTCOTE® 300 coverage as a cell filler is
for cold temperatures. At temperatures down to about 1.5 kg/m².
-50°C the adhesive should, after curing, remain
flexible and absorb mechanical and thermal 4.8.1.2. The metal jacket should consist of
stresses. Down to -50°C this can be done with corrugated metal sheets of suitable thickness.
PC® 88 ADHESIVE, a two-component adhesive The jacket is applied in long lengths placed
based on bitumen modified with polyurethane vertically with Z metallic supports and metal
(see data sheet P05). The temperature of the straps to hold them in place.
metal surface should not be lower than +5°C
during application. If rapid adhesion is needed 4.8.2. Flexible mastic with fabric reinforcement.
the surface to be insulated should be maintained
between +20°C and +35°C. 4.8.2.1. PITTCOTE® 404 coating (see data sheet
P31) is an acrylic water borne mastic giving
4.4. Joint sealer excellent results in aggressive atmospheres. It is
Usually no sealer is needed except for some not a vapour barrier but a weather barrier. A
particular locations such as inlets, outlets and regular control and maintenance of mastic finish
movement joints between wall and fixed roof. is recommended.
PITTSEAL® 444N is a one-component sealer
based on polyisobutylene (see data sheet P41). 4.8.2.2. Reinforcement.
Temperature range -50°C to +80°C. It should be The reinforcement should be PC® FABRIC 79P
applied with caulking cartridge or an extrusion (polyester) (see data sheet P50).
gun. This product together with PITTCOTE® 404
offers a very flexible outer finish.
4.5. Resilient insulating material. PC® FABRIC 79G (glass) (see data sheet P51)
Low density glass wool or neoprene foam should be avoided if important differential
insulation. thermal movements are expected.
2/4 i06-08/02
Service temperature and the type of tank will FOAMGLAS® slab dry to the surface and
guide requirements made on the insulation shaping it locally by abrasion. An alternative
system as well as the insulation thickness. method consists in placing a joint in front of the
local irregularity.
5.1. Tank wall insulation. Unprotected edges of slabs should be covered
Depending on the type of tank FOAMGLAS® with a layer of PC® 88 ADHESIVE, whenever
insulation can be applied on the outside of the work is interrupted. It is recommended that work
inner or only steel tank or on the inner surface of be interrupted if there is rain and that edges
the outer tank. (Fig.1) should be protected as indicated above. This
Differences from geometrical, cylindrical form of protective layer should be removed when work is
the wall or steel liner shall not exceed 10 mm for recommenced.
a distance of 2 meters. Local irregularities, due A movement joint should be provided at the
for instance to welding, may be exceed this value wall/roof junction. It should allow differential
provided that they are adequately treated. movement when tank is put into service. (Fig.3)
The tank should be protected from the elements Any connection to the tank should be designed
to avoid any water penetration or condensation to allow differential movement between the tank,
during application of the insulation. the insulation and the connection (piping, stairs,
The PC® 88 ADHESIVE should be prepared inlet, outlet, etc.).
according to the manufacturer's instructions (see Manholes should be insulated with the same
data sheet P05). It should be applied with a insulation thickness as the tank.
6 mm notched trowel all-over the slab surface to Anchoring systems should be enclosed with
be glued and two adjacent edges. resilient insulating material that will allow them to
PC® 88 ADHESIVE will act as a vapour barrier in move. The complete system should be covered
the joints, which should be completely filled. by an additional layer of FOAMGLAS®, applied
FOAMGLAS® slabs should be laid in rows, with adhesive to prevent any penetration of water
starting at the bottom of the tank. The horizontal or water vapour.
and vertical joints in each layer of insulation
should be aligned. This alignment of joints filled 5.2. Tank roof insulation (fixed roof).
with PC® 88 ADHESIVE acts as small FOAMGLAS® insulation should be applied to the
expansion/contraction joints. Care should be roof using PC® 88 ADHESIVE. The application
taken that the joint thickness ranges from 2 to technique is identical as for the walls.
3mm (Fig.2) The best way to start insulation of a large tank
Each slab should be laid so that it is pressed roof is to divide it in 4 or 6 parts and fill each part
firmly against the previous one, thus making the with slabs adjusted to the curvature of the roof.
joints perfectly water and water vapour tight. With this method cutting is reduced to a
Surplus adhesive exuding from joints should be minimum. If there is rain the roof insulation
removed before adhesive sets. Should any slabs should be protected to avoid that water should
be broken during application, the resulting joints be trapped between insulation and tank surface
should be filled with PC® 88 ADHESIVE. Steps or that water should stay in open surface cells of
or irregularities can be matched by presenting the already applied slabs.
the
1 2 3
1 Insulation on outer surface of single steel tank
a = bund wall
2 Insulation on outer surface of inner steel tank
3 Insulation on inner surface of outer steel liner or concrete tank
Fig.1
3/4 i06 – 08/02

A finish on the FOAMGLAS® surface can be be given enough drying time before jacket
avoided when it is applied inside the cavity of a application. In case of a single tank protected by
double-containment tank. The planning of the a bund wall the cell filler can omitted, the tank
work should then make sure that the wall being already protected from high winds.
insulation is not exposed to water or outside
weather, even during erection. 6.2. Mastic coating.
If these conditions are not met, at least a cell Apply a layer of PITTCOTE® 404 with a spray-
filler should be applied on the FOAMGLAS® gun, brush or trowel. Embed the reinforcement
surface of the roof. On low-slope surfaces, a fabric into the layer while it is still tacky. Make
bitumen adhered membrane or a metallic sure that the fabric does not tear or wrinkle. The
jacketing is recommended. overlap of fabric at joints should be 10 cm.
When the first coat is dry to touch, apply a
6.1. Metal jacket second layer of PITTCOTE® 404 mastic to
Apply corrugated metal sheets to the external completely cover the reinforcement fabric and
surface of the FOAMGLAS® cellular glass. If provide a smooth uniform surface (see data
appropriate due to climatic or mechanical sheet P31 for PITTCOTE® 404 and data sheets
conditions, the external surface of the P50/P51 for PC® FABRIC 79). Ensure that the
FOAMGLAS® insulation may first be coated with mastic is completely dry before applying any
a single layer of PITTCOTE® 300 mastic that will compatible paint.
3
2
4 4
3
4
7 5
4
6
3
1
4 5 4 3 2 2
1 Tank wall
2 Tank roof
1 Tank wall 3 FOAMGLAS® cellular glass
2 FOAMGLAS® cellular glass 4 PC® 88 ADHESIVE
3 PC® 88 ADHESIVE 5 Resilient insulating material
4 PITTCOTE® 404 (if specified) 6 PITTSEAL® 444N sealer
5 PC® FABRIC 79P (if specified) 7 PITTCOTE® 404 + PC® FABRIC 79P
Fig.3 Tank wall - roof junction
Fig.2 Tank wall insulation single layer system with
double layer system with mastic outer finish.
mastic outer finish. Movement / contraction joint.
While great care is taken in formulating specifications, we cannot be held responsible for them do to imponderables of each specific jobsite.

LOW i07
TEMPERATURE 08/02
STORAGE
SPHERES
This specification applies to the insulation of vessels with a service temperature between
spheres, spheroids, bullet tanks and similar +20°C and -50°C.
2.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be
transported and stored vertically. Handle the 2.2.3. When adhesive is used, the compatibility
packages with care. FOAMGLAS® insulation between the anticorrosion paint and the adhesive
packages should be protected from the elements should be verified before the insulation is
whilst in storage and not allowed to come into applied.
2.3. The sphere surface and the insulation
2.2. The surface to be insulated should be clean materials used should be dry before and until the
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust and en of the during application, and should remain
any foreign matter. The design engineer should dry until start up. It is recommended to cover the
decide whether a coat of anticorrosion paint is upper part of the sphere with a canvas sheet
necessary , and the type of paint compatible with (umbrella).
(if any). If he decides to specify a paint, the 2.4. The application of FOAMGLAS® insulation
following rules should be observed: on pipes or equipment should be done at
ambient temperature (no cold application).
2.2.1. The surface, if corroded or other wise
possible anticorrosion coat is applied (SS-Sa- products should be respected during both
21/2). storage and application.
2.2.2. Any surface imperfection should be wire 2.6. Hydrostatic, radiographic and other tests
brushed and then coated with a new layer of should be completed before the insulation is
anticorrosion paint. The surface should be applied.

The following criteria should be taken into 3.2. That the formation of condensation on the
account when calculating the thickness: external surface of the insulation should be
avoided.
3.1. That heat transfers should be limited to
acceptable values with respect to both economic
and functional aspects.
4. MATERIALS USED
The materials listed below are appropriate for 4.1.1. For vessels with a diameter of less than 20
this specification. m, prefabricated segments (295 x 440 mm ) with
a thickness between 40 and 100 mm should be
4.1. Insulation material used.
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS® cellular
glass (see also Physical Properties sheet).
i07-08/02 1/4
4.1.2. Vessels with a diameter of more than 20 m 4.5. Resilient insulating material
are insulated with small slabs (300 x 450 mm) Low density mineral wool or low density
with the contact surface adjusted on an abrasive neoprene foam.
mould. Thick slabs shall have been bevelled to
limit the joint openings. 4.6. Insulation fixing straps
4.2. Anti-corrosion layer 4.6.1. Any optional fixing straps necessary
This should not be based on bitumen, tar, should be in stainless steel AISI type 304 (BSI
silicone or polyurethane; however, zinc 304 S 16) and should measure 19 mm wide x 0.8
chromates or similar coatings as Dimetcote, mm thick with matching seals.
Carbozinc or Mobilzinc are generally compatible
with PC® 88 ADHESIVE. 4.6.2. The fixing straps for the piping and its
Example of paints compatible : accessory products should be in stainless steel
READLEAD EPOXY PRIMER manufactured by AISI type 304 (BSI 304 S 16) and should
GOODLASS WALL & C° measure 12.7 mm wide x 0.5 mm thick with
STRATHCLYDE PA10 RED OXIDE PRIME matching seals.
SIGMARITE SEALER manufactured by SIGMA
COATINGS 4.6.3 Optional floating rings should be made of
stainless steel
4.3. Adhesive
PC® 88 ADHESIVE, a two-component adhesive 4.7. Finishes and Claddings
based on bitumen modified with polyurethane. In most cases, a flexible reinforced coating will
The temperature of the PC® 88 ADHESIVE be chosen.
should be maintained between +20°C and
+ 35°C before and during use. The temperature 4.7.1. The mastic should be PITTCOTE® 404
of the metal surface to be insulated should not coating (based on acrylic resins).
be lower than +5°C during application. If rapid
adhesion is required, as for example for the 4.7.2. The polyester reinforcement fabric should
lower part of a vessel, the surface to be insulated be PC® FABRIC 79.
should also be maintained between 20°C and
35°C. 4.7.3. To increase the resistance against
abrasion, dirt deposits and corrosive chemicals,
4.4. Joint sealant an additional protective coating of CHEMGLAZE
PITTSEAL® 444N sealant (mastic based on IIA or any other approved product is
polyisobutylene). recommended.
NOTE: Though less usual, a metal cladding may

also be used.
5. APPLICATION
5.1. Application method
Various methods have been developed by the 5.2. Insulation of the sphere
insulation contractors, As an example, we give
one that is of particular interest to us. 5.2.1. PC® 88 ADHESIVE should be prepared
according to the manufacturer's instructions (see
5.1.1. Trace guide lines. If the equator is not technical description P05).
already present, draw one. The lower and upper
hemispheres will then be divided into six identical 5.2.2. Before applying the adhesive, the slabs or
sections by drawing six vertical guide lines from segments should be adjusted to the vessel
the equator to the bottom and top pole. curvature and between themselves to avoid
gaps. Should any segments be broken during
5.1.2. Application application, the resulting joints should be filled
Start the application at the lower part of the with PC® 88 ADHESIVE.
hemisphere when planning the laying up. The
application of the insulation material should be 5.2.3. Adhesive should be applied with a notched
carried out by sections starting at the lower pole trowel (normally 5 mm notches, can vary from 3
and progressing alongside the two vertical guide to 6 mm in function of surface irregularities) all
lines limiting the section. over the segment main surface to be adhered
Fig.1 indicates the laying up for the upper and the two adjacent edges. PC® 88 ADHESIVE
hemisphere for which the insulation starts at the will act as a vapour barrier at the joints, which
equator. should be completely filled.
2/4 i07 - 08/02

Fig.1 Application order for the upper hemisphere starting at the equator.
5.2.4. Each insulation segment should be fitted avoided. The connections with the pipe insulation
to the sphere and adjacent segments so that the can be easily completed later on (Fig.3).
joints form a tight barrier. Surplus adhesive
squeezing out of the joints should be removed
before setting occurs. The eventual second layer
should be applied in the same manner with
staggered joints with respect to those of the
previous layer.
4 1
5.2.5. Temporary banding may be necessary to
2
hold the insulation on the lower part of the vessel
while the PC® 88 ADHESIVE sets. 3
6
5.2.6. The area between vessel and
FOAMGLAS® insulation should be sealed with 5
PC® 88 ADHESIVE whenever work is
interrupted. Should work be interrupted due to
rain, it is recommended that the edges should be
protected as described above. This protection 2
layer should be removed when the work is
recommenced. 3
5.2.7. Connections between legs and sphere can 900 mm
be carried out with adjusted slabs, applied in
form of a collar (Fig.2). By forming the collar at 4
the same time as PITTSEAL® 444N mastic, any
water infiltration during application is avoided.
The insulation of the legs themselves to be 7
carried out later by means of suitable segments
which should be of the same thickness as those 1 Sphere wall
of the slabs used for the insulation of the vessel. 2 PC® 88 ADHESIVE
5.2.8. Manholes, pipe connections and other 4 PITTCOTE® 404 coating + PC® FABRIC 79
projections should be insulated with a joining 5 Supplementary layer of PITTCOTE® 404 +
PC® FABRIC 79
layer, preferably during the application of the
6 PITTSEAL® 444N Sealant
vessel insulation. All openings around these 7 Insulation support angle
penetrations should be sealed with
PITTSEAL® 444N mastic. Following this Fig.2
application procedure, the possibility of water
being entrapped in the insulation layer is
3/4 i07 - 08/02

5.2.9. If anchor cables are used, they should be 5.3.2. "Mastic" type finish
surrounded by resilient insulating material that The insulation surface should be free from dust,
will allow them to move, the complete system excess adhesive and humidity before the finish is
should be enclosed by FOAMGLAS® insulation applied.
shells that have their joints sealed with The finish should be made with PITTCOTE® 404
PITTSEAL® 444N mastic. coating reinforced with PC® FABRIC 79. These
products should be applied according to the
5.2.10. On spheres or spheroids, once the instructions as given by Pittsburgh Corning in
equator has been reached and the lower portion specifications P31 and P50. PITTCOTE® 404 is
has been completely insulated, permanent an acrylic latex coating, the first layer of
bands, if required by the design engineer, shall maximum 1.5 kg/m² in which the PC® FABRIC 79
be affixed to a band support ring located at the is embedded must be dry before applying the
equator (by others) and a floating ring at the second layer of 2.5 kg/m². Depending on
bottom pole. Bands shall be spaced 300 mm weather conditions drying time may vary from 1
(12") on centres at the equator. Opposing bands to 8 days. On aggressive environment a
(180° apart) shall be tightened simultaneously. protective coat like CHEMGLAZE IIA may be
applied for maintenance after long term curing.
5.3. Coatings and Finishes.
5.3.3. Metal cladding
5.3.1. Preliminary works
Before the finish is applied, the outer surface of 5.3.3.1. A layer of PITTCOTE® 300 should be
the insulation should be inspected to repair any applied at the rate of approximately 1.5 kg/m² ( to
defects (gaps, broken or cracked elements, be determined exactly in each case).
unfilled joints). Sharp angles should be rounded
off by grinding down or filling with 5.3.3.2. After enough drying time, cladding
PITTSEAL® 444N joint sealant. consisting of ribbed or corrugated metal sheets
The surface of the insulation should be protected of appropriate thickness should be applied to the
against bad weather conditions and mechanical walls. We recommend that these sheets should
stress by one of the following systems: be fixed firmly in place with metal straps.
1 PITTCOTE® 404 coating + PC® FABRIC 79

8 2 FOAMGLAS® insulation
3 PC® 88 ADHESIVE
4 Sphere wall
7 5 PITTSEAL® 444
6 6 Resilient insulation material
7 Flange
1 2 3 4 5 8 PC® 88 ADHESIVE
Fig.3
While great care is taken in formulating specifications, we cannot be held responsible for them do to imponderables of each specific jobsite.

SECONDARY i08
INSULATION 08/02
PROTECTION FOR
LNG TANK WALLS
This specification applies to the secondary certain protection of the steel liner and the
insulation/protection of the walls of a cylindrical outside concrete tank against thermal shock.
storage tank with vertical axes, having an
operating temperature of about -161°C. This role is only requested to be temporary.
Moreover, through its low energy absorption
It refers to the so called double integrity storage capacity, it limits - again in unsteady state - the
tank made of an inside cryogenic steel tank rate at which the LNG will vaporize.
surrounded by an outside concrete tank. (Fig.1).
It is assumed that the outside concrete tank has
an inside steel liner. Should this not be the case,
an adaptation of this specification would be
needed.
The secondary insulation is applied on the inside

of the outside concrete tank, by adhering it to the
steel liner. It has a double role :
- in normal service conditions, it brings a

complementary insulation to the perlite/resilient
blanket which remains the major contribution to
the tank wall insulation; Fig.1 Double integrity tank
- in case of accident - generally assumed to be a

brittle fracture - to the inside steel tank, it offers a
2. SYSTEM PRINCIPLE
The system consists of three layers of Should an accident happen to the inside
FOAMGLAS® slabs, the first one being adhered cryogenic tank, the temperature of the inside
to the steel liner with PC® 88 ADHESIVE, the face of the inside FOAMGLAS® layer will be very
second and third ones being respectively rapidly brought to the LNG temperature (about
adhered to the first one and second one with -161°C) resulting in a serious thermal shock of
PC® 80M MORTAR, a glass fabric being the FOAMGLAS® inside layer.
embedded in the PC® 80M MORTAR layers.
(Fig.2). The joints are always staggered. In this case, the inside layer of the FOAMGLAS®
system will most probably present hairline
It is worth pointing out that FOAMGLAS® cracks, possibly cracks. Due to its thermal
insulation, PC® 80M MORTAR and glass fabric resistance and thermal diffusivity, this inside
are three products basically made of glass, layer will nevertheless provide an exterior
having very similar coefficients of thermal protection to the second (medium) layer which
expansion/contraction and thus achieving a great will only present less hairline cracks after a
homogeneity of the construction. In normal longer period of time. The third layer being
service conditions, the lowest temperature of the protected by the first two ones, it will most
system will be found on the inside face of the probably not present hairline cracks before a
inside layer and may range from +10 to -40°C, substantial period of time.
depending on the exterior temperature, the
concrete thickness, the FOAMGLAS® system, The tank operator is expected to do his utmost to
the perlite layer and the resilient blanket. eliminate the cause of the problem, for instance
1/6 i08 – 08/02

by pumping out the LNG (and possibly the insulation. Its application in cryogenic conditions
perlite) before the end of this period of time. has been evaluated by several large scale tests,
run by Pittsburgh Corning in its own laboratory
The great contribution of the PC® 80M MORTAR and in independent laboratories. Reports are
reinforced by glass fabric is to keep the slabs in available on request.
place, in spite of the expected cracks.
Due to the innovative nature of this application
This principle has been used to a large extent and the various requirements that the design
with FOAMGLAS® cellular glass for high engineer may want to achieve, this specification
temperature applications, mainly for pipe can only be general by nature and Pittsburgh
Corning cannot be held responsible for it.
LNG
7 TANK
2
3
4
6 1 5
1. Complementary local protection

2. PC® 88 ADHESIVE
3. PITTSEAL® 444N
4. PC® 80M MORTAR + glass fabric
5. Perlite concrete
6. Steel liner
7. Loose perlite
8. FOAMGLAS® insulation
Fig.2 Laminated system in three layers
3.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be necessary, and this paint being compatible with
transported and stored vertically. Handle the the service temperature and the adhesive (if
packages with care. FOAMGLAS® insulation any). If he decides to specify one, the following
packages should be protected from the elements rules should be observed :
direct contact with the ground. 3.2.1. The surface, if corroded or otherwise
3.2. The surface to be insulated should be clean possible anticorrosion coat is applied.
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust and (SS-Sa-2 1/2)
any foreign matter. The design engineer should
2/6 i08 – 08/02

3.2.2. Any surface imperfection should be wire 3.3. The surface and the materials used should
brushed and then coated with a new layer of be dry before and during application, and should
anticorrosion paint. The surface should be remain dry until start up.
perfectly dry before applying the insulation.
3.2.3. When an adhesive is used, the should be carried out at ambient temperature (No
compatibility between the anticorrosion paint and application when the equipment is in service).
the adhesive should be verified before applying
the insulation.
3.5. The temperature limits of the accessory
N.B. It is worth noting that, in several previous
cases of LNG tanks, no complementary
anticorrosion paint had been used, the steel
plates being supplied with a factory applied 3.6. Hydrostatic, radiographic and other tests
anticorrosion paint and welded in place. should be completed before applying the
insulation.

4.1. Heat transfers should be limited to In case of failure, the insulation provided by the
acceptable values regarding both economic and perlite/resilient blanket is substantially reduced
functional aspects. (To provide enough insulation and rapidly becomes negligible. The
under normal service conditions.) FOAMGLAS® insulation needed to provide a
certain protection to the steel liner (temperature
4.2. Enough protection should be provided to the not lower than what is acceptable for carbon
steel liner in failure conditions. steel i.e. about -25°C/-30°C) can be evaluated by
testing. Mathematical models are only a guideline
Since the FOAMGLAS® insulation is only a since they usually do not take into account some
complementary insulation to the perlite/resilient particular points of the construction and its
blanket under normal service conditions, these evolution during the time of the "accident". From
products constituting the main part of the thermal previous tests, carried out under similar
resistance and providing cheaper thermal conditions, it has been found that an outside
resistance, the second criterion (thermal layer of 100 mm (4"), a middle layer of 60 mm
protection) is generally the dominant one for the (2.5") and an inside layer of 60 mm (2.5") provide
FOAMGLAS® thickness selection. a thermal protection to the steel liner for more
than 24 hours. (Reports are available on
request).
5. USED MATERIALS
5.1. Insulation Material
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS® (See data 5.3. Adhesive
sheets A02 to A03). If necessary (generally it is
not the case due to the diameter of the tank) the 5.3.1. Exterior layer
slabs should be adjusted by abrasion to fit the The exterior layer shall be applied directly onto
curvature of the tank, or radiused and bevelled the steel liner with PC® 88 ADHESIVE, a two-
lags of the appropriate shape should be used. component adhesive based on bitumen modified
with polyurethane. Its service temperature ranges
5.2. Anticorrosion layer from -40/-55°C to +80°C. But the temperature of
The anti-corrosion layer should not be based on the PC® 88 ADHESIVE should be maintained
bitumen, tar, silicone or polyurethane. Zinc between +20°C and +35°C before and during
chromates or similar coatings are generally application. The temperature of the metal surface
compatible with PC® 88 ADHESIVE. The to be insulated should not be lower than +5°C
compatibility between the anticorrosion paint and during application. If rapid adhesion is required,
the adhesive should be verified before the as for the lower part of a tank for example, the
insulation is applied. temperature of the surface to be insulated should
Examples of paints compatible with be maintained between +20°C and +35°C.
PC® 88 ADHESIVE:
- READLEAD EPOXY PRIMER (GOODGLASS
WALL & Co.)
- STRATHCLYDE PA 10 RED OXIDE PRIMER
- COLTURIET SEALER (SIGMA COATINGS).
3/6 i08 – 08/02

5.3.2. Middle and inside layer 5.4. Glass fabric reinforcement
The adhesive to be used shall be Acrylic resin stabilized glass fabric with following
PC® 80M MORTAR, a two-component, inorganic characteristics :
adhesive, based on glass powder and silica - Surface weight 150 to 270 g./m²
dispersion. The temperature of the PC® 80M - Thickness 0.4 to 0.7 mm
MORTAR should be maintained between +5 and - Mesh 430 to 630 openings /dm²
+45°C before and during application. The - Width about 100 cm
temperature of the surface to be insulated should Example of glass fabric : PC® FABRIC 79G
not be lower than +5°C during application.
5.5. Joint sealant
PITTSEAL® 444N, a one-component sealer
based on polyisobutylene (See data sheet P41).
6. APPLICATION
6.1. Application of the first layer as possible and constitute an easy substrate for
the application of the second layer.
6.1.1. Differences from the geometrical,
cylindrical form of the steel liner shall not 6.2. Application of the second layer
generally exceed 10 mm for a distance of
2 meters. Local irregularities, due to welding for 6.2.1. The surface of the first layer shall be
instance, may exceed this value provided they controlled as far as its geometry is concerned.
are adequately treated (See 6.1.3.). Moreover, any dust or foreign matter will be
eliminated, before the application of the second
6.1.2. The PC® 88 ADHESIVE should be layer.
prepared according to the manufacturer's
instructions (technical information sheet P05). 6.2.2. The PC® 80M MORTAR should be
prepared according to the manufacturer's
6.1.3. The FOAMGLAS® slabs should be made instructions, preferably using an automatic
to exactly fit the tank and each other, in order to mixing equipment.
avoid gaps. Steps or irregularities of the steel
liner can be smoothed out by presenting the dry 6.2.3. The FOAMGLAS® slabs should be made
FOAMGLAS® element to the surface and to fit exactly onto the first layer surface and to
shaping it locally by abrasion. An alternative each other, in order to avoid gaps.
method consists in placing a joint in front of a
local irregularity (welding line, for instance). 6.2.4. The PC® 80M MORTAR will be applied
Should any slabs be broken during application, with a notched trowel (notches 5 x 5 x 5 mm) on
the resulting joints should be filled with the first layer.
PC® 88 ADHESIVE. The glass fabric will be embedded in the fresh
the PC® 80M MORTAR layer and trowelled
6.1.4. The adhesive should be applied with a smooth. Immediately, or after the
5 mm deep notched trowel all over the slab PC® 80M MORTAR has set, PC® 80M MORTAR
surface to be bonded as well as the two adjacent shall be applied with the same notched trowel on
edges. To make the system as tight as possible, the slab surface and the two adjacent edges of
the joints should be completely filled. the FOAMGLAS® slabs of the second layer which
will then be firmly pressed onto the first layer and
6.1.5. FOAMGLAS® insulation should be applied onto each other to make the joints as tight as
in rows, starting at the bottom of the tank. The possible.
vertical joints of each insulation layer should be
staggered. Joints should also be staggered 6.2.5. FOAMGLAS® insulation should be applied
between the various layers. in rows, starting at the bottom of the tank. The
vertical joints of each insulation layer should be
6.1.6. Each slab to be laid should be pressed staggered. Joints should also be staggered
firmly against the previous one, thus making the between the various layers.
joints perfectly tight. Surplus adhesive exuding
from the joints should be removed before it sets. 6.2.6. Surplus of PC® 80M MORTAR exuding
from the joints should be removed before it sets.
6.1.7. During the application of the first layer, and
before the used adhesive has set, this first layer 6.2.7. After the application of the second layer,
shall be gently scraped by using a FOAMGLAS® preferably every half workday, this second layer
element, to make it as regular and geometrical shall be gently scrapped by using a FOAMGLAS®
4/6 i08 – 08/02

element to make it as regular and geometrical as 6.4.1.1. The PC® 80M MORTAR should be
possible and constitute an easy substrate for the prepared according to the manufacturer's
application of the third layer. instructions, preferably using an automatic
mixing equipment.
6.3. Application of the third layer
6.4.1.2. A wooden calibre will be used to ensure
6.3.1. The surface of the second layer shall be that the FOAMGLAS® slabs can be adhered on
controlled as far as its geometry is concerned. top of each other without creating "steps" at the
Moreover, any dust or foreign matter will be edges.
eliminated, before the application of the third
layer. 6.4.1.3. Apply the PC® 80M MORTAR with a
notched trowel (notches 5 x 5 x 5 mm) on a
6.3.2. The PC® 80M MORTAR should be FOAMGLAS® slab placed on a horizontal table.
prepared according to the manufacturer's The glass fabric will be embedded in the fresh
instructions, preferably using an automatic adhesive layer and trowelled smooth.
mixing equipment. Immediately, or after the reinforced adhesive has
set, another full coat of PC® 80M MORTAR will
6.3.3. The FOAMGLAS® slabs should be made be applied with the same notched trowel onto the
to fit exactly onto the second layer and to each whole surface of the second FOAMGLAS® slab,
other, in order to avoid gaps. which will then be firmly pressed onto the already
coated first one.
6.3.4. The PC® 80M MORTAR will be applied
with a notched trowel (notches 5 x 5 mm) on the 6.4.1.4. Enough drying time will be given to the
second layer. system and then the edges will be trimmed to be
The glass fabric will be embedded in the still free of any squeezed out adhesive.
fresh PC® 80M MORTAR layer and trowelled
smooth. Immediately, or after the PC® 80M 6.4.1.5. The modules thus produced will be
MORTAR has set, the PC® 80M MORTAR shall placed on a reusable transport device and will be
be applied with the same notched trowel on the carried from the fabricating shop to the
slab surface and the two adjacent edges of the scaffolding.
FOAMGLAS® slabs of the third layer which will 6.4.2. Installation of the modules
then be firmly pressed onto the second layer and
onto each other to make the joints as tight as 6.4.2.1. The surface of the already applied first
possible. layer shall be controlled as far as its geometry is
concerned. Moreover, any dust or foreign matter
6.3.5. The FOAMGLAS® insulation should be will be eliminated before the application of the
applied in rows, starting at the bottom of the tank. modules.
The vertical joints of each insulation layer should
be staggered. Joints should also be staggered 6.4.2.2. The PC® 80M MORTAR should be
between the various layers. prepared according to the manufacturer's
instruction, preferably using an automatic mixing
equipment.
6.4. Use of prefabricated modules
It is possible to replace the second and the third
6.4.2.3. The FOAMGLAS® modules should be
layer of FOAMGLAS® by one layer of
made to fit exactly onto the first layer surface and
FOAMGLAS® modules, although this solution is
to each other, in order to avoid gaps and to make
only suggested for the current part of the wall
the joints as tight as possible.
and is not recommended for particular parts such
as the wall/floor connection or in the vicinity of
6.4.2.4. The PC® 80M MORTAR will be applied
singular points.
with a notched trowel (notches 5 x 5 x 5 mm) on
the first layer. The glass fabric will be embedded
6.4.1. Fabrication of FOAMGLAS® modules
in the fresh PC® 80M MORTAR layer and
The modules are made of two FOAMGLAS®
trowelled smooth. Immediately, or after the
slabs adhered together with PC® 80M MORTAR,
PC® 80M MORTAR has set, the
the adhesive layer being reinforced by a glass
PC® 80M MORTAR shall be applied with the
fabric having the previously outlined properties.
same notched trowel on the surface and the two
Modules can be prepared in a fabricating shop
adjacent edges of the FOAMGLAS® modules
and, after drying, applied with PC® 80M
which will then be firmly pressed onto the first
MORTAR onto the first layer of FOAMGLAS®
layer and on to each other to make the joints as
slabs already in place, also using the glass fabric
tight as possible.
reinforcement in the adhesive layer.
5/6 i08 – 08/02

6.4.2.5. The FOAMGLAS® modules should be be applied with PITTSEAL® 444N on the
applied in rows, starting on a horizontal line about expansion joints.
3 metres higher than the wall/floor junction. 6.6. Vertical wall finish
Horizontal and vertical joints of the FOAMGLAS® It is recommended that no finish, of any kind,
modules layer should be staggered between should be applied on the surface of the
themselves and in relation to the first layer. FOAMGLAS® slabs or modules.
6.5. Floor/wall/ring connection 6.7. Expansion joints

Only the three-system will be used for this part. Should any expansion joint be requested by the
Our suggestion is based on the following design engineer, it should be Z-shaped and filled
assumptions : No significant relative movement with PITTSEAL® 444N. There, it is advisable to
takes place between the concrete wall and the adhere a laminated slab with PC® 80M MORTAR
floor; the insulation is applied to the annulus after to offer local complementary protection. Due to
filling the possible annulus gaps to be found in the stable nature of the concrete outer tank and
the concrete floor after running the water tests. its liner and to the moderate temperature
Depending on the possible movements between variations under normal conditions, expansion
the FOAMGLAS® bottom insulation, the concrete joints are normally not required in the wall
ring under the shell of the tank and the floor slab, insulation/protection secondary system.
an expansion joint will be foreseen in the
horizontal insulation of the cavity. It will preferably
be a Z joint. Since the permanent 6.8. Flashing
PITTSEAL® 444N mastic does not resist Flashing should be provided on the top of the
cryogenic conditions so well as the laminated secondary wall insulation system to protect it
PC® 80M MORTAR system, another slab of during the installation period and before the tank
laminated FOAMGLAS®/PC® 80M MORTAR will is commissioned. It is recommended to repair
flashing immediately after any major failure.

OFFSHORE i10
PLATFORMS 08/02
AND
SHIPS
This specification applies to the insulation of maximum of +220°C aboard offshore platforms
piping and equipment installed in the open air or ships.
with a service temperature from ambient to a
2.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be 2.2.2. Any surface imperfection should be wire
transported and stored vertically. Handle the brushed and then coated with a new layer of
packages with care. FOAMGLAS® insulation anticorrosion paint. The surface should be
packages should be protected from the elements perfectly dry before applying the insulation.
direct contact with the ground. 2.3. The surface and the materials to be used
should be dry before and until the end of
2.2. The surface to be insulated should be clean application.
any foreign matter. The design engineer should 2.4. The application of FOAMGLAS® insulation
decide whether a coat of anticorrosion paint is on pipes or equipment should be done at
necessary, and the type of paint compatible with ambient temperature (no application when piping
the service temperature and the adhesive used or equipment is in service).
(if any). If he decides to specify a paint, the
following rules should be observed: 2.5. The temperature limits of the accessory
2.2.1. The surface, if corroded or otherwise storage and application.
possible anticorrosion coat is applied (SS-Sa- 2.6. Hydrostatic, radiographic and other tests
2 1/2). should be completed before applying the
insulation.
3. DETERMINATION OF INSULATION THICKNESS

3.1. Heat losses should be limited to acceptable 3.3. If service temperature is higher than
values with respect to both economic and +120°C or if pipes are heat traced, a double
functional aspects. layer system is recommended.

surface of the insulation should be kept under
+60°C to prevent burns.
4. MATERIALS TO BE USED
4.1. Insulation material as for the straight pipe sections. Non-standard
®
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS cellular bends, T-pieces, reducers and other equipment
glass (see also data sheets A01 to A16) in should be insulated with pieces cut to size on
preformed sections, radiused and bevelled lags site. Flanges and valves should be insulated with
or slabs. pipe shells of larger dimensions adapted on site.
When ordering the insulation, service
temperature should be indicated to allow the
choice of a suitable adhesive for the fabrication
of pipe sections or radiused and bevelled lags.
The insulation of standard 90° or 45° - bends
(R = 1.5 D) may be prefabricated at the factory,
1/4 i10 – 08/02

4.2. Anti-abrasive. of ASTM C692, and ASTM C871 regarding
LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE should stress corrosion.
be chosen for temperatures from ambient to
+120°C and PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI- 4.5. Insulation fixing straps
ABRASIVE for temperatures above +120°C (see The straps should be in AISI type 304 (BSI 304
data sheet P21). The anti-abrasive coating 216) stainless steel and should be 12.7 mm wide
should be applied onto the inner side of the x 0.5 mm thick. Wire to fix FOAMGLAS® shells or
FOAMGLAS® elements that will be in contact segments should be avoided, due to the wire
with the metal pipe or equipment. Never apply cutting of the FOAMGLAS® surface.
the anti-abrasive on the pipe itself. The anti-
abrasive can be sprayed at the factory or applied 4.6. Finishes and claddings.
on site by brushing a thin layer onto the inside of
the insulation. The anti-abrasive should be 4.6.1. The metal cladding should be steel sheets,
completely dry before the insulation material is corrugated, flat or hammered. The easiest way to
applied. apply the jacket is to band it. Pop rivets or
screws may also be used after having held the
4.3. Joint sealant jacket tightly with temporary bands. A cushion
Silicone mastic adapted to service temperature. layer of fibrous insulation between FOAMGLAS®
insulation and the jacket should be avoided. This
4.4. Adhesive top layer will absorb ambient moisture during
For equipment operating up to +80°C or +120°C, humid weather and could result in corroding the
an adhered system using PC® 88 ADHESIVE, a metal jacket.
two-component adhesive based on bitumen
modified with polyurethane, is possible (see data 4.6.2. Flexible mastic with fabric reinforcement
sheet P05). If low working stress is expected, should be sea-water and fire resistant, according
PC® 88 ADHESIVE can be used up to +120°C, to safety regulations.
otherwise the maximum operating temperature is
®
limited to +80°C. PC 88 meets the requirements
5. APPLICATION
5.1. Application of insulation ensure that the FOAMGLAS® cellular glass units
We would not suggest oversized insulation are not broken when tightening the fixing straps.
because of vibrations on ships or platforms. Any damaged piece should be replaced.
5.2. The insulation system requirements as well

as the insulation thickness will depend on the
service temperature of the pipe or equipment.
5.2.1. Service temperatures up to +120°C.

A single layer system is sufficient for this
temperature range. A double layer system
should be applied when the recommended
insulation thickness is bigger than the maximum
available thickness or if pipes are heat traced.
5.2.1.1. Piping, elbows and fittings (Fig. 1)

LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE should
be applied onto the inner side of the 1 LOW TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE
FOAMGLAS® elements that will be in contact 2 FOAMGLAS® cellular glass
with the metal pipe or equipment. Never apply 3 Silicone mastic
the anti-abrasive on the pipe itself. The anti- 4 Stainless steel straps
5 Mastic coating
abrasive can be sprayed at the factory or applied 6 Metal jacket
on site by brushing a thin layer onto the inside of
the insulation. The anti-abrasive should be Fig. 1 Single layer system for service
completely dry before the insulation material is temperatures up to +120°C
applied.
the surface to be insulated should be dry applied
with staggered joints. All joints should be sealed
with silicone mastic. After applying the shells or
segments to the pipe or equipment, they will be
held in place by means of 2 stainless steel straps
per shell or segment. Care must be taken to
2/4 i10 – 08/02

5.2.1.2. Vessels (Fig. 2). PC® 88 ADHESIVE. Temporary banding is
Segments appropriate to the shape of the needed to give PC® 88 ADHESIVE time to set.
surface to be insulated should be applied with Excess of adhesive running out of the joints
staggered joints. Staggering the segments is not should be removed before it sets. Extra steel
needed for vessel heads or other irregular forms. straps are not needed when using
Segments will be adhered and joints filled with PC® 88 ADHESIVE.
1 Horizontal vessel with domed ends.

4 with PC® 88 ADHESIVE.
4 Manhole insulated with same insulation.
5 Surface protection
2 1 3 5
Fig.2 Vessel insulation. Single layer system for service temperatures up to +120°C.
5.2.2. Service temperatures up to +220°C

this temperature range.
5.2.2.1. Piping, elbows and fitting (Fig. 3).

Before applying of the FOAMGLAS® shells, the
internal surface of the shells in contact with the
pipes should be coated with a thin layer of
PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE,
preferably factory applied. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
the surface to be insulated should be dry applied 1 PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE
with staggered joints regarding each other and to 2 FOAMGLAS® cellular glass
the second layer. The first layer of FOAMGLAS® 3 Glass fibre reinforced tape
4 Silicone mastic
shells will be held in place with glass fibre 5 Stainless steel straps
reinforced tape. The outer layer is dry applied 6 Mastic coating
over the first one, with silicone mastic in the 7 Metal jacket
joints, and fixed by means of 2 stainless steel
straps per shell or segment. Care must be taken Fig.3 Double layer systems for service
to ensure that the FOAMGLAS® cellular glass temperatures up to +220°C
units are not broken when tightening the fixing
straps. Any damaged piece should be replaced.
3/4 i10 – 08/02

5.2.2.2. Vessels The outer layer will be adhered and joints filled
Before application of the FOAMGLAS® with PC® 88 ADHESIVE. Temporary banding is
segments, the internal surface of the segments needed to give PC® 88 ADHESIVE time to set.
in contact with the vessels should be coated with Excess of adhesive running out of the joints
a thin layer of PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI- should be removed before it sets. Extra steel
ABRASIVE, preferably factory applied. straps are not needed when using
Segments appropriate to the shape of the PC® 88 ADHESIVE.
surface to be insulated should be dry applied
with staggered joints regarding each other and to 5.2.2.3 Vessel dome roof.
the second layer. The first layer of FOAMGLAS® A metal jacketing applied over a cell filler or a
segments will be held in place with metal straps. bitumen adhered membrane should be applied
Staggering the segments is not needed for on top of a vessel doomed roof. Proper
vessel heads or other irregular forms. maintenance of the membrane should be
foreseen.
6.1. Mastic coating apply a metal cladding. This metal cladding must
The external surface of FOAMGLAS®
must be be held in place by means of stainless steel
coated with an adequate mastic coating. This straps or other approved systems.
mastic should be sea-water and fire resistant
according to safety regulations. It must be 6.3. Flashing
applied before metal cladding but it should not Appropriate techniques and materials should be
replace the metal cladding. used to make the areas around nozzles,
manholes and other protrusions watertight; this
6.2. Metal cladding also applies to junctions of horizontal and vertical
In order to try and prevent the system from being surfaces.
mechanically damaged, It is usually necessary to
We guarantee the physical properties of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass.

Whilst great care is taken in formulating specifications, we cannot be held responsible for them due to imponderables on each specific jobsite.

i21
INDUSTRIAL 08/02
CHIMNEYS
This specification applies to the insulation of lining with a service temperature of the flue gases
chimneys having an inner acid resistant brick up to 400°C.
2.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be 2.2. The materials used should be dry before
transported and stored vertically. Manipulate the and until the end of the installation.
packages should be protected from weather 2.3. The temperature limits of the accessory
influences whilst in storage and not allowed to products should be respected during both
come into direct contact with the ground. storage and application.

The chimney designer will calculate heat losses 3.2. Structural outer shell of chimney must be
and temperature gradients in winter and summer protected from temperature in order to minimise
conditions for all possible flue gas temperatures the thermal stresses introduced into outer
and flow rates (gas velocity). concrete wall even if ventilation on air space is
Main criteria are as follows: inhibited.
3.1. Temperature drop of flue gases between 3.3. Little temperature drop through the
entrance and outlet in order to avoid refractory brick masonry of the inner brick lining
condensation of acid gases (e.g. H2SO4) as well limiting thermal stresses.
as water vapour after a "flue-gas washer" within
the lining. 3.4. Limit the heat transfer to the accessible
Lowering of flue gas temperature will also reduce ventilated air space to keep the temperature in
flow speed (flue gas becomes heavier because the cavity at such a level, compared with the
volume decreases when cooling down). ambient temperature, that inspection,
maintenance and minor repair works (e.g. for
aircraft warning lights) can be carried out.
4. CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES
Each company has its own design and space between insulation and concrete wall, thus
construction procedures. Chimney construction greatly facilitating inspection.
being a very specialised field, we outline below The FOAMGLAS® insulation is installed using
just the rough principles. HOECHST cement in the joints of the slabs
around the external surface of the inner flue gas
The generally used construction method will be lining. Due to the differential thermal expansion
the following (Fig.1 and Fig.2) : and movement of the brick lining and the
FOAMGLAS® applied to the outside of the inner FOAMGLAS® insulation, an air space of
flue gas lining constructed in acid resistant bricks: approximately 8-10 mm should be kept between
This provides an excellent insulation for the outer both layers.
concrete chimney and allows an accessible air
i21-08/02 1/4
5. MATERIALS USED
The materials listed below are appropriate for this This strip is held in place by adhesive or with
specification. metal straps.
5.1. Insulation material 5.4.1. Adhesive for strips

The insulation should be FOAMGLAS® cellular PC® 74A2 is a one component product of
glass (see also Physical Properties sheet) in hydraulic setting.
radiused and bevelled segments or flat slabs
depending on the flue liner diameter to be 5.4.2. Metal straps
insulated. Annealed stainless steel (AISI type 304; BSI 304
Flat FOAMGLAS® slabs have following S 16) should measure 13 mm wide by 0.4 mm
dimensions: 300 x 450 mm or 450 x 600 mm. thick.
Mainly the first dimensions are ordered. The
slabs are applied vertically. The following table has been developed in order
Rigged pieces in L-shape can be ordered to to limit the theoretical gap (b) to approximately 4
mm
cover insulation supports. To enable the
manufacturer to chose the right adhesive when
assembling prefabricated pieces, always specify WIDTH OF FLAT MINIMUM
application area or temperature to which FOAMGLAS® SLAB DIAMETER OF
FLOW GAS PIPE
insulation is exposed.
150 mm 1.50 m
5.2. Mortar 225 mm 3.00 m
FOAMGLAS® masonry will be made with 300 mm 5.00 m
HOECHST Acid-Proof Cement HB or HOECHST 450 mm 12.50 m
Acid-Proof Cement HFR depending on product
used for refractory bricks. Cement will be mixed
a
with Potassium Silicate 42.5 Bé.
Recommended mix ratio :
HOECHST HB 3 kg + Potassium Silicate 42.5 Bé
b
1 kg
HOECHST HFR 3 kg + Potassium Silicate 42.5
Bé 1 kg + water 0.25 kg.
5.3. Distancer R R'

Corrugated cardboard is the mainly used material
to create a small air space between refractory b R' - R
bricks flow pipe and FOAMGLAS® insulation.
R' = R² + a²
During heat up, this cardboard will be burned
away.
5.4. Insulation hoop fixing Fig.3

An alkali resistant glass fabric strip of medium
weight (150 g/m²) and 3 mm mesh, 100 mm
wide, is hooping each row of insulation slabs.
2/4 i21-08/02
6. APPLICATION
Shape of FOAMGLAS® segments or size of by a glass fabric hoop fixed as indicated in
FOAMGLAS® slabs must match the curvature of paragraph 6.3.
the inner flow gas pipe with a maximum gap of
4mm. Slabs can be cut vertically on site during 6.5. A weather protection could be given to the
unpacking, in order to reduce the gap between FOAMGLAS® insulation at the 10 m area situated
pipe and insulation plates. Cutting can be carried at vent holes level on top of the chimney by a
out easily by using a normal saw. (Fig.3) glass fabric reinforced PC® 74A2 coating or by an
adequate protection foil held in place by stainless
6.1. Bricks of inner flue gas lining are first steel bands.
bricked up slightly higher than a row of
FOAMGLAS® slabs and a corrugated cardboard
liner is placed around them. This liner should
avoid any contact between internal refractory
bricks and insulation.
1
6.2. FOAMGLAS® slabs are installed with
HOECHST Acid-Proof Cement HB or HFR mixed
with potassium silicate (see 5.2.). This mortar
10
should fill correctly all joints.
5
6.3. After having completed the circle, a glass 6
fabric strip (100 mm wide) is applied on the
2
external surface of insulation. This glass fabric
can be adhered or fixed with metal straps.
3 7
6.3.1. Adhered glass fabric strip is laid on 4 8 11
PC® 74A2 gobs applied at 1 m intervals on the
FOAMGLAS® surface as well as on the 200 mm 9
overlap of the strip itself.
6.3.2. Metal straps holding the glass fabric strip

1 Outside wall of stack.
must be tensioned very carefully and seals must 2 Concrete ring.
be closed with an appropriate sealer-pincer. This 3 Air gap
4 Aeration stream.
type of glass fabric fixing is used where dilation 5 Access walk.
movements of the insulation are limited or 6 Acid resistant brick lining.
7 Distance layer, about 10 mm (cardboard).
reduced by dilation joints.
8 FOAMGLAS® insulation.
9 Glass fabric strips.
6.4. Insulation may be supported by wedge 10 Packing cord.
11 Flue gases.
shaped refractory bricks at 2 to 3 m distance.
This support ring will be insulated by L-shaped Fig.1
slabs or by a second insulation layer attached by
studs or clamps. This layer will also be secured
3/4 i21 – 08/02

1
2
1 Outside wall of stack

2 Glass fabric strip
4 Sheet lead
5 Packing cord
6 Supporting ring
7 Acid resistant brick lining
8 Ventilated space
9 Distance layer
Fig.2
Whilst great care is taken in formulating specifications, we cannot be held responsible for them due to imponderables of each specific jobsite.

FOAMGLAS® HLB i22
FOR THE
INSULATION OF 08/02
LIQUEFIED GAS
TANK BASES
This document applies to the insulation of
liquefied gas tank bases.
2. GENERAL INFORMATION
FOAMGLAS® HLB cellular glass is particularly These include, but are not limited to : tank height,
recommended for this application owing to its type of liquid to be stored, storage temperature,
high compressive strength, non absorptive and preferred application procedures, local
non combustible nature. A very large number of environmental conditions such as earthquake
existing tank bases have been built using one of requirements, load during hydro testing,
the various grades of FOAMGLAS® HLB existence of non vertical forces, etc. These
insulation. Nevertheless, the information provided factors, along with the need to satisfy certain
by Pittsburgh Corning in this document is not design safety factor requirements, will generally
meant to replace specifications which are determine the most appropriate type of HLB
prepared by design engineers. The actual design material.
of a load bearing insulated base is a specialised Historically, many load bearing applications of
engineering discipline and numerous qualified FOAMGLAS® cellular glass, and especially tank
companies have their own preferred design and bases, have been designed with a safety factor of
construction procedures. three (3), based on the maximum working stress
When designing a FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation and the average compressive strength. It is the
for a load bearing insulated tank base system, position of Pittsburgh Corning that the actual
many factors are normally to be evaluated in choice of safety factor is the responsibility of the
determining the specific type of design engineer in conjunction with the owner
FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation and capping system after a thorough consideration of the most severe
to be employed. prevailing or anticipated local design criteria.
3. WHY FOAMGLAS® HLB INSULATION ?

Although Pittsburgh Corning produces other conductivity. In addition, FOAMGLAS® HLB
grades of cellular glass insulation, the HLB insulation is the only material to our knowledge,
insulation grades are specifically manufactured to providing the following unique combination of
meet the needs of the tank base industry world- physical properties :
wide. - High insulation efficiency.
Only FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation is - Impermeability to moisture and other liquids.
recommended for such high load bearing - Dimensional stability under temperature
applications. This series of products specifically extremes.
provides reliable high compressive strength - Non combustibility, it cannot burn.
without sacrificing low thermal insulation - Low coefficient of thermal expansion.
1/4 i22 – 08/02

4. EFFECTIVE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF FOAMGLAS® HLB
Data sheet A04 lists the compressive strength methods. They can be modified (increased or
when tested according to ASTM C 240 or EN 826 decreased) by using different capping materials.
standard and the thermal conductivity at ambient The graph (see Fig.1) illustrates the behaviour of
temperature. similar FOAMGLAS® slabs when tested with
Both the ASTM C 240 and EN 826 standards different cappings. Due to the normal dispersion
include capping each face of the test specimen of test results, somewhat different curves may be
with hot bitumen and a roofing felt. They also found when running a specific test. The form of
specify several other test conditions. the curves are also influenced by the type of
The compressive strength values published by equipment used (hydraulic or mechanical press).
Pittsburgh Corning only correspond to these test
STRESS
1 2
0
0
STRAIN %
1 ASTM C 240 or EN 826

2 Approved bituminous felt
3 Typical low organic or inorganic felt
4 Bare, no capping
Fig.1 Capping Type

Note: The above is just to represent typical behaviour, should not be used for design purposes.
2/4 i22-08/02
5. GENERIC TYPES OF COMMONLY ENCOUNTERED TANK BASES
The following are the most frequently
encountered tank bases :
Low Tanks :
These tanks exert relatively low pressure on the
base insulation. Generally the FOAMGLAS® HLB
insulation is installed in multiple layers between
two concrete layers. An appropriate grade of HLB
insulation may also be employed under the ring
wall bearing support in this case (see Fig.2).
8 10 7 6 High Tanks :
These require even higher compressive strength
to support the inner tank contents. Tank wall
loads would normally be supported by a
perimeter ring made of lightweight insulation
concrete, treated wood, or appropriate equal (see
Fig.3).
1 2 4 3 5 Liquefied Oxygen Tanks (LOX Tanks) :

This type of tank is singled out for special
1 Outer tank wall attention because the interleaving material
2 Levelling screed
3 FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation
between FOAMGLAS® HLB layers and between
4 Concrete ring beam other parts of the base system must be totally
5 Approved interleaving layer inorganic or have minimum organic content in
6 Slip layer order to ensure LOX compatibility, as specified
7 Repartition slab by the design engineer. Acceptable interleaving
8 Inner tank bottom
9 Inner tank wall
(capping) materials have been identified. Contact
10 Emergency complementary protection the Pittsburgh Corning Technical Department for
(Optionnal) further information.
Fig.2 Low tanks
1 Concrete or metal base

2 2 Concrete or metal outside
tank wall (optional)
13
3 Levelling screed
14 4 Lightweight concrete ring beam
5 FOAMGLAS® HLB tank base
insulation
6 Approved interleaving material
15 7 Slip layer
11 10 8 8 Fine dry sand (optional)
12 7
9 Emergency complementary
protection (optional)
16 10 Concrete slab
11 Tank bottom
12 Tank wall
13 FOAMGLAS® tank wall
insulation system
14 Approved flexible adhesive to
adhere and seal
FOAMGLAS® slabs.
15 Optional finish.
16 Slip layer
NOTE: The sketch only outlines the

general principle of the connection
1 9 8 3 4 5 6 between bottom and wall insulation.
The design engineer should
prepare in each case the
Fig.3 High Tanks appropriate drawing.
3/4 i22-08/02
6. GENERAL PREPARATION
Before applying the FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation, 6.2. The existing standards for this type of
the following points should be noted : construction work should be complied with.
6.1. FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation consists of 6.3. The surface to be insulated and the
pure glass and should therefore be handled with materials to be employed should remain dry
care to avoid damage to corners. before, during and after application until work is
The slabs are to be carried and stored in vertical completed.
position. Packages should be stored under cover
and not in direct contact with the ground. 6.4. The construction and especially the
concrete part of it should be protected from
freezing until completely dried out.
7. APPLICATION METHOD
The following summaries are generally 7.3. Liquid Oxygen Tanks
representative of the past practices frequently The basic construction principles of this type of
followed in many actual tank base applications : tank are the same as described earlier, with the
important exception that all interleaving and
7.1. Low Tanks for liquefied gas storage (Fig.2) capping materials used between, under and on
A levelling layer of sand or concrete is poured on top of the FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation layers
the base of the outer tank. In the case of should be totally inorganic or should have
concrete, the surface of this layer should be float minimum organic content to provide the required
finished but need not to be primed. Concrete compatibility with LOX.
should be given the longest curing time possible.
7.3.1. Several alternative solutions are available
7.2. High Tank for liquefied gas storage (Fig.3) to provide an inorganic interleaving material.
The construction method is basically the same as These include the use of acceptable low organic
for Low Tanks, except for the following point: due content glass and/or ceramic fibre felts alone or
to the high concentrated compressive loading on in conjunction with an appropriate inorganic
the periphery of the tank base supporting the powder (PC® 85 POWDER or Hydrocal B11).
inner tank wall, a ring beam of lightweight It is important that adequate testing is carried out
concrete, hardwood, or other suitable high before approving any specific system and good
strength insulation slabs may be used. field labour control is required to obtain an
acceptable bearing surface for load transfer.
Additional information on interleaving material for
Liquid Oxygen Tank bottoms may be obtained
from the Pittsburgh Corning Technical
Department.
While great care is taken in formulating specifications, we cannot be held responsible for them do to imponderables of each
specific jobsite.

i23
INSTALLATION
PROCEDURE OF 09/03
FOAMGLAS®
INSULATION FOR A
LNG TANK CORNER
PROTECTION
1. INTRODUCTION
The present procedure is aimed at describing the of the tank in case of a leakage of the inside
®
installation method of FOAMGLAS insulation for tank.
the corner protection of a LNG tank wall. It
®
assumes that a cryogenic steel plate is installed In this design, the function of the FOAMGLAS
on the cold side of the corner protection and insulation consists in the limitation of the
goes under the tank to form a cup. It prevents temperature variation of the concrete outside
that LNG comes into direct contact with the wall wall, should leakage of the inside tank occur.
2.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be 2.3. The surface and the materials used should
transported and stored vertically. Handle the be dry before and until the end of the application,
packages with care. FOAMGLAS® insulation and should remain dry until start up.
whilst in storage and not allowed to come into 2.4. The application of FOAMGLAS® insulation
direct contact with the ground. should be done at ambient temperature (no
application when tank is in service).
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust and 2.5. The temperature limits of the accessory
any foreign matter. products should be respected during both
3. MATERIAL USED
INSULATION MATERIAL ADHESIVE
® ®
The insulation shall be FOAMGLAS cellular The adhesive shall be PC 88, a two-component
glass (see datasheet A 01 and A 02), type T4 adhesive based on bitumen modified with
(alternatively type S3 or HLB is acceptable). polyurethane (see datasheet P 05).
If necessary, the slab shall be adjusted by

abrasion to fit the curvature of the wall.
1/2 i23-09/03
4. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
®
The PC 88 shall be prepared according to the The joints between the slabs shall be dry and as
manufacturer’s instruction (see datasheet P 05). tight as possible, by pressing finally each slab
against the wall and the previous one.
It will be applied with 4 gobs near each corner of
®
the FOAMGLAS blocks which shall then be Steps or irregularities shall be matched, if
finally pressed on the tank wall. needed shaping the slab by local abrasion.
®
Before pressing the block onto the wall, the gobs The second layer of FOAMGLAS shall be
shall have a diameter of about 10 cm and a adhered on the first one, using the same method.
thickness of about 1 cm.
When using the gob technique, the coverage of
® ®
FOAMGLAS blocks shall be laid in rows, PC 88 ranges from 1.5 to 2 kg/m² per layer.
starting at the bottom of the wall.
While great care is taken in formulating specifications, we cannot be held responsible for them due to imponderables of each specific jobsite.

i26
LIQUEFIED OXYGEN
AND NITROGEN 08/02
TANK BASES
This document applies to the base insulation of compatibility, as specified by the design
cylindrical storage tanks with vertical axes aimed engineer. Acceptable interleaving (capping)
at storing liquefied oxygen or nitrogen. This type materials have been identified. Before reading
of tank is singled out for special attention this document, it is recommended to read the i22
because the interleaving material between the document which gives general information on
FOAMGLAS® layers and the other parts of the FOAMGLAS® HLB cellular glass and tank base
base system must be totally inorganic or have a insulation.
minimum organic content, in order to ensure LOX
2.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs should be transported 2.3. The surface and the materials used should
and stored vertically. Handle the packages with be dry before and during application and should
care. FOAMGLAS® insulation packages should remain dry until start up.
be protected from the elements whilst in storage
and not allowed to come into direct contact with 2.4. The temperature limits of the accessory
the ground. products should be respected during both
any foreign matter.

3.1. Formation of condensation on the external both economic and functional aspects (maximum
surface of the bottom should be avoided. evaporation rate).
3.2. Heat losses through the tank base should 3.3. Every precaution should be taken to avoid
be limited to acceptable values with respect to freezing of the ground.
4. MATERIALS USED
4.1. Insulation material to fill the open surface cells when FOAMGLAS®
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS® cellular cellular glass is used as loadbearing insulation of
glass (See also physical properties sheet). To tank bases.
insulate tank bases, more specifically
FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation, according to 4.3. Interleaving material
specification i22. Marglass 327 Loomstate fabric interleaving layer.
This inorganic glass fibre felt is interleaved
4.2. Surface cell filler between FOAMGLAS® slabs as well as over and
The totally inorganic mineral based under the stack of slabs.
PC® 85 POWDER has been specially developed
I26-08/02 1/2
5. APPLICATION OF BASE INSULATION
5.1. Concrete slab PC® 85 POWDER on its top and finished with
A concrete foundation slab should be provided Marglass 327 Loomstate fabric.
under the entire surface of the LOX tank base. A
concrete ring beam should distribute the tank 5.7. To create the load distribution layer, spread
wall load. The central part should be supported a layer of fine dry sand onto the last Marglass
by several layers of FOAMGLAS® insulation and 327 Loomstate fabric. This sand layer can be
a load distribution layer. replaced by a concrete slab, while making sure
that two sheets of copper or aluminium
5.2. Irregularities in the surface of the outer tank (Thickness : 0.2 mm) are placed between the felt
steel plates laid on the concrete slab should and the concrete, in order to prevent the concrete
never exceed 5 mm over a 2 meter distance. If moisture from penetrating the bottom layers, and
this cannot be achieved, a concrete levelling to obtain a slip layer.
screed should be applied.
Note :
1. If the outer steel tank is replaced by an outer
5.3. After the levelling screed has completely
concrete tank, the inside, and especially the
dried out, a layer of PC® 85 POWDER should fill
base, must be foreseen with a steel liner in order
up the possible slight irregularities of the levelling
to create a water and water vapour barrier
screed.
because the open joints of the FOAMGLAS®
insulation, filled with inorganic material, do not
5.4. Lay the Marglass 327 Loomstate fabric with present a good water and water vapour
butted joints. resistance compared to the classical built-up with
bituminous interleaving materials.
5.5. Place the FOAMGLAS® slabs covered with
PC® 85 POWDER on both sides. The 2. Pittsburgh Corning has run substantial tests on
PC® 85 POWDER application can be done in this the Marglass 327 Loomstate fabric/ FOAMGLAS®
way : spread PC® 85 POWDER on one face of HLB insulation system, which were aimed at
the FOAMGLAS® slabs and level with a rubber simulating water tests and service conditions.
scraper to fill all the open surface cells. Turn the Test reports are available on request.
powdered face gently downwards and install the
FOAMGLAS® slab. (The powder stays adhered 3. Marglass 327 Loomstate fabric is
during handling). Spread the upper face of the manufactured and supplied by :
FOAMGLAS® slab with PC® 85 POWDER and Spunglass (Overseas) Ltd;
level. Marglass Division
Sherborne, Dorset
5.6. Place the other layers of FOAMGLAS® England DT9 3RB
coated with PC® 85 POWDER on both sides and Fax : (0) 935 81 62 84
lay a Marglass 327 Loomstate fabric between Tel : (0) 935 81 37 22
each layer. Joints of the various layers of
FOAMGLAS® should be staggered. The last
FOAMGLAS® layer will also be covered with

i28-20
HOT TANK BASE 08/02
Up to 150°C
This document applies to the base insulation of +150°C. For temperatures above +150°C, consult
cylindrical storage tanks with vertical axes aimed at specification i28-30.
storing hot liquids having temperatures up to
The compressive strength of FOAMGLAS® cellular taken into consideration the reduction factor.
glass applied with hot bitumen or PC® 86T bitumen Generally a safety factor of 3 is used. Taking into
emulsion and capped with oil mixed sand is lower account the reduction factor of 2, the safety factor
than the published compressive strength measured would become 6.
under ASTM/EN conditions. For tanks up to 15 m height and provided that the
The reduction factor is about two in the test density of product in the tank is below hydrostatic
conditions set up following this specification (report load, FOAMGLAS® S3 can be used. For higher
available on request). The design engineer should stress levels, contact the Technical Service of
decide on the safety factor to be used after having Pittsburgh Corning.
3.1. FOAMGLAS® slabs and pieces should be 3.3. The surface and the materials to be used
transported and stored vertically. Handle the should be dry before and during application, and
packages with care. FOAMGLAS® insulation should remain dry until start up.
whilst in storage and not allowed to come into direct 3.4. The temperature limits of the accessory
contact with the ground. products should be respected during both storage
and application.
any foreign matter.

Heat transfers should be limited to acceptable temperatures up to 80°C and 10 to 20 cm is a
values with respect to both economic and functional common thickness for temperatures up to 150°C)
aspects. (5 to 10 cm is a common thickness for
5.1. Insulation material. The first interleaving layer between the concrete
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS® cellular foundation slab and the FOAMGLAS® cellular glass
glass (See also physical properties sheet). layer will be PC® 86T Bitumen Emulsion. The same
will be used for the interleaving layer between the
first FOAMGLAS® cellular glass layer and the
5.2. Bedding material. second one, if there is a second.
5.2.1. For temperatures up to 80°C. 5.3. Load distribution layer.
Hot oxidized bitumen 85/25, 110/30 or PC 86T will This top layer consists of oil mixed sand which can
be used as bedding compound and sealant for be a jobsite-made product consisting of washed
FOAMGLAS® slabs. and dried M34 sand (salt free) well mixed with
approximately 75 l/m³ mineral lubrication oil without
5.2.2. For temperatures up to 150°C.
additives, such as Shell Vitrea 100 (no used oil
One or two FOAMGLAS® cellular glass layers will
because of corrosion danger).
be specified according to the selected total
thickness.
I28-20-08/02 1/2
6. APPLICATION
6.1. Concrete slab. 2. Since the sand granulometry may have an
A concrete foundation slab should be provided influence on the FOAMGLAS® S3 compressive
under the whole surface of the tank base. For tanks strength, we indicate here the granulometry of dry
having a compressive strength under the tank wall M34 sand.
section exceeding 0.1 N/mm², a concrete ring beam Mesh size Sieving retainings
should bear the tank wall load. The central part 100 µ m 99.5%
should be supported by FOAMGLAS® S3 insulation
160 µ m 60.5%
covered with a load distribution layer (see 5.3.).
200 µ m 11.5%
315 µ m 0.5 %
6.2. Surface irregularities of the concrete slab
should never exceed 5 mm over a 2 metre distance.
If this degree of precision cannot be achieved, a
concrete levelling screed should be applied. 6
6.3. Application of insulation.

5

With hot oxidised bitumen type 85/25 or 110/30:
On top of the previously primed dry substrate, slabs
of FOAMGLAS® are laid in hot bitumen in parallel
courses, with staggered joints. The hot bitumen is
poured onto the substrate in sufficient quantity and
at the right temperature.
The slabs are to be pressed down and pushed in a
diagonal direction so that the bitumen is squeezed
up into the joints until it shows on top so that the
joints are well butted together and fully adhered.
4 3 2 1
Total coverage about 4.5 kg/m².
With PC® 86T Bitumen emulsion:
After the concrete surface has completely dried out,
a layer of PC® 86T is applied on the concrete 6
surface, while simultaneously pressing the
FOAMGLAS® S3 slabs into the fresh mastic. Coat
the edges of the already applied adjacent blocks 5
with PC® 86T in order to fill the joints completely.
Total coverage about 5 kg/m².

The system is similar to the one for tanks operating
at a temperature lower than 80°C, except that the
use of hot oxidised bitumen is not recommended for
the first interleaving layer.
6.4. Create the load distribution layer by spreading

a layer having a minimum thickness of 4 cm, of fine
7 4 3 2 1
oil mixed sand onto the FOAMGLAS® insulation
layer. If no ring beam has been made, a special 1. Concrete
device must be installed to prevent the load 2. For service temperatures up to 80°C:
distribution layer from flowing. Hot oxidised bitumen 85/25, 110/30 or PC® 86T
For service temperatures up to 150°C:
PC® 86T bitumen based product
6.5. Protect the top surface from weather and Or hot oxidised bitumen type 85/25 or 110/30
water ingress. except for the bottom interleaving layer.
3. FOAMGLAS® insulation
4. Oil-sand mix (Dried M34 sand + lubrication
Note:
oil - mineral without additives)
1. When and after applying the oil mixed sand, no 5. FOAMGLAS® T4 wall insulation
naked flame or welding can be used in the vicinity. 6. Cladding
7. Annular L-steel
Fig.1 Hot tank base up to 150°C

i28-30
HOT TANK BASE 08/02
Up to 250°C
This document applies to the base insulation of aimed at storing hot liquids having temperatures up to
cylindrical storage tanks with vertical axes 250°C.
®
The compressive strength of FOAMGLAS cellular The design engineer should decide on the safety
®
glass applied PC 86T bitumen emulsion and capped factor to be used after having taken into consideration
with sand is lower than the published compressive the reduction factor. Generally a safety factor of 3 is
strength measured under ASTM/EN conditions. used. Taking into account the reduction factor of 2,
Interleaving (capping) materials should be applied the safety factor would become 6.
®
between the FOAMGLAS layers. They should be For tanks up to 15 m height and provided that the
acceptable from a compressive strength and a safety density of product in the tank is below hydrostatic
®
stand-point. The reduction factor is about two in the load, FOAMGLAS S3 can be used.
test conditions set up following this specification For higher stress levels, contact the Technical Service
(report available on request). of Pittsburgh Corning.
®
3.1. FOAMGLAS slabs and pieces should be 3.3. The surface and the materials to be used should
transported and stored vertically. Handle the be dry before and during application and should
®
packages with care. FOAMGLAS insulation remain dry until start up.
whilst in storage and not allowed to come into direct 3.4. The temperature limits of the accessory products
contact with the ground. should be respected during both storage and
application.
3.2. The surface to be insulated should be clean and
free from all traces of grease, rust, dust and any
foreign matter.

When calculating the thickness, heat losses acceptable values with respect to both economic
through the tank base should be limited to and functional aspects.
5.1. Insulation material. 5.4. Bedding material in case of a multiple layer
®
The insulation should be FOAMGLAS cellular glass application.
®
(See also physical properties sheet). PC 86T bitumen emulsion should be used as
®
bedding compound and sealant for FOAMGLAS
5.2. Surface-cell filler. slabs to apply the first layer directly to the concrete (If
®
The totally inorganic mineral based PC 85 POWDER its temperature does not exceed 80°C).
has been specially developed to fill the open surface 5.5. Load distribution layer.
®
cells, when FOAMGLAS cellular glass is used as
loadbearing insulation of tank bases. This top layer consists of fine dry sand. We indicate
here the granulometrie of dry M34 sand.
5.3. Interleaving material. Mesh size Sieving retainings
CS Interglass 92200 Loomstate fabric interleaving 100 µ m 99.5%
layer. This inorganic glass fibre felt is interleaved 160 µ m 60.5%
®
between FOAMGLAS slabs as well as below as 200 µ m 11.5%
on top of the stack. 315 µ m 0.5 %
1/2 i28-30 – 08/02

6. APPLICATION
6.1. Concrete slab. 6.7. To create the load distribution layer, spread a
A concrete foundation slab should be provided layer of fine dry sand onto the last CS Interglass
under the entire surface of the tank base. For tanks 92200 Loomstate fabric. This sand layer can be
having a compressive strength under the tank wall replaced by a concrete slab, while making sure that
section exceeding 0.1 N/mm², a concrete ring beam two sheets of copper or aluminium (thickness: 0.2
should distribute the tank wall load. The central part mm) are placed between the felt and the concrete,
should be supported by one or several layers of in order to prevent the humidity of the concrete from
FOAMGLAS® insulation and a load distribution penetrating the bottom layers and to obtain a slip
layer. layer.
6.2. Surface irregularities of the concrete slab Note:

should never exceed 5 mm over a 2 metre distance. 1. Pittsburgh Corning has run substantial tests on
If this degree of precision cannot be achieved, a the CS Interglass 92200 Loomstate fabric /
concrete levelling screed should be applied. In case FOAMGLAS® insulation at ambient temperature.
of multiple layer system where the interface Test reports of are available on request.
temperature between insulation and concrete does
not exceed 80°C, the first FOAMGLAS® layer can
be adhered directly onto the dried concrete surface
with PC® 86T, a cold bitumen emulsion, by pressing
7
the FOAMGLAS® slabs into a freshly applied mastic
layer. Then, coat the edges of the already applied
adjacent blocks with PC® 86T in order to fill the
joints completely. 6
Total coverage about 5 kg/m².
6.3. If temperature exceeds 80°C, then a layer of

PC® 85 POWDER should be applied to fill up
possible slight irregularities in the levelling screed
and obtain the required compressive strength.
6.4. Lay CS Interglass 92200 Loomstate fabric with

butted joints.
6.5. Place FOAMGLAS® slabs covered with

PC® 85 POWDER on both sides. The PC® 85
POWDER application can be done in the following
way: spread PC® 85 POWDER on one face of the
FOAMGLAS® slabs and level with a rubber scraper
to achieve the filling of all open surface cells. Turn
5 4 3 2 1
the powder covered face gently downwards and 1. Concrete
install the FOAMGLAS® slab. (The powder stays 2. PC® 86T bitumen based product or
adhered during handling). Spread the upper face of CS Interglass 92200 Loomstate + PC®
the FOAMGLAS® slab with PC® 85 POWDER and 85 POWDER
level. 3. FOAMGLAS® insulation
4. CS Interglass 92200 Loomstate fabric +
6.6. Place the other layers of FOAMGLAS® slabs PC® 85 POWDER
covered on both sides with PC® 85 POWDER and 5. Fine dry sand
lay CS Interglass 92200 Loomstate fabric between 6. FOAMGLAS® wall insulation
each layer. Stagger the joints of the next layers of 7. Cladding
FOAMGLAS®. The top of the last FOAMGLAS®
layer will also be covered with PC® 85 POWDER Fig.1 Hot tank base up to 250°C
and finished by CS Interglass 92200 Loomstate
fabric.

APPLICATION OF FOAMGLAS® INSULATION TO

MOLTEN SALT TANK BASES USING FOAMGLAS® HLB
INSULATION
SPECIFICATION # I-HOT-TANK-BASE-SALT REVISION 01/12/2010

Page 1 of 4
1. GENERAL NOTES
1.1. This specification covers the three (3), based on the maximum working
application of FOAMGLAS® insulation to stress and the average compressive
molten salt storage tank bases operating in strength. However the compressive
the range of 315°C to 425°C (599°F to 797°F) strength of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass
for control of heat loss and freeze applied capped with sand or alternative
protection. capping is lower than the published
compressive strength measured under
1.2. This specification is subject to revision ASTM/EN conditions using hot asphalt
without notice. Contact Pittsburgh capping. Based on testing, the reduction
Corning for current revision data before factor is approximately 2 based on test
using. This specification is offered as a conditions following this specification. It is
guide for the purpose described herein and the position of Pittsburgh Corning
should be employed at the discretion of the Corporation that the actual choice of safety
user. No warranty of procedures, either factor is the responsibility of the design
expressed or implied, is intended. The engineer in conjunction with the owner
final application procedure is the after a thorough consideration of the most
responsibility of the project designer severe prevailing or anticipated local
and/or owner. design criteria. Taking into account the
reduction factor of 2, the typical safety
1.3. The product data sheets referenced in factor would become 6. The compressive
the text are listed at the end of the design should be based on the appropriate
specification. Product data sheets for compressive values for the FOAMGLAS®
Pittsburgh Corning products may be insulation grade used in the base, i.e. HLB
accessed on line at: 800, HLB 1000, HLB 1200, or HLB 1600.
http://www.foamglas.com/industry/en// Contact Pittsburgh Corning Corporation
for details.
1.4. English unit conversions have been
rounded to nearest SI unit equivalent
1.5. Historically, many load bearing

applications of FOAMGLAS® insulation
have been designed with a safety factor of

I-HOT-TANK-BASE-SALT REV 01/12/2010 Page 2 of 4
2.1. FOAMGLAS® insulation a should be to shed rainwater and snow away from the
transported and stored vertically. Handle base.
the packages with care. FOAMGLAS®
insulation packages should be protected 2.6. A concrete foundation slab should be
from the elements while in storage and provided under the entire surface of the
should not be allowed to come into direct tank base. For tanks having a load under
contact with the ground. the tank wall section exceeding 0.1 N/mm²,
a concrete ring beam should distribute the
2.2. The surface to be insulated should be tank wall load. The central part (inside the
clean and free from all traces of grease, ring wall) should be supported by one or
rust, dust and any foreign matter. several layers of FOAMGLAS® insulation
and a load distribution layer. HLB grades
2.3. The surface and the materials used with higher compressive strengths may be
should be dry before and during considered for use in the area of the ring
application, and should remain dry until wall.
start up.
2.7. The concrete leveling course or base
2.4. The temperature limits of the accessory shall have a smooth level surface, with no
products should be respected during both abrupt steps in the surface, level to within ±
storage and application. 6 mm in 3 m (± 0.25 in. in 10 feet) with a
maximum variation of ± 13 mm (± 1/2 in.)
2.5. The base insulation system should be overall. Concrete should be cured a
protected from the environment. Sidewall minimum of seven (7) days.
flashing should be installed as
3.1. When calculating the total insulation values with respect to both economic and
system thickness, heat losses through the functional aspects.
tank base should be limited to acceptable
4. MATERIALS USED
4.1. Insulation material certified to meet the requirements of ISO

4.1.1. Tank base insulation for all layers 9001:2008.
except the top layer shall be FOAMGLAS® 4.1.2. Optional insulation for the top or
HLB cellular glass insulation manufactured final layer shall be FOAMGLAS® LCE 55
by Pittsburgh Corning, whose quality insulation or FOAMGLAS® LCE 28
system for manufacturing, inspecting, and insulation as manufactured by Pittsburgh
testing of FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation is Corning, whose quality system for
manufacturing, inspecting, and testing of

FOAMGLAS® insulation is certified to manufactured by Lydall Inc. One Colonial

meet the requirements of ISO 9001:2008. Road P.O. Box 151 Manchester,
FOAMGLAS® LCE insulations are Connecticut 06045-0151 Telephone:
designed to have a greater resistance to (860)646-1233 Fax: (860)646-8847
wide temperature variations that may http://www.lydall.com/, or equal.
occur during periods such as 4.2.2. 1/8” (3mm) thick ceramic felt such as
startup/shutdowns or unexpected Kaowool® Paper as manufactured by
temperature variations encountered Thermal Ceramics, a Division of Morganite
during operation. If FOAMGLAS® LCE Australia Pty. Ltd. 10-14 Toogood Ave,
insulation is utilized, wide temperatures Beverley South Australia, 5009 Australia
variations are reduced to the HLB stack. http://www.thermalceramics.com/ or equal.
Note: The maximum service temperature 4.2.3. Sand, if used, shall be clean and dry,
for FOAMGLAS® LCE 55 insulation in #8 sieve size or finer, from any acceptable
this application is 425°C (797°F). source.
4.2. Interleaving and capping material. 4.4. Capping layer.

4.2.1. 1/8” (3 mm) thick ceramic felt paper Shall be clean and dry, #8 sieve size or
such as Lytherm® 550-L Paper as finer, from any acceptable source.
5. APPLICATION
5.1. Apply a layer of interleaving material with single layer interleaving between each
specified in section 4.2 directly to the layer of FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation.
concrete foundation slab with edges tightly The insulation joints of succeeding layers
butted and no voids. should be offset from the joints of the
preceding layer. This may be done by
5.2. Install the first course of FOAMGLAS® rotating the FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation
HLB insulation carefully over the blocks 90° on successive courses.
interleaving material with joints firmly
butted together with no voids. 5.5. Apply a final course of FOAMGLAS®
HLB insulation carefully over the
5.3. Using the same interleaving material interleaving in the same manner as with
selected in 5.1 apply interleaving material previous layers with joints firmly butted
over the installed FOAMGLAS® HLB together with no voids.
insulation course with edges tightly butted
and no voids. It is not recommended to 5.6. Apply interleaving material over the
interchange the use of interleaving installed final layer of FOAMGLAS® HLB
materials. If the ceramic felt is utilized as insulation course with edges tightly butted
the base material, then it should also be and no voids.
used as interleaving.
5.7. If the designer intends to install a layer
5.4. Successive courses of FOAMGLAS® of firebrick over the FOAMGLAS® HLB
HLB insulation are installed in this manner insulation system, FOAMGLAS® LCE

insulation as specified in section 4.1.2., may course with edges tightly butted and no
be substituted as the final course of voids.
insulation. This will eliminate the need for
firebrick on systems operating up to 425°C 5.9. Apply capping layer over the final
(797 °F). If this option is used skip steps course of insulation. To apply the capping
5.5. and 5.6. As the final course of layer, spread a layer of fine dry sand onto
insulation, install FOAMGLAS® LCE the last layer of interleaving of sufficient
insulation carefully over the interleaving thickness (a minimum of 38 mm or 1.5 in.)
material with joints firmly butted together to match the contour of the tank floor
with no voids. plates. The sand layer shall be kept dry
before the tank base is installed by covering
5.8. Apply interleaving material over the with a waterproof polyethylene sheet.
installed FOAMGLAS® LCE insulation
The general contractor, insulation QUALITY ASSURANCE

contractor and owner shall provide
sufficient inspection during the insulation The insulation manufacturer’s quality
and finish application. Continuous system including its implementation, shall
inspection of the application is not to be meet the requirements of ISO 9001:2008.
considered a requirement of Pittsburgh
Corning . The manufacturer will furnish evidence of
Inspect all insulation and accessory compliance with the quality system
materials to be certain they are applied in requirements of ISO 9001:2008.
conformance with the specification
recommendations. Joints should be tight,
sealing and flashing should be thorough
and water-tight, and finishes should be
uniform and free of defects.
7. CERTIFICATES
The manufacturer will furnish evidence of

compliance with the quality system
requirements of ISO 9001:2008
Product Data Sheets

1. FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation: FI-238 3. Hydrocal® B-11 FI-169
2. FOAMGLAS® LCE 55 insulation: FI-265 4. PC® 85 Powder: P22
his specification has been prepared by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation using generally accepted and appropriate technical information, but it is not intended to be solely relied upon for specific
design or technical applications. Having no control over the elements of design, installation, workmanship or site conditions, Pittsburgh Corning assumes that persons trained and qualified in the

INSTALLATION OF FOAMGLAS® (PFS) POOL FIRE

SUPPRESSANT
SPECIFICATION # I-COLD-PFS REVISION 01/10/2010

Page 1 of 4
1. GENERAL NOTES
1.1. This specification covers the responsibility of the project designer

installation of FOAMGLAS® (PFS) Pool and/or owner.
Fire Suppressant (“FOAMGLAS® PFS”) in
spill containment areas of LNG storage 1.3. The product data sheets referenced in
facilities. the text are listed at the end of the
specification. Product data sheets for
expressed or implied, is intended. The
final application procedure is the
2.1. FOAMGLAS® PFS is intended for use inspection of the application is not
in a limited function to aid other fixed and considered a requirement of Pittsburgh
portable suppression and extinguishing Corning.
systems. It provides a buoyant,
inflammable surface cover that can aid in 2.3. This specification does not and cannot
the reduction of thermal radiation and address all situations and application
suppression through other means. methods. Contact your Pittsburgh Corning
FOAMGLAS® PFS is not intended for representative for suitable alternate
stand-alone use. methods and materials.
2.2. The contractor and owner shall provide 2.4. FOAMGLAS® PFS bags should be
sufficient inspection during the installation stored in the original factory boxes under
of FOAMGLAS® PFS. Continuous cover, and be kept dry until ready for use.

I-COLD-PFS REV 12/3/2009 Page 2 of 4
3. MATERIALS USED
3.1. FOAMGLAS® PFS – As described 60% or better shading available from

in Pittsburgh Corning product data sheet various manufacturers.
FI-266. The FOAMGLAS® PFS shall be
7.6” x 8.67” x 7.5” (194mm x 220mm x
191mm) bags composed of individual
cubes of low density FOAMGLAS®
cellular glass and wrapped in a LDPE UV
resistant bag.
Typical Mesh Tarp
3.3 Metal Grate – Expanded metal

grating available from various
manufacturers.
FOAMGLAS® Pool Fire Suppression Bags
3.2. Optional Mesh Tarp - Any UV Typical Metal Grate

resistant poly-mesh tarp which provides
4. PREPARATION
4.1. FOAMGLAS® PFS must be FOAMGLAS® PFS shall be installed over

installed such that the bottom of the spill an elevated metal grate. The grate shall be
containment area is covered with elevated a minimum of 2” (50mm) or a
approximately two FOAMGLAS® PFS bags height sufficient to allow for the maximum
per ft2 (22 bags per m2) plus 10% additional expected depth of storm or deluge water.
on top of the bottom layer for a total of 2.3 Install metal grating specified in section 3.2
bags per ft2 (24.8 bags per m2). Be sure to according to grating manufacturer’s
use this figure when calculating the recommendations.
material requirements to avoid project
delays. NOTE: FOAMGLAS® PFS bags must not
come in direct contact with the bottom of
4.2 To allow for proper drainage of rain the spill containment pit. This could lead
or other water such as deluge system water to moisture entrapment between the bag
that may enter the containment area, and the floor of the pit. This moisture

could potentially freeze during an actual the proper functioning of FOAMGLAS®

spill situation, which could interfere with PFS.
5. INSTALLATION
5.1 Starting at one end of the spill rows installed in steps 5.2 and 5.3, so that
containment pit, place the FOAMGLAS® the remaining bags are centered in the
PFS bags in loose rows to the ratio of two containment pit.
FOAMGLAS® PFS bags per ft2 (22 bags per
m2). Place the FOAMGLAS® PFS bags
directly on the metal grate, with the bag
seal on top. Allow approximately 1 inch
(25mm) of space between each bag.
5.2 Continue with subsequent rows as

above, placing FOAMGLAS® PFS bags
approximately 1 inch (25mm) apart and
allow approximately 1 inch (25mm) Remaining FOAMGLAS® PFS bags in center of
between rows until the entire bottom of the containment pit
containment pit is lined with
FOAMGLAS® PFS bags. 5.4 The polyethylene bags contain a UV
inhibitor and are designed to be UV
resistant for about three years in most
environments. In regions the world where
prolonged UV exposure is high and bag
deterioration is a concern, placement of
UV-resistant mesh tarp over the PFS may
significantly prolong polyethylene bag life.
The tarp shall be of mesh design, and allow
for the free movement of liquid or gas
FOAMGLAS® PFS bags in place through the tarp. The tarp shall not be
secured to the PFS system or containment
5.3 Starting from the center of the area such that it impedes the free
containment pit, install the remaining movement of the PFS cubes or blocks the
FOAMGLAS® PFS bags over top of the fire extinguishing system during accidental
release of LNG.
6. MAINTENANCE
6.1 FOAMGLAS® PFS bags with tears, plastic wall, should be replaced.
punctures, broken seals or that show FOAMGLAS® PFS bags that contain water
visible degeneration and thinning of the or moisture other than that caused by

normal condensation should be replaced.
Product Data Sheets
1. FOAMGLAS® Pool Fire Suppressant: FI-266
This specification has been prepared by Pittsburgh Corning using generally accepted and appropriate technical information, but it is not intended to be solely relied upon for specific design or
technical applications. Having no control over the elements of design, installation, workmanship or site conditions, Pittsburgh Corning assumes that persons trained and qualified in the

P01
OVERVIEW
08/02
PC® ACCESSORY MATERIALS

Pittsburgh Corning offers a line of accessory You will find for each product the following
materials for use with FOAMGLAS® insulation in characteristics, when relevant:
the major types of industrial applications. These
materials are tested and selected especially for − specification number
use with FOAMGLAS® insulation. − product type
− product description
Pittsburgh Corning is continually evaluating − place to work
accessory materials. The information given here − colour
is for general guidance. For the latest − consumption
recommendations and specific data sheets on Quantities given should be considered as an
the individual accessories, consult Pittsburgh indication only.They depend greatly on the
Corning. state of surface, application method,
thickness of the slabs.
The main objective of this brochure is to explain − necessary tools
in general terms the properties and advantages − service temperature (°C)
of PC® Accessory Materials. − application temperature (°C)
Such as: − µ - water vapour diffusion resistance
− density (kg/m³)
− adhesives − packaging
− joint sealers and finishing coatings − number of components + preparation
− anti-abrasives − cleaning the tools
− reinforcement fabrics. − storage
1/4 P01 – 08/02

N° PRODUCT DESCRIPTION APPLICATION COLOR CONSUMPTION NECESSARY SERVICE APPLICATION µ DENSITY PACKAGING NUMBER OF CLEANING THE STORAGE
(For Information) TOOLS TEMPERATURE TEMP. COMPONENTS TOOLS
(+ PREPARATION)
Two-part adhesive for bonding FOAMGLAS® insulation to itself or to other surfaces Bonding FOAMGLAS® slabs. Black 2.9l/m² Notched trowel Min : - 40°C on Adhesive: 20 to +/- 23000 1.05 kg/dm³ Drums of 2 White spirit or 2.5 years
P05 PC® 88 ADHESIVE
(concrete, steel, aluminium). PC® 88 ADHESIVE cures to form a flexible bond. Sealing joints between FOAMGLAS® slabs. + mixer stainless steel or 35°C 7.3 l or Mix ratio in weight Solvents temperature
Underground walls ( out of UV. ) option. pump - 55°C on carbon Substrate 5 to 14.7 l bitumen : 42 0 to 45°C
steel or concrete 35°C Isocyanates : 1 out of sun
Max. : + 80°C *
Two-part adhesive for bonding FOAMGLAS® insulation to itself or to other surfaces Bonding FOAMGLAS® slabs. Black 2.1 to 3.4 l/m² Notched trowel - 15 to + 45°C Substrate : +/- 40000 1.2 kg/dm³ Drums of 2 water 6 months
P06 PC® 56 ADHESIVE
(concrete, masonry,). Not recommended for steel surface. Sealing joints between FOAMGLAS® slabs. + mixer 2 to 35°C 23.3 l mix ratio in weight temperature
Protection layer in underground applications. option. pump Adhesive : emulsion : 3 sup to 0°C
Intermediate layer between FOAMGLAS® and cementation rendering. 10 to 30°C Powder : 1 out of sun
Adhesive for bonding FOAMGLAS® insulation to itself or to other surfaces, or coating of Coating on FOAMGLAS® cellular glass, especially in air conditioning and chilled water Grey 3 kg/m² Notched trowel - 30 to + 80°C 5 to 35°C +/- 15 Mix (fresh) Drums of 1 + water water 3 years out of
P13 PC® 74A2
FOAMGLAS® insulation. It is A2 fire classification (DIN 4102). installations. + mixer 1.4 kg/l 25 kg humidity
PC® 86T Bitumen Emulsion is suited for use on FOAMGLAS® cellular glass as a gap filler Bonding FOAMGLAS® slabs onto concrete surface. Black 5 kg/m² if bedding Notched trowel or - 10 to + 90°C 5 to 25°C +/- 300 1.15 kg/dm³ Drums of 1 water temp. > 0 to 45°C
P12 PC® 86T
on open surface cells and as bedding compound in specific bearing applications. Gap filler for external surface. compound glove 25 kg out of sun
Bedding compound. 2 kg/m² if gap filler ! frost
PC® 18 is a bitumen adhesive for bonding FOAMGLAS® insulation to metals. Bonding FOAMGLAS® shells and segments onto cold water piping or air conditioning Black 3 kg/m² Trowel or extrusion - 30 to + 90°C 10 to 30°C Drums of 6 kg or cartridges 1 solvents 1 year
P14 PC® 18
equipment. gun of T < 30°c
12 x 0.31 l out of sun
® ® ® White 0.4 to 0.8 kg/m² as Brush 20 to + 350°C 5 to 40°C Powder : Bag of 1 + water water 6 months
P21 PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE PC HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE is a high strength gypsum cement with a low PC HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE is to apply on the inside surface of FOAMGLAS
setting expansion and inert mineral fillers. It is applied on the bore surface of pipe pipe shells, segments and panels. anti-abrasive and temp. 0.7 kg/dm³ applied 40 kg out of humidity
ANTI-ABRASIVE
insulation shells operating at high temperatures. It can also be used as an adhesive for high operating temperatures. 2kg/m² as adhesive < -180°C Bore coating :
1 kg/dm³
The totally inorganic mineral based PC® 85 POWDER has been specially designed to fill Fill the open surface cells when cellular glass FOAMGLAS® is used as load bearing White 1.2 kg/m² Rubber scraper - 200 to + 350°C 5 to 40°C 0.69 kg/dm³ Bag of 1 6 months
P22 PC® 85 POWDER
the open surface cells. PC® 85 POWDER provided some load repartition. PC® 85 POWDER insulation for liquid oxygen or hot tank bottoms. 40 kg out of humidity
is incombustible
Cutback solvent developed to give a resilient, resistant, flex ible and watertight coating on Sealing and coating of thermal insulation. It can be applied equally as well on the outside as Black 1.5 - 4.5 kg/m² Trowel , spray or - 40 to + 80°C 10 to 40°C +/- 65000 1.05 kg/dm³ Drums of 1 Solvents 2.5 years
P30 PITTCOTE® 300
FOAMGLAS® cellular glass. on the inside glove 21.5 kg temp. 0 to 45°C
Temporary adhesive and joint sealer. out of sun
PITTCOTE® 404 coating is a highly flexible acrylic latex coating for use with Coating of thermal insulation. White 2.5 to 3.5 kg/m² Glove, trowel or - 35 to + 80°C Substrate +/- 2500 1.29 kg/dm³ Drums of 1 water 1.5 years
P31 PITTCOTE® 404
FOAMGLAS® insulation where a superior weather barrier finish is required. spray Min 4°C Coating 21.5 kg temp. 5 to 45°C
10 to 30°C out of sun ! frost
PITTSEAL® 444 SEALANT is a single component, non-hardening butyl composition for Sealing joints between FOAMGLAS® slabs. Grey 5.2 kg/m² or Extrusion gun - 50 to + 80°C** 10 to 25°C +/- 23000 1.5 kg/ dm³ Drums of 1 White Spirit or 2 years
P41 PITTSEAL ® 444
sealing joints in FOAMGLAS® insulation systems (between shells and segments). Sealing of wall/ceiling, wall/floor and wall/wall junctions. 0.25 kg/m lin. if preferably 28 kg or Solvents temp. -15 to 45°C
Bedding compound, Sealing of protrusions and metal jacket laps. joints of 3 x 50 mm ( or trowel , knife ) 24 Cartridges of 310 cc out of sun
Two component inorganic mortar to adhere FOAMGLAS® insulation in a large temperature Bonding FOAMGLAS® slabs together ( for very low or very high temperature ) Grey 5 kg/m² Notched trowel + - 196 to + 320°C 5 to 45°C +/- 30 Mixed mortar (fresh) : Powder : 2 water 2 years
P45 PC® 80M MORTAR
range. mixer 1.46 kg/dm³ Bag of 25 kg mix ratio in weight liquid T > 0°C
or Spray-Boy Liquid : Powder : 100 powder out of
Drums of 5.7 kg Liquid : 23 humidity ! frost
PC® FABRIC 79P is an open mesh, synthetic fabric for reinforcing mastic finishes over External mechanical protection for walls, tanks, spheres or insulation systems. White 1.1 m²/m² Scissors for cutting - 35 to + 80°C 90 g/m² Rolls of 1 out of sun and
P50 PC® FABRIC 79P
FOAMGLAS® and other insulations. It has a high elasticity. 1 x 45 m² humidity
PC® FABRIC 79G is an open mesh, glass fabric for reinforcing mastic finishes over External mechanical protection for walls, tanks or insulation systems. White 1.1 m²/m² Scissors for cutting - 35 to + 80°C 265 g/m² Rolls of 1 out of sun and
P51 PC® FABRIC 79G
FOAMGLAS® insulation and other insulations. It is alkali resisting. 1 x 50 m² humidity
PC® 150 is an open mesh, glass fabric for reinforcing mastic finishes over FOAMGLAS® External mechanical protection for walls, tanks or insulation systems. White 1.1 m²/m² Scissors for cutting - 35 to + 80°C 165 g/m² Rolls of 1 out of sun and
P52 PC® 150
insulation and other insulations. It is alkali resisting and has a very low organics content. Especially suited for use with PC® 74A2 coating. 1 x 50 m² humidity
®
Protection around FOAMGLAS® insulation on underground piping systems. Black 1.1 m²/m² Scissors or knife for 0 to + 90°C - 5 to + 40°C 3.25 kg/m² Rolls of 1 out of sun and
P60 PITTWRAP® STANDARD PITTWRAP jacketing is a prefabricated laminate containing a asphalt impregnated glass
fabric and a 1mm thick aluminium foil, sandwiched between three layers of bituminous cutting + torch 0.61 x 15.24 m² humidity
mastic. The exposed surface is coated with a protective plastic film.
PITTWRAP® SELF-SEALING consists of a special bituminous resin, reinforced with a Self-sealing protection around FOAMGLAS® insulation on underground piping systems. 1.1m²/m² Scissors or knife for Without primer: -5°C to +80°C 1.8-2.0kg/m² Roll weight : 16.8 to 1 out of sun and
P61 PITTWRAP® SELF-
woven glass fabric, covered with an aluminised mylar film and a release paper. Manual pressure seals the jacket without, the use of a torch or heater. cutting >10°C 18.6kg humidity
SEALING
With primer > 0°C
* Please contact Pittsburgh Corning Technical Service for higher temperature

** Please contact Pittsburgh Corning Technical Service for lower temperature.
A WIDE RANGE OF ACCESSORIES.
For all these accessory products, many detailed These technical specifications explain in precise
sets of technical specifications are available on terms the different methods available for using
request from Pittsburgh Corning. and finishing FOAMGLAS® insulation systems.
PITTSBURGH CORNING AT YOUR SERVICE.

At all stages of insulation in your construction or − heat transfer and condensation control
renovation project, Pittsburgh Corning engineers calculation.
provide a high quality of technical assistance for − technical specifications for the different
designers and contractors involved in the design applications, data sheets about FOAMGLAS®
and the construction of plants. properties and accessory products, test
reports, certifications and reference lists, etc.
For the design and installation of an insulation − technical advice about the tools (mixer,
system, Pittsburgh Corning is at your disposal to extrusion gun, notched trowel ...)
provide you with: − technical advice during the installation work.

PC® 88 adhesive PRODUCT DATA SHEET
IMPORTANT: MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS ARE AVAILABLE AND SHOULD BE READ
BEFORE USING THIS PRODUCT.
DESCRIPTION: To avoid waste and obtain desirable properties,

PC® 88 is a two part adhesive for bonding FOAMGLAS® certain procedures must be followed. Temperature of
insulation to itself or to other porous or nonporous adhesive, substrate and the ambient temperature will
substrates. Air curing is not required. It has excellent affect working time and cure. Higher temperatures
wetting characteristics and cures to form a flexible bond reduce working time, viscosity and cure. Lower
that absorbs mechanical and thermal shock.. temperatures increase viscosity and lengthen the
working time and cure. Store adhesive out of direct
*TYPICAL PROPERTIES: sunlight and at temperatures as close to 25°C (77°F)
ASTM as possible and for at least 2 hours before use.
PROPERTY
TEST
Color: Black Lay out work before mixing. Make sure equal
1.01-1.15 containers of Component 1 [19 liter (5 gal) pail] and
Density: kg/l, (lbs/gal)
(8.4-9.6) Component 2 [0.4 liter (12 oz.) can] have been
Solids Content( % by wt.) 92-96 received and are on the job site.
Coverage m2/l (ft2/gal) 0.5 (20)
Flash Point, PMCC °C (°F) >65.5 (150) Mix Component 1 two to three minutes before
Flame Resistance( cured) combustible adding Component 2. A 19 mm (3/4 in.) heavy duty
Application Temperature, drill and good mixing paddle or PC mixer is
Material °C, (°F): 20-35 (70-90) required. When work is ready, add Component 2 to
Surface min °C, (°F) : 5 (40) Component 1 and mix for approximately 5 minutes.
Service Temperature °C, -56 to 82, (-70 to Move mixer around inside the pail. Incomplete
(°F) 180) mixing can lead to incomplete cure and residual
Working Time, min @ 25°C odors.
90
(77°F) minutes:
Water Vapor Permeability Blocks of insulation should be checked for fit to the
0.008, (0.005) E96 substrate surface before adhesive is mixed or work
perm-cm, (perm-in)
* Properties subject to change. Consult Pittsburgh Corning Corporation. started. Blocks must be reshaped or cut smaller if
they do not fit, especially on overhead work.
SURFACE PREPARATION:
Surfaces must be free of moisture, loose scale and rust, FIELD APPLICATION:
dust, oil and grease. Asphaltic primers, coal tars, Adhesive may be applied to either or both surfaces.
silicones, alkyd or other solvent sensitive or Application to the rougher surface (i.e.,
thermoplastic primers or coatings should not be used. FOAMGLAS® insulation) generally gives the best
Some acceptable primers are zinc rich, polyester and results. A notched trowel having a D notch of 2.4
epoxy. If in doubt, always check surface for adhesion mm (3/32 in.) deep, 2.4 mm( 3/32 in.)wide with a 3.2
before starting work with a test block. Apply a small mm ( in.) flat surface between notches is standard
block and let cure for a minimum of 24 hours. Block (Red Devil 2001/A-7 or "A" notch from others).
should break before adhesive peels from surface. A one Adhesive must be spread and blocks applied within
quart kit is available on request for test purposes. the working time and before adhesive sets. Adhesive
that has set can not be recovered. On curved or
MATERIAL PREPARATION: overhead surfaces, temporary support and/or the
THIS IS A TWO COMPONENT MATERIAL THAT HOLD CATALYST system may be needed.
MUST BE MECHANICALLY MIXED PRIOR TO USE. BE
SURE YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL On low temperature equipment, all joints must be
INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS, AND MATERIAL completely sealed with adhesive and all voids must
SAFETY DATA SHEETS CONTENTS BEFORE USING. be completely filled as possible. Joints should be
sealed and any exuded adhesive wiped off before
Page 1 of 2 FI-125 Rev 06/09
Replaces Rev 05/09
PC® 88 adhesive PRODUCT DATA SHEET
adhesive sets. Adhesive on the face of the block may

cause coating adhesion problems. If insulation is to be
The information contained herein is accurate and reliable to the best of our knowledge. But, because
coated, blocks should be rubbed down to provide a Pittsburgh Corning Corporation has no control over installation workmanship, accessory materials or
uniform surface. conditions of application, NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
INCLUDING THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, IS MADE as to the performance of an installation containing Pittsburgh Corning
products. In no event shall Pittsburgh Corning be liable for any damages arising because of product
Trowels should be cleaned frequently and examined for failure, whether incidental, special, consequential or punitive, regardless of the theory of liability
upon which any such damages are claimed. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation provides written
wear. Clogged or worn trowels can cause either too little warranties for many of its products, and such warranties take precedence over the statements
contained here
or too much adhesive being used.
PC and FOAMGLAS® is a federally registered trademark owned by Pittsburgh Corning
Corporation
Adhesive that has set can not be recovered. Additional
coats of adhesive must be applied within 8 hours to
assure bonding to the previous coat. If adhesive has
cured more than 8 hours, rub briskly with a commercial Pittsburgh Corning Corporation
gloss remover or abrade before recoating. 800 Presque Isle Drive Pittsburgh, PA 15239-2799
USA
CLEAN-UP AND DISPOSAL: Toll Free: 800-545-5001
Mineral spirits or kerosene. Phone: (724)327-6100
See Material Safety Data Sheets for proper disposal. Fax: (724)387-3806
http://www.foamglas.com/
LIMITATIONS:
Do Not use as exterior coating exposed to sunlight or to Pittsburgh Corning Europe S.A./ N.V.
be re coated. Keep closed when not in use. (EMEA Headquarters)
Do Not use where odor could affect food. Albertkade 1
3980 Tessenderlo
PACKAGING:* Belgium
15 l ( 4 gal.) kit: Phone: +32-13-611-415
Component 1: 15 l (4 gal.) in a 19 l (5 gal.) pail Fax: +32-13-351-567
Component 2: 296 ml (10 oz.) in a 355 ml (12 oz) can
7.6 l (2 gal.) kit:
Component 1: 7.6 l (2gal.) in a 11.4 l ( 3 gal.) pail
Component 2: 148 ml (5 oz.) in a 355 ml (12 oz) can
*For domestic ground shipments, Component 2 is

shipped inside the Component 1 container. For
International or Air shipments, Component 1 and
Component 2 are shipped separately.
Page 2 of 2 FI-125 Rev 06/09

Replaces Rev 05/09
P06
PC® 56
ADHESIVE
08/02
1. DESCRIPTION AND USE

PC® 56 ADHESIVE is a two-component solvent insulation, reinforced with one or several layers of
free adhesive based on bitumen emulsion glass fabric in underground applications.
improved by synthetic material for component - As an intermediary layer between the
one and cement for component two, these to be FOAMGLAS® insulation and a cementitious
mixed in the ratio of 3 part component one with 1 rendering .
part component two by weight. - At 10 times diluted solution PC® 56 ADHESIVE
PC® 56 ADHESIVE is used is used as its own primer on absorbent surfaces.
- To adhere FOAMGLAS® cellular glass to itself.
- To adhere FOAMGLAS® cellular glass to PC® 56 ADHESIVE is flexible after hardening,
concrete. rot-proof and unaffected by water, various salts
- As a protective layer for FOAMGLAS® and light acids.
2. APPLICATION
2.1. Surface preparation - The powder component is progressively added
The surface to be insulated should be clean, dry to the liquid component and they are mixed in the
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust, oil, correct ratio with an electric mixer of 600 W (no-
moisture, and scale. If a release agent is present load speed 500 to 1000 rpm) or with air mixer
on the substrate, it must be completely removed equipped with a stirring paddle until a
by washing. Too smooth concrete should be homogeneous mixture free from powder
made rougher. Except on non absorbing agglomerates is obtained.
substrates, one should use a primer composed
of one volume of PC® 56 ADHESIVE component 2.3. Application method
one diluted in 10 parts of tap water. - PC® 56 ADHESIVE may be applied to one or
For instance, in the case of 100 m² to be primed: both surfaces. If applied to one surface only,
- Take 3 litre of liquid component from the drum application on the FOAMGLAS® insulation gives
dilute them in 30 litre water, take 1 kg of solid the best results. PC® 56 ADHESIVE can be
component from the drum and eliminate it to applied with a notched trowel (size of the teeth:
maintain mixing ratio in the drum. ca. 8 mm) on the whole FOAMGLAS® insulation
- Any other type of primer should be strictly surface to be adhered or applied with the dab
avoided. method. When applying as protective or
intermediary layer, PC® 56 ADHESIVE is applied
2.2. Preparation of the adhesive. with an ordinary trowel.
To avoid waste and obtain the desired properties, - Clean tools frequently.
certain procedures must be followed: - Keep drums closed when not in use.
- Lay-out work before mixing. - Remove excess adhesive as work progresses.
- Temperature affects curing and working time.
Service temperature +2°C to +35°C 2.4. Cleaning the tools.
- Have water and solvent available to soak tools If PC® 56 ADHESIVE is still wet, clean with water.
- Mix the quantity needed directly in drum without If PC® 56 ADHESIVE has cured, use mineral
exceeding working time. spirits.
3. AVAILABILITY AND STORAGE

3.1. Availability 3.2. Storage
PC® 56 ADHESIVE is delivered in 28 kg pail net. It must be protected from frost.
(21 kg emulsion and 7 kg powder) When ambient temperature is high, keep away
from the sun, as heat accelerates the setting.
Storage: maximum 6 months.
1/2 P06 – 08/02

4. PROPERTIES
Type : bitumen emulsion, improved with synthetic materials
Mix ratio in weight : 3 parts emulsion / 1 part powder

(packed in the pail in this proportion).
Service temperature range : -15°C to +45°C, as an adhesive
Application temperature : +2°C to +35°C (do not apply on a frozen substrate).
Surface drying time : ca. 3 hours
Complete drying time : 1 to 3 days, depending on temperature, relative humidity

base and layer thickness
Pot life at 20°C : ca. 90 minutes.
Specific weight when ready to use : 1.2 kg/dm³
Consistency : pasty (can be applied with a trowel).
Colour : black.
Water vapour diffusion resistance

Factor : µ = ca. 40,000
Softening according to ring and ball

method : minimum 95°C
Dry contents : ca. 74%
Solvent : none
The given physical properties are average values measured on products before leaving factory. They can be influenced by
insufficient stirring or mixing, the application method, the thickness of the layer and the atmospheric conditions during the
application and after it, more specifically temperature, relative humidity, sun, wind... The setting times are especially
susceptible to these conditions.
5. COVERAGE
As an adhesive : 2.1 to 3.4 l/m². the thickness of insulation, the sizes of
As an intermediary layer : ca. 1.7 l/m². FOAMGLAS® cellular glass slabs, the method of
As a reinforced protective layer : ca. 2.1 l/m². application, and the workmanship.
Quantities are given as an indication only; they
depend to a great extent on the state of surface,

PC® 58 P08
ADHESIVE AND 02/02
BASE COAT

PC® 58 is a two-component solvent free - to adhere FOAMGLAS® cellular glass to itself
adhesive based on bitumen emulsion improved (multilayer systems)
by synthetic materials. It can be used as - as base coat between FOAMGLAS®
adhesive or as base coat. PC® 58 is flexible insulation and torched-on bituminous
after hardening and unaffected by water, various waterproofing membranes or self-adhesive
salts and light acids. membranes.
PC® 58 is used: In case of extensive and intensive vegetation, a
- as adhesive to adhere FOAMGLAS® cellular bitumen resistant protective anti-root layer must
glass on concrete or aerated concrete roof be foreseen.
surfaces and on sanded bituminous PC® 58 adhesive and base coat, is not
membranes. compatible with nonferrous metals such as
aluminium and zinc.
2. APPLICATION
When used as adhesive, PC® 58 is directly 2.3. Application method
applied from the drum on the substrate - Apply a primer coat composed of one volume
(coverage: about 5 kg/m²). When used as base of PC® 58 liquid component diluted in 10
coat, PC® 58 is also applied on the parts of water (no powder) on the evened,
FOAMGLAS® slabs directly from the drum clean and dry concrete deck. Coverage: 0,3
(coverage: about 2 kg/m²). kg/m²/ready-to-use mix, used as dust binder
and bonding layer.
- Mix the PC® 58 adhesive and base coat with
2.1. Surface preparation an electric mixer according to the technical
The surface to be insulated should be clean, dry
and free from all traces of grease and dust. If a data sheet and pour it directly from the drum
release agent is present on the substrate, it must on the substrate. Spread the PC® 58 with a
be completely removed by washing. Dusting squeegee. Coverage: about 5 kg/m²,
surfaces must be thoroughly swept. Except on depending on the flatness of the deck.
non absorbing substrates, one should use a - Dip the edges of the FOAMGLAS® T4 slabs in
primer composed of one volume of PC® 58 the PC® 58 to ensure the complete sealing of
liquid component diluted in 10 parts of tap water. the joints.
For instance, in the case of 100 m² to be primed: - Lay the FOAMGLAS® T4 slab in the PC® 58
- take 3 kg of liquid component from the drum, at a distance of about 10 cm from the edges
dilute them in 30 litres of water of the already applied slabs and slide it
- take 1 kg of solid component from the drum
and eliminate it to maintain the correct mixing diagonally into the open corner, so as to
ratio in the drum. obtain tightly butted joints filled with bitumen
emulsion.
2.2. Preparation of the adhesive and base coat - Pour the PC® 58 to be used as base coat on
The powder component is progressively added the already applied FOAMGLAS® slabs.
to the liquid component and they are mixed in Coverage: about 2 kg/m².
the correct ratio for about 2 minutes with an - After complete drying of the base coat, apply
electric mixer of 750 W (no-load speed 500 to the double-ply roofing membrane by torching
1000 rpm) or with an air mixer equipped with a or use self-adhesive membranes.
stirring paddle until a homogeneous mixture free - Apply a protective layer of gravel 15/30 on the
from powder agglomerates is obtained. nonwoven fleece 200 g/m².
- Water outlets and perimeter junctions in
accordance with the specifications.
2.4. Cleaning the tools

If PC® 58 is still wet, clean with water.
If PC® 58 has cured, use mineral spirits.
P08-1/2
®
PC 58 is delivered in 32,3 kg pails (8,3 kg PC® 58 must be protected from frost. When
powder + 24,0 kg emulsion). ambient temperature is high, keep away from the
sun, as heat accelerates the setting. Storage:
maximum 6 months.
4. PROPERTIES
Type : Bitumen emulsion, improved with synthetic materials
Mix ratio in weight : 2,9 parts emulsion/1,0 part powder (packed in the pail in this
proportion)
Service temperature range : +3 °C to +35 °C
Application temperature : +2 °C to +35 °C (do not apply on a frozen substrate and

consider the influence of temperature during the application)
Resistance to rain (at 20 °C/65 % about 30 minutes

relative humidity) :
Complete drying time : 1 to 3 days, depending on temperature, relative humidity,

substrate and layer thickness
Pot life at 20 °C : 1 hour (after a few minutes, PC® 58 coagulates on the

surface, but within about 15 minutes, it can be put into a
reactive state by moving the slab).
Specific weight when ready to use : about 1,1 kg/dm³
Consistency : liquid (apply with a squeegee)
Colour : brown, black after hardening

Water vapour diffusion
µ = > 4,000
resistance factor :
Dry contents : about 73,2 % in weight
Solvent : None
* For some applications, higher service temperatures are admissible. Contact us if necessary.
application and after it, the relative humidity, sun, wind… The setting times are especially susceptible to these conditions.
5. COVERAGE
5.1. As an adhesive the care taken during the application, and the
To adhere the slabs: about 5,0 kg/m². workmanship.
Quantities depend on the state of the surface, 5.2. As a base coat
the thickness of insulation, the number of As a base coat: about 2,0 kg/m².
cuttings,
P08-2/2
P11
PC® 11
ADHESIVE
08/02

® ®
PC 11 is a one-component cold bituminous READY BOARD on metal decks. PC 11 cures
adhesive ready to use, especially suitable for to form a flexible, non-ageing adhesive with a
® ®
adhering FOAMGLAS slabs and FOAMGLAS very good adhesion to different materials.
2. APPLICATION
2.1 Surface preparation The feed-pump is electrically controlled. Two
beads are applied to a single corrugation crow.
Surfaces should be clean, dry and free from oil To obtain a good adhesion strength the
®
and grease. FOAMGLAS slabs must be adhered with four
A primer is not necessary. beads per slab or eight beads applied in parallel
over one linear meter. During about 5 minutes
®
after the application of FOAMGLAS slabs with
2.2 Product preparation ®
PC 11, small modifications of the slab position
® are still possible.
PC 11 is ready to use.
2.4 Cleaning of the tools
2.3 Application method
®
Cleaning of the extrusion pump or nozzle can be
PC 11 is generally applied to the metal surface done with mineral spirits.
using a double nozzle equipment. A suitable
®
equipment for PC 11 is the K15 pump.
3 AVAILABILITY AND STORAGE

3.1 Availability 3.2 Storage
®
PC 11 is delivered in metal drums of 24.3 l net Keep drums closed when not in use.
ready to use in the working up equipment or in The drums and cartridges have to be stored in a
2.6 l cartridges. cool place protected from frost.
The expiry date is mentioned on the label.
1/2 P11 – 08/02

4 PROPERTIES
Type: one-component cold bituminous adhesive,

ready to use
Service temperature range: -5 °C to +40 °C
Application temperature: +5 °C to + 40 °C
( do not apply on frozen surfaces)
Surface drying time: about 5 to 30 min depending on the

atmospheric conditions
Density: 1.15 kg/dm³
Consistency: pasty
Colour: black
Resistance against water: good

acids (HCl): good (depending on the concentration and
temperature)
alkalis (NaOH): good (depending on the concentration and
temperature)
petroleum solvents: low
Water vapour diffusion resistance factor: µ ≈ 50000
Dry residue (fresh mixture): ≈ 80 %
Flash point ( Pensky Martens Closed Cup): < 0 °C
Fire resistance: combustible
Solvent: petroleum solvents with low boiling point
The given physical properties are average values measured on products before leaving factory. They can be
influenced by insufficient mixing, the application method, the thickness of the layer and the atmospheric
conditions during the application and after it, more specifically temperature, relative humidity, sun, wind...
5 COVERAGE
Eight beads applied in parallel over a length of 1 All information concerning the characteristics and
m: about 0.5 l/m². the methods are given in good faith but imply no
In the joints: about 0.4 l/m². guarantee of responsibility on our part.
Quantities depend on the job site conditions.

FOAMGLAS® - PC 500
1 – DESCRIPTION AND USE:
PC 500 is a bituminous one component adhesive with the following properties:

• Solvent poor; with a high percentage of extenders
• Does not alter and remains flexible at long term
• Water tight and in a large measure water vapour tight
• Thixotropic
• Application temperature from +5C to +40°C
• Not sensible to freeze (does not contain water)
• Water resistant
• Application, storage, transport: easy and without risk
• Ecologic, on basis of natural oils
PC 500 can be used for the following applications:
1.1 To adhere FOAMGLAS® slabs, FOAMGLAS® READY BLOCK and

FOAMGLAS® BOARD panels on a continuous support;
1.2 To fully adhere the first waterproofing membrane (sanded bituminous membrane) on the
FOAMGLAS® slabs used in flat roofs.
1.3 As coating on the external surface of the FOAMGLAS® slabs used in underground walls.
It can be used inside and outside, on vertical, horizontal or sloping surfaces.
2 – AVAILABILITY AND STORAGE:
2.1 Availability
Metal pails of 25 kg net.
2.2 Storage
PC 500 does not freeze. Before use, we recommend to store it in a room with a temperature
> 10 °C, to guarantee a better viscosity for the application.
Storage time: maximum 1 Year.
Product datasheet December 2004

3 - APPLICATION:
3.1. Surface preparation
The surface must be flat, dry and free from oils, dust, moisture, particles, etc. If the surface remains dusty, an adhesive vernish has to
be applied.
3.2. Product preparation
PC 500 is a one component thixotropic adhesive ready for use. Stir the material with a stick before use (do not mix the adhesive).
® ®
3.3.1. To adhere FOAMGLAS slabs, FOAMGLAS READY BLOCK on flat or tapered roofs.
On a continuous support, the adhesive will be applied on the whole surface with a specially adapted notched trowel (teeth of
± 10 mm, each 15 mm). The adjacent edges of each slab are dipped into the cold adhesive that has already been applied on the
support. Lay each slab at a distance of ± 3 cm from the slabs that are already adhered and slide it diagonally in place by pushing
®
slowly with one hand. A bituminous waterproofing membrane can be applied directly on the FOAMGLAS READY BLOCK by
torching. In case of FOAMGLAS® slabs, this first bituminous membrane (sanded bituminous membrane) can be sealed with the
same adhesive applied with a notched trowel (teeth of 6 mm). Then the membrane has to be unrolled in the adhesive.
To prevent the slipping of the insulation material, a permanent basis coating should always be foreseen in case of tapered roofs.
® ® ®
3.3.2 To adhere FOAMGLAS slabs, FOAMGLAS READY BLOCK and FOAMGLAS READY BOARD panels used in underground
walls.
To adhere the slabs used in underground walls, the adhesive can be applied on the whole surface with a notched trowel (size of the
® ® ®
teeth +/- 8 mm), or by gobs. (5 gobs/slab for FOAMGLAS and FOAMGLAS READY BLOCK, 8 gobs/panels FOAMGLAS READY
BOARD). The joints between the panels will be filled with the same adhesive.
®
3.3.3. Surface protection on FOAMGLAS slabs used in underground walls.
®
If used as a coating on FOAMGLAS it can either be applied by trowel or sprayed with airless equipment.
® ® ®
3.3.4. To adhere FOAMGLAS slabs, FOAMGLAS READY BLOCK and FOAMGLAS WALL BOARD panels used in facades.
The adhesive will be applied by gobs or with a notched trowel as described in point 3.3.2. To prevent the slipping of the insulation
material, a permanent basis coating should always be foreseen. In case of facades with a big height or in case of application by gobs,
mechanical fixings should possibly be foreseen. Their number will be defined in function of each specification. Depending on the
climate class of the building, the joints will be filled or not with the same adhesive.
3.4.Cleaning of the tools
The tools should be cleaned with bitumen solvents such as spirit, petrol.
3.5. Limitations
The application of the adhesive is rendered more difficult if stored at low temperature. In this case it should be warmed up slowly
without direct contact of naked flame.
3.6. Cautions
Adequate ventilation should be provided in closed spaces. PC 500 pails should be covered when not in use and kept away from heat
and naked flame. PC 500 should not be used in atmospheres where it may be exposed to solvents, organic gases, acids or other
concentrated chemicals.
4 – PROPERTIES
Type : Bitumen, oils and extenders. Does not contain water.
Solvents: < 6%
Service temperature : from -30°C to +80°C
Application temperature : from +5°C to +40°C
Working time at 25°C : several days after opening of the pail if this one is tightly closed after each
utilisation.
Drying time : to touch: several hours, high drying due to the thixotropy of the adhesive –
complete drying: several months
3
Density : 1,5 kg/dm
Colour: black
Water vapour diffusion resistance factor : µ = ca. 20.000
Flash point: minimum 100 °C
Resistance to alkaline and salt solutions : good
Resistance to acid solutions: good (except nitric acid solutions)
Resistance to oils, greases, solvents and
Bituminous compounds: poor
Fire resistance: combustible (Flash point > 100 °C)
The physical properties given above are average values measured on products before leaving factory. These values may be affected
by the quality of the support, the thickness of the layer and the atmospheric conditions during the application and after it, such as
temperature, relative humidity. The setting times are especially susceptible to these conditions.
Coverage
To adhere the insulation slabs on flat and tapered roofs: +/- 6 kg/m²
To fully adhere the membrane: +/- 2 kg/m²
To adhere vertically by gobs: +/- 3 kg/m²
To fully adhere vertically: +/- 4,5 kg/m²
Surface protection without reinforcing (filling of the surface cells): +/- 2 kg/m²
®
We guarantee the physical properties of Foamglas cellular glass. Whilst great care is taken in formulating specifications, we cannot
be held responsible for them due to imponderables on each specific jobsite. Please contact our services to define the application
® ®
methods for special cases. Foamglas and PC are trademarks.
P13
PC® 74 A2

®
PC 74 A2 is a dry factory-made mineral coating water; it is mainly used as a non-combustible
®
used as a non-combustible coating with glass coating on FOAMGLAS cellular glass, e.g. in air
fabric reinforcement and as an adhesive on conditioning installations and chilled water pipes.
® ®
FOAMGLAS cellular glass. The noncombustibility of PC 74 A2 (classified
It contains a mixture of special sands, cement A2 according to DIN 4102) is confirmed by a
®
and hydrated lime. PC 74 A2 is mixed with Technical Agreement.
2. APPLICATION
®
2.1 Pour about 5-6 litters of cold and clean water applied on the FOAMGLAS surface with a
into a mortar mixer and progressively add the spatula, in the width direction of the fabric
® ®
PC 74 A2. Mix slowly with a strong stirrer (coverage: about 3 kg/m²). The PC 150 or
®
until a mixture free from agglomerates is PC 79G2 glass fabric is embedded with 7 to
obtained. After about 10 minutes, rapidly stir 10 cm overlapping at all seals and a second
®
one more time. If necessary, add some layer of PC 74 A2 is applied (1 kg/m²) in
water. order to completely cover the glass fabric.
®
2.2 When PC 74 A2 is used as an adhesive, the 2.4 Cleaning of the tools with water just after
masonry or concrete surface to be insulated application.
must be clean, dry, good bearing and free
from impurities, traces of oil and mortar 2.5 Limitations: Ambient and surface
edges. temperatures cannot fall below +5 °C during
application and drying phase. Application
®
2.3 When used as a coating, PC 74 A2 is cannot be carried out in direct sunlight.

3.1 Availability 3.2 If stored in a dry place, can be kept for 3
®
PC 74 A2 is delivered in liner paper bag of 25 years (production date: see side). Protect
kg. from humidity (contains cement).
1/2 P13 – 12/03

4. PROPERTIES
Type: Mineral coating
Application temperature: +5 °C to +35 °C during application until complete drying
Drying at 20 °C/65 %: dry in surface after 24 hours,

completely dry (capable of bearing) after 72 hours
Application time at 20 °C: about 3-4 hours
Density: Mixed (fresh) : 1.4 kg/dm³

Cured coating: < 1.5 kg/dm³
Colour: light grey
Water vapour diffusion resistance µ ≈ 15

factor:
Fire reaction: non combustible according to DIN 4102.
Solvent: none
application and after it, more specifically temperature, relative humidity, sun, wind… The setting times are especially
5. COVERAGE
Coverage: about 4 kg/m² (as coating). Quantities are given as an indication only, they
depend to a great extent on the state of the
surface, the thickness of insulation and the
method of application.

P14
PC® HOTMELT
ADHESIVE

® ®
PC HOTMELT ADHESIVE is a one component - to adhere FOAMGLAS cellular glass to itself;
®
solvent and water free adhesive based on hot - as a top layer on FOAMGLAS before applying
bitumen, specially modified to improve its fire a membrane by torching.
behaviour.
® ®
PC HOTMELT ADHESIVE is used : PC HOTMELT ADHESIVE is heated before
®
- to adhere FOAMGLAS cellular glass to a metal application and hardens by cooling down.
deck;
2. APPLICATION
2.1 Surface preparation 2.3 Application method
®
The surface (metal deck) to be insulated should PC HOTMELT ADHESIVE is applied on
®
be clean, dry and free from all traces of grease, FOAMGLAS blocks by dipping one main face
rust, dust, oil, moisture and scale. The surface and two edges in the bitumen bath. The
® ®
shall be primed with PC PRIMER 3A. FOAMGLAS blocks are then immediately
applied on the metal deck against the previous
2.2 Preparation of the adhesive ones, making the joints as narrow and as tight as
The preparation is similar to the case of hot possible. They are kept in position during the
bitumen. time needed for the cooling down of the
®
®
PC HOTMELT ADHESIVE is heated in a PC HOTMELT ADHESIVE.
bitumen bath at a temperature that does not
exceed 220°C. It is important to avoid 2.4 Cleaning of the tools
overheating the product. If tools are used they can be cleaned with mineral
spirits.

® ®
PC HOTMELT ADHESIVE is delivered in 20 kg PC HOTMELT ADHESIVE is not affected by
blocks, possibly on pallets of 54 blocks. negative temperature.
Dimension of the blocks: Rain or condensation water on the package
48 x 32 x 11 cm surface should be limited to avoid water in the
bath when heating the product.
Storage: maximum 5 years.
1/2 P14 – 06/04

4 PROPERTIES
Type: modified bitumen with additives to improve the

fire behaviour (one component product)
Service temperature range: - 20 °C to + 50 °C
Application temperature: - 10 °C to + 35 °C
Setting time a few minutes
Colour: black
Water vapour diffusion resistance factor: more than 20.000
Ring and ball method
Softening point: 95 °C
Penetration at 25 °C: 0.1 mm

- better than ordinary oxidized bitumen;
Fire behaviour:
- has passed the Factory Mutual calorimeter
®
test in a FOAMGLAS system applied
on metal deck.
The given physical properties are average values measured on products before leaving factory. They can be
influenced by insufficient mixing, the application method, the thickness of the layer and the atmospheric
conditions during the application and after it, more specifically temperature, relative humidity, sun, wind...
5. COVERAGE
As an adhesive on metal deck: ca 1.2 kg/m² To fill the joints between 600x450x100xblocks:
®
To adhere FOAMGLAS insulation to itself: ca 1 kg/m² (to be adapted according to the layer
ca 2.5 kg/m² thickness).
To prepare the top surface to torch on the Quantities are given as an indication only; they
membrane: ca 2.5 kg/m² depend on the state of the surface, the method of
application, the workmanship, etc.

P18
PC® 18
ADHESIVE

® ®
PC 18 ADHESIVE is a one-component cold shells. PC 18 ADHESIVE cures to form a
®
bituminous adhesive ready to use. PC 18 flexible, non-ageing adhesive with a very good
ADHESIVE is used for the insulation of chilled adhesion to different materials.
water lines. It is used to seal the longitudinal and
®
circumferential joints between the FOAMGLAS
2. APPLICATION
®
2.1 Surface preparation PC 18 ADHESIVE is applied on the longitudinal
®
and circumferential joints of the FOAMGLAS
Surfaces must be dry, clean and free from all shells with an extrusion gun. The internal
traces of grease, rust, dust and oil. An diameter of this gun must range from 50 to 51
anticorrosion layer is recommended or imposed mm. The beads are applied on one face of each
(see regulations in force). joint before firmly pressing the shells into
position, against each other.
2.2 Product preparation
2.4 Cleaning of the tools
®
PC 18 ADHESIVE is ready to use.
Cleaning of the extrusion gun is done with
mineral spirits.
2.3 Application method
3 AVAILABILITY AND STORAGE

®
PC 18 is delivered in Alu colored foil (refill) of Keep the product in a cool place (maximum +
600 ml (12 units per package) and also in 40°C) protected from frost.
polyethylene cartridges of 310 ml (12 units per The expiry date is mentioned on the label.
package).
1/2 P18 – 12/03

4. PROPERTIES
Type: one-component cold bituminous adhesive,

ready to use
Application temperature: -5°C °C to + 40 °C

( do not apply on frozen surfaces)
Surface drying time: For beads of 10 mm diameter: between half an

hour and one hour at ambient temperature.
Consistency: pasty
Colour: black
Resistance against Water: good

Acids (HCl): good (depending on the concentration and
temperature)
Alkalis (NaOH): good (depending on the concentration and
temperature)
Petroleum solvents: low
Water vapour diffusion resistance factor: µ ≈ 40000
Dry residue (fresh mixture): ≈ 80 %
Flash point ( Pensky Martens Closed Cup): < 0 °C
Fire resistance: combustible
Solvent: petroleum solvents with low boiling point
The given physical properties are average values measured on products before leaving factory. They can be influenced by the
application method, the thickness of the layer and the atmospheric conditions during the application and after it, more
specifically temperature, relative humidity, sun, wind...
5. COVERAGE
The beads of 10 mm diameter require 80 application and the workmanship.
ml/linear meter of joint. All information concerning the characteristics
Quantities depend on the state of the surface, and the methods of application are given in
the thickness of insulation, the number of good faith but imply no guarantee of
cuttings, shells or segments, the care during responsibility on our part.

PC ® Low Temperature Anti-Abrasive
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
IMPORTANT: Material safety data sheets are available
and should be read before using this product.
DESCRIPTION TYPICAL PROPERTIES*

PC® Low Temperature Anti-Abrasive is a water
Water based coating
based anti-abrasive based on modified
Type with polyurethane
polyurethane resins. It reduces abrasion from
resins
vibrating piping or vessels. Its strong adhesive
qualities through a wide temperature range Colour Off white
permit its use on extremely low temperature
Service temperature
equipment. -196°C to +93°C
range
The surface of the FOAMGLAS® insulation, Application
Minimum 4°C
treated with PC® Low Temperature Anti- temperature
Abrasive is hard, durable and provides
Density 1.60kg/dm³
resistance to wear compared to movement of
the insulation substrate. Set to touch: 45 to 90
minutes
Drying time (25°C)
The surface cells (inside) of FOAMGLAS® Dry through: 2 to 3
slabs, segments and shells are coated with this hours
product. Flammable;
Fire resistance Flash point:
APPLICATION over 100°C
Surface preparation * Properties subject to change. Consult Pittsburgh Corning
Europe.
The surface to be insulated should be clean, dry
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust, oil COVERAGE
and moisture. 2.5 to 3.7m²/l. A coat should be between 0.41
and 0.28mm thick. This consumption is an
Preparation of the product indication and may depend on the processing
Stir well and do not thin the product. Keep method and the craftsmanship.
container closed when not in use to prevent
surface skinning. The information contained herein is accurate and reliable to the
best of our knowledge. But, because Pittsburgh Corning has no
Application method control over installation workmanship, accessory materials or
conditions of application, no express or implied warranty of
Apply to clean, dry inner surface of any kind, including those of merchantability or fitness for a
FOAMGLAS® insulation. Allow to dry before particular purpose, is made as to the performance of an
installing insulation. installation containing Pittsburgh Corning products. In no event
shall Pittsburgh Corning be liable for any damages arising
because of product failure, whether incidental, special,
This product can be applied with brush or spray. consequential or punitive, regardless of the theory of liability
Brush: use clean paintbrushes. Apply in a single upon which any such damages are claimed. Pittsburgh Corning
provides written warranties for many of its products, and such
heavy, full brush coat at recommended warranties take precedence over the statements contained
coverage. (2.5 to 3.7m²/l) here.
Spray: can be applied with or without FOAMGLAS® is a registered trademark owned by Pittsburgh
Corning.
compressed air. A full and even coat should be
obtained. Ventilate adequate.
Pittsburgh Corning Corporation
800 Presque Isle Drive Pittsburgh, PA 15239-2799
Cleaning of the tools
USA
If still wet, use warm soapy water. When dry,
Toll free: 800-545-5001
use mineral spirits or chlorinated solvent.
Phone: (724)327-6100
Fax: (724)387-3806
AVAILABILITY AND STORAGE
Availability
® Pittsburgh Corning Europe S.A./N.V.
PC Low Temperature Anti-Abrasive is available
(EMEA Headquarters)
in metal containers of 17 kilogram.
Altbertkade 1, 3980 Tessenderlo
Belgium
Storage
Phone: +32-13-611-415
Store between 4°C and 40°C. Shelf-life: 2 years.
Fax: +32-13-351-567
www.foamglas.com
Page 1 of 1 Copyright© 2010 Pittsburgh Corning Europe 02/2010

PC® HIGH P21
TEMPERATURE
ANTI-ABRASIVE

PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE is abrasion. Even at very high temperatures this
a dry one-component mix of modified calcium film remains resistant to abrasion and can be
sulphate with some inert mineral fillers. used up to +350°C.
PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE is PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE is
applied on FOAMGLAS® cellular glass to used as an adhesive to prefabricate shells,
reinforce its surface for high temperature segment and elbows where service temperature
applications and when needed for dual exceeds +120°C or for temperatures below
temperature applications. When dry it forms a -180°C where inorganic materials should be
hard surface protection filling the surface cells of used.
the insulation and protects them against
2. APPLICATION.
2.1. Surface preparation. began to set.
The surface should be clean, dry and free from all
traces of grease, rust, dust, oil, and moisture. 2.3.1. Anti-abrasive.
The mixture is brush applied on the bore of the
2.2. Product preparation. FOAMGLAS® shells, and these may not be applied
- Mix PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANT-ABRASIVE on the pipe until the product is completely dry. For
progressive with pure water in the ratio of 6.5 to 7.5 pipe insulation shells, it is recommended to choose
litres of water to 10 kg of Anti-Abrasive powder an inside diameter of 3 to 4 mm larger than the
using a mixer. outside diameter of the piping, considering the anti-
- Pour powder into the water and never the abrasive layer thickness.
opposite.
- Once initial mixing is complete, let stand for two to 2.3.2. Adhesive.
three minutes. The mixture is applied by brush or trowel on the two
- Mix a second time and the product is ready for surfaces to be adhered together. Press the pieces
application. firmly together and let the assembled piece
Note completely dry before cutting or abrading it.
The temperature of the water affects the setting
and working time. 2.3.3. High temperature reinforced coating.
The 1-st layer of the mixture into which the glass
2 3. Application method. fabric PC® FABRIC 79 G2 has been embedded is
Use only clean tools. applied to surface. The 2-nd layer of the mixture should
PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE has be applied before the 1-st layer sets.
a short period of plasticity and stiffens rapidly. It
sets approximately 30 minutes after preparation. It 2.4. Cleaning the tools.
is important not to prepare too large quantities in Wet product : with water.
advance. Dry product : by scraping.
Never add water to a mixture that has already
3. AVAILABILITY AND STORAGE.

3.1. Availability 3.2. Storage.
PC® HIGH TEMPERATURE ANTI-ABRASIVE is Out of humidity.
delivered in polyethylene lined paper bags of 40 Shelf life: 12 months
kg net.
1/2 P21 – 11/03

4. PROPERTIES
Type : gypsum cement with inert fillers.
Mix ratio : 6.5 to 7.5 kg of water to 10 kg powder
Service temperature range : +20°C to +350°C and for cryogenic applications (below -180°C)
Application temperature : +5°C to +40°C
Working time at +25°C : about 30 minutes.
VICAT setting time at +20°C between 60 and 120 minutes
Complete drying by dry weather : about 24 hours.
Density : of the powder (dry) : 0.7 kg/dm³

of the applied bore coating or adhesive : 1.0 kg/dm³

Factor : µ < 30 (not applicable as water vapour barrier)
Colour : dark grey
Fire resistance : incombustible.
insufficient mixing, the application method and the atmospheric conditions during the application and after it, more specifically
temperature, relative humidity, sun, wind...
5. COVERAGE
Anti-abrasive: 0.4 to 0.8 kg of dry powder per m² Quantities are given as an indication only; they
Adhesive: 1.6 to 2.0 kg of dry powder per m² depend to a great extent on the state of surface,
the thickness of insulation, the sizes of
FOAMGLAS® cellular glass slabs, the method of
application, the workmanship, etc.
®
Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning FOAMGLAS Pittsburgh Corning
P22
PC® 85 POWDER
08/02

PC® 85 POWDER is a mineral based, totally appropriate interleaving layers (felt or mineral
inorganic powder that has been especially sheet) can achieve the desired load distribution
designed for filling the open surface cells of even if the compressive strength reached with
FOAMGLAS® cellular glass when used for the this system is slightly inferior to the reference
insulation of liquid oxygen, liquid nitrogen or hot value under EN 826 or ASTM C 240-91
tank bottoms. This powder, together with conditions.
2. APPLICATION
2.1. Surface preparation manipulation). The upper face of the slab is then
The FOAMGLAS® insulation surface should be powdered with PC® 85 POWDER and evened
clean, dry and free from all traces of grease, rust, out.
dust, oil, moisture, scale, etc.
2.4. Cleaning the tools
2.2. Product preparation Dry dusting.
Make sure that PC® 85 POWDER has been kept
in a dry state. 2.5. Limitations
No particular limitations.
PC® 85 POWDER is poured dry onto one face of 2.6. Cautions
the FOAMGLAS® slab and spread by means of a In order to evacuate the dust, an adequate
rubber scraper in order to fill all open cells. The ventilation will be installed. Preferably wear dust
slab is then gently turned over and applied. (The mask.
powder sticks to the slab during this

In polyethylene lined paper bags of 40 kg. In a dry place. Storage is limited to 6 months.
1/2 P22 – 08/02

4. PROPERTIES
Type : mineral in impalpable powder form, one component
Service temperature range : from -200°C to +350°C.
Application temperature : from +5°C to +40°C.
Density : 0.70 kg/dm³
Colour : white
Fire resistance : incombustible

application method, the thickness of the layer and the atmospheric conditions during the application and after it, more
specifically temperature, relative humidity, sun, wind...
5. COVERAGE
About 1.2 kg per m² of cellular glass to cover. of surface, the method of application, the
Quantities given should be considered as an workmanship, etc.
indication only; they depend greatly on the state

PITTCOTE® 300 FINISH PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION:
PITTCOTE® 300 finish is a vapor and weather barrier
asphalt coating especially formulated for use with MATERIAL PREPARATION:
FOAMGLAS® insulation in the low to moderate This material should be thoroughly mixed prior to
temperature range. use. Be sure you have read and understand all
instructions, cautions, and Material Safety Data
PITTCOTE® 300 finish is available in trowel and spray Sheets contents before using.
grades. Spray grade is a special order. Application is by
spray, trowel or glove. Store PITTCOTE® 300 finish in a warm area for easy
application in cold weather. Application temperature
*TYPICAL PROPERTIES: should be 10°C to 49°C (50°F to 120°F). Do Not heat
PROPERTY can directly with an open flame. Do Not thin to
Color: Black overcome cold temperatures effects. Thin with
Weight: kg/l (lbs/gal) 1.02 (8.5) mineral spirits for brush application only. Do Not
Solids, %wt (%vol.): thin more than 5% 1 liter/20 liter (1qt/5 gal).
Spray: 61.5 to 65.5 (50.7 to 54)
Trowel: 66 to 70 (56.5 to 60) APPLICATION ABOVE GROUND:
**Coverage: See CAUTION. Spray or trowel a tack coat of 0.8 to
l/m2 (gal/100 ft2) 2.5 to 3.3 (6 to 8) 1.2 liters/m² (2 to 3 gal/100ft²) of PITTCOTE® 300
mm (mils): 2.4 to 3.3 (95 to 130) finish to FOAMGLAS® insulation. Embed PC®
Application Temperature, Fabric 79 into the wet coat overlapping all fabric
material: °C (°F): 10 to 49 (50 to 120) joints 10 cm (4 in). Smooth fabric and stretch to
Service Temp: °C (°F) -40 to 93 (-40 to 200) remove wrinkles. Apply a second coat after the first
Solvent: Mineral Spirits coat dries at a rate of 1.6 to 2.0 liters/m² (4 to 5
Flash Point, minimum gal/100ft²). Surface temperature should be 5°C to
PMCC, wet, °C (°F): 38.8 (102) 60°C (40°F to 140°F) and material temperatures of
ASTM E84 10°C to 49°C (50°F to 120°F). Spray application can be
Flame Spread: 5 made with air or airless equipment. For airless use
Smoke Development: 10 Graco 45:1 pump with mastic gun 451 orifice with
Water Vapor Permeability, reverse-a-clean attachment or equivalent. Lines
ASTM E96, Procedure E: should be 19mm (¾ in) I.D., and pump should be
perm-cm (perm-in) equipped with a hydraulic ram; delivery pressure at
0.16 (0.003)
perms @ 1.3mm (50 gun should be about 1300 psi. Although PITTCOTE®
7.27
mils) 300 finish has excellent weather resistance; it will
Touch 2; Firm 24; degrade over time when exposed to UV light.
***Drying Time, hrs:
Through 14 days Pittsburgh Corning Corporation recommends that
* Properties subject to change. Consult Pittsburgh Corning Corporation. the PITTCOTE® 300 finish be coated with aluminum
** Allowance should be made for losses during application.
roof coating or covered with metal or other UV
***Will vary with weather conditions and thickness.
resistant jacketing.
SURFACE PREPARATION:
APPLICATION UNDERGROUND:
The FOAMGLAS® insulation surface should be dry, free
See CAUTION. On underground lines, flash
of frost, oil and grease and below 60°C (140°F). Dust or
polyester film from lapping or areas of PITTWRAP®
other loose material should be removed
jacketing to be coated. When using PITTWRAP® SS
jacketing, see jacketing data sheet FI-179A. Be sure
FOAMGLAS® insulation surface is free of moisture,
dust and any other loose material before applying.
Page 1 of 2 FI-120 Rev 06/2009
Replaces Rev 12/2007
PITTCOTE® 300 FINISH PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Trowel or use plastic gloves a tack coat of 0.8 to 1.2
liters/m² (2 to 3 gal/100ft²) and embed PC® Fabric 79,
lapping edges 10 cm (4 in). Apply a second coat of 0.8 to
The information contained herein is accurate and reliable to the best of our knowledge.
1.2 liters/m² (2 to 3 gal/100ft²) and a second layer of fabric. But, because Pittsburgh Corning Corporation has no control over installation
Apply a top coat of 0.8 to 1.2 liters/m² (2 to 3 gal/100ft²) so workmanship, accessory materials or conditions of application, NO EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THOSE OF
that no fabric is visible when dry. Do not backfill until MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, IS MADE as to
the performance of an installation containing Pittsburgh Corning products. In no event shall
coating is dry. Pittsburgh Corning be liable for any damages arising because of product failure, whether
incidental, special, consequential or punitive, regardless of the theory of liability upon
which any such damages are claimed. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation provides written
CLEAN-UP AND DISPOSAL: warranties for many of its products, and such warranties take precedence over the
statements contained herein.
Mineral spirits or kerosene.
See Material Safety data Sheets for proper disposal. FOAMGLAS®, PC®, and PITTCOTE®, are federally registered
trademark owned by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation
STORE IN COOL AREA FOR COMBUSTIBLES
PACKAGING: Pittsburgh Corning Corporation

19 liter (5 gal.) containers 800 Presque Isle Drive Pittsburgh, PA 15239-2799
208 liter (55 gal.) containers USA
Toll Free: 800-545-5001
Phone: (724)327-6100
Fax: (724)387-3806
Pittsburgh Corning Europe S.A./ N.V.

(EMEA Headquarters)
Albertkade 1
3980 Tessenderlo
Belgium
Phone: +32-13-611-415
Fax: +32-13-351-567
Page 2 of 2 FI-120 Rev 06/2009

PITTCOTE® 404 COATING PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION: outside corners rounded. Blasting of all adjacent

PITTCOTE® 404 coating is a highly flexible, acrylic latex surfaces should be completed and metal primed
coating used with FOAMGLAS® insulation where a before insulation is coated.
superior weather barrier coating is required
MATERIAL PREPARATION:
PITTCOTE® 404 coating is available in colors and may be Stir well before using. May be thinned 5% with clean
applied by glove, trowel, brush, or spray. water. Store above 0°C (32°F).
*TYPICAL PROPERTIES: APPLICATION:

PROPERTY See CAUTION: PITTCOTE® 404 coating can be
Color: White applied by glove, trowel, brush or spray. Spray
Density: kg/l (lbs/gal): 1.3 - 1.4 (11.25 - 11.5) equipment should be checked before application.
Solids, wt %: 67
Elongation % (ASTM D-412) 200 Apply tack coat of 1.2-1.6 l/m2 (3-4 gal/100 ft2).
**Coverage: Immediately embed reinforcing fabric PC® Fabric 79
l/m2 (gal/100 ft2) 2.5 to 3.3 (6 to 8) (FI-159), lapping fabric a minimum of 7.5-10 cm (3-4
mm (mils) 1.4 to 1.8 (55 to 70) in), When first coat has dried, apply second coat of
Application Temp: °C (°F): 4 (40) 1.2-1.6 l/m2 (3-4 gal/100 ft2). Fabric outline will be
Service Temp: faintly visible when dry. Inspect and touch up as
Continuous °C (°F) -34 to 82 (-30 to 180) needed.
Intermittent °C (°F) 104 (220)
Solvent: Water On interior building insulation, reinforcing may be
Flash Point Non-Flammable eliminated in some cases.
ASTM E84
Flame Spread: 5 Spray application recommendations are a 30:1 ratio
Smoke Development: 10 or larger pump with a 13 - 19mm( ½ - ¾ in.) diameter
high pressure hose. The orifice of the spray tip
ASTM E84
should be 0.89 - 1.14mm (0.035 -0.045 in.) A
Water Vapor
reversible tip is recommended. Use a squeegee to
Permeability,
press coating into surface.
Procedure E:
perm-cm (perm-in) 0.16 (0.4)
perms @ 1.4mm 7.27
(55mils) CLEAN-UP:
Clean equipment and spills with water before coating
***Drying Time, hrs: Touch 3 - Through 24 dries.
* Properties subject to change. Consult Pittsburgh Corning Corporation.
** Allowance should be made for losses during
application.
***Will vary with weather conditions and thickness.
LIMITATIONS;
Protect from FREEZING. STORE and ship above 0°C
SURFACE PREPARATION: (32 F). Do not use where water will pond.
The FOAMGLAS® insulation surface should be dry, free
of frost, oil and grease. Insulation should be fitted so the Do not apply if rain or temperatures below 4°C (40°F)
joints are tight and without broken or rounded corners. are expected before coating dries.
Any surface variations between blocks should be
eliminated by rubbing the insulation smooth. Excess PACKAGING:
sealant or adhesive should be removed from the 19 liter (5 gal.) containers
insulation surface. Inside corners should be canted and 208 liter (55 gal.) containers
Page 1 of 2 FI-138 Rev 06/2009a
PITTCOTE® 404 COATING PRODUCT DATA SHEET
The information contained herein is accurate and reliable to the best of our knowledge. But,
because Pittsburgh Corning Corporation has no control over installation workmanship, accessory
materials or conditions of application, NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, INCLUDING THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
products. In no event shall Pittsburgh Corning be liable for any damages arising because of
product failure, whether incidental, special, consequential or punitive, regardless of the theory of
liability upon which any such damages are claimed. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation provides
written warranties for many of its products, and such warranties take precedence over the
statements contained herein.
FOAMGLAS®, PC®, and PITTCOTE®, are federally registered trademark owned by Pittsburgh
Corning Corporation

800 Presque Isle Drive Pittsburgh, PA 15239-2799 USA
Toll Free: 800-545-5001
Phone: (724)327-6100
Fax: (724)387-3806

(EMEA Headquarters)
Albertkade 1
3980 Tessenderlo
Belgium
Phone: +32-13-611-415
Fax: +32-13-351-567
Page 2 of 2 FI-138 Rev 06/2009a

PITTSEAL® 444N SEALANT PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION:
PITTSEAL® 444N sealant is a specially formulated butyl APPLICATION:
sealant used for sealing joints in FOAMGLAS® insulation DO NOT THIN. Apply with trowel, knife or caulking
systems, and to seal protrusions and metal jacket laps. gun. All surfaces should be dry and free of dust, loose
scale, oil, grease and frost. Apply sufficient material
This single component sealant is certified to meet to both surfaces and press surfaces together firmly to
stainless steel service requirements of MIL-I-24244 and obtain a complete seal. Joints less than or equal to 3
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.36. mm (1/8 in) are desirable. Do not use this or any other
sealant to fill large voids from poor fitting. Blocks or
PITTSEAL® 444N sealant is compatible with a wide joints should be rubbed to obtain good fit before
variety of coatings. application of sealant. If a coating is to be applied, cut
off any squeezed-out sealant flush with surface.
USES: When sealing laps of metal jacketing, maintain a 1.5
-Joint sealant in FOAMGLAS® insulation pipe covering mm (1/16 in) minimum thickness. Allow to cure one
and between insulation blocks. week before placing in hot service.
-Bedding compound behind FOAMGLAS® insulation.
-Anti-Abrasive cushion in vibrating systems. PITTSEAL® 444N sealant works easily over the
-Seal protrusions and metal jacket laps. suggested application range. To facilitate application
at low temperature, keep containers in a heated
*TYPICAL PROPERTIES: location or loosen lid and warm by indirect heat. DO
PROPERTY NOT HEAT containers with flame or direct heat.
Color: Grey
Weight: kg/liter (lbs/gal): 1.6 (13.0) CLEAN-UP AND DISPOSAL:
Solids, Vol %: 90 Tools should be cleaned with mineral spirits.
Solvent: Mineral Spirits See Material Safety Data Sheet for proper disposal.
Flash Point (Cleveland): °C (°F) >204 (>400)
**Flame Spread, ASTM E84 5 LIMITATIONS:
Smoke Development 5 DO NOT use in applications where solvent odor
4 to 38 could affect food taste or flavor. May pick up dust
Application Temp: °C (°F)
(40 to 100) when exposed. Solvent may attack some organic
***Service Temp: °C (°F) -56.6 to 82 foams. Product should not be exposed to UV light.
-70 to 180
Intermittent to: °C (°F) 122 (250)
ACCEPTANCE:
Permeability, ASTM E96:
0.013 (0.008) Chemically acceptable for USDA use in processing or
perm cm (in)
.33 m²/l = 3 mm storage areas for meat or poultry food products
Coverage: prepared under federal inspection.
(12.8 ft²/gal = 1/8 in film)
0.67 m²/l = 1.5 mm film
(25.6 ft²/gal = 1/16 in) PACKAGING:
(smooth surface) 6.7 m/l = 5 cm X 3 mm 355ml (10 fl. oz.)cartridges (12/case)
joint 19 liter (5 gallon) containers
(77 ft/gal = 2 in x 1/8 in)
Volatile Organic Content:
(VOC) 98 g/l (0.82 lbs/gal)
[Complies with SCAQMD VOC limits specified in Table 1 of
USGBC LEED® for New Construction & Major Renovation
v2.2 (IEQ Credit 4.1) for sealants]
*Typical properties at time of printing, subject to change
**Tested with FOAMGLAS® insulation under application conditions.
***At sealant location.
Page 1 of 2 FI-164 Rev 06/2009

PITTSEAL® 444N SEALANT PRODUCT DATA SHEET
The information contained herein is accurate and reliable to the best of our knowledge. But,
because Pittsburgh Corning Corporation has no control over installation workmanship, accessory
KIND, INCLUDING THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
products. In no event shall Pittsburgh Corning be liable for any damages arising because of
product failure, whether incidental, special, consequential or punitive, regardless of the theory of
liability upon which any such damages are claimed. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation provides
written warranties for many of its products, and such warranties take precedence over the
statements contained herein
FOAMGLAS® and PITTSEAL® are federally registered trademarks owned by Pittsburgh Corning
Corporation
LEED® is a registered trademark of U.S. Green Building Council.

Toll Free: 800-545-5001
Phone: (724)327-6100 Fax: (724)387-3806

(EMEA Headquarters)
Albertkade 1
3980 Tessenderlo
Belgium
Phone: +32-13-611-415 Fax: +32-13-351-567
Page 2 of 2 FI-164 Rev 06/2009

P45
PC® 80M
MORTAR
08/02
TROWEL GRADE - SPRAY GRADE

PC® 80M MORTAR is a two-component PC® 80M MORTAR is used to adhere
inorganic mortar based on specially formulated FOAMGLAS® cellular glass to itself within a large
glass powder and fillers for component one and temperature range. When the temperatures are
modified silica dispersion for component two. very low, very high, or when they cycle rapidly,
Components to be mixed in the ratio of 100 part using the laminated technique that consists of
component one with 23 (Trowel grade) or 26 embedding a specific reinforcement in the
(Spray grade) part component two by weight. adhesive layer.
2. APPLICATION
2.1. Surface preparation mm, distance 5 mm) is recommended for close
The surface to be insulated should be clean, dry fitting surfaces.
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust, oil, Protect work from rain, frost and excessive
and moisture. temperatures until set. Application temperature is
between +5 and +45°C.
2.2. Adhesive preparation
100 parts (by weight) of powder are added into 2.4. Cleaning the tools
23 parts of liquid (26 parts of liquid when using Tools can be cleaned with water before mortar
spraying equipment - SPRAY BOY - sets, set mortar can be removed mechanically.
PUTZMEISTER) and are thoroughly mixed with a
stirring paddle in an electric or air-powered mixer 2.5. Limitations
until a homogenous mixture is obtained. Do not put the installation into service earlier than
NEVER add Portland cement, water or other 8 days after application.
materials to liquid, powder or mortar mix.
Temperature affects curing and working time. It 2.6. Cautions
should be as close to 25°C as possible. Avoid breathing liquid component mist and
NEVER thin or rework but discard any mortar powder dust, avoid contact with eyes (flush
that has begun to set. The mortar is creamy and thoroughly with water) and prolonged contact with
non sagging up to thicknesses of about 7 mm. skin. Exposure can be minimised by wearing
safety goggles and rubber or plastic-coated
2.3. Application method gloves.
PC® 80M MORTAR may be applied to either one
or both surfaces. A notched trowel (notches 5 x 5

Powder component : polyethylene lined paper Store in a dry place, out of direct sunlight, the
bags, 25 kg net. liquid must also be protected from freezing.
Liquid component : polyethylene bottles, 5.75 kg Storage temperature limits : +5 to +45°C.
for trowel grade or 6.5 kg net for spray grade. Shelf life : 2 years.
1/2 P45 – 08/02

4. PROPERTIES
Type : two component inorganic mortar
Mix ratio in weight : powder : 100

liquid : trowel grade 23
spray grade 26
Service temperature range : has been tested from -196°C to +320°C
Application temperature : from +5 to +45°C
Working time at 25°C : about 30 minutes.
Density in kg/dm³ : powder (bulk density) : 1.09

liquid : 1.31
mixed mortar (fresh) : 1.46
cured mortar : 1.43
Vicat setting (22°C) : about 100 minutes
Modulus of elasticity (by at ambient temperature :800 N/mm²

compressive strength method) at -120°C : 1100 N/mm²
Linear coefficient of thermal

expansion : from +20 to -120°C : 8 x 10-6 / °C

factor : µ = +/- 30
Flash point : none
Combustibility : incombustible
mixing equipment, insufficient mixing, the application method, the thickness of the layer and the atmospheric conditions during
the application and after it, more specifically temperature, relative humidity, sun, wind... The setting times are especially
5. COVERAGE
As an adhesive : about 5 kg/m² Quantities are given as an indication only; they
To make a "laminated" adhered layer with a glass depend to a great extent on the state of surface,
fabric embedded in the PC® 80M MORTAR : the thickness of insulation, the sizes of
about 8 kg/m². FOAMGLAS® cellular glass slabs, the method of
Allowance should be made for loss during application, and the workmanship.
application.

PC® FABRIC 79 PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION:
PC® Fabric 79 is an open mesh, synthetic fabric for When used with PITTCOTE® 404 coating, the tack
reinforcing PITTCOTE® 404 (FI-138) or PITTCOTE® 300 coat can be sprayed through the fabric and worked
(FI-120) coating over FOAMGLAS® insulation. The large with a squeegee. This saves labor and makes the
mesh openings allow the coating to easily penetrate and operation cleaner. The second coat is applied after
bond to the insulation and fabric. The thickness of the the tack coat takes its initial set.
fabric assures that the proper thickness of the coating is
applied and gives the required strength. The high LIMITATIONS:
elongation accommodates large and mechanical Keep fabric stored in a dry location.
movements without rupture and allows maximum
movement of the coating. PACKAGING:
Fiberboard box
*TYPICAL PROPERTIES:
PROPERTY The information contained herein is accurate and reliable to the best of our knowledge.
But, because Pittsburgh Corning Corporation has no control over installation
Composition: 100% polyester workmanship, accessory materials or conditions of application, NO EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THOSE OF
Weight g/m², (oz/yd²): 94.3 ± 14.2 MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, IS MADE as to
(2.78 ± 0.42) the performance of an installation containing Pittsburgh Corning products. In no event shall
Pittsburgh Corning be liable for any damages arising because of product failure, whether
Meshes per cm (per in.): 2.4 (6 x 5.5) incidental, special, consequential or punitive, regardless of the theory of liability upon
which any such damages are claimed. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation provides written
Mesh Opening, mm (in): 3.18 (0.125) warranties for many of its products, and such warranties take precedence over the
Thickness, mm (inches): 0.67 ± 0.13 statements contained herein.
(0.026 ± 0.005) FOAMGLAS®, PC® and PITTCOTE® are federally registered trademark owned by
Ball Burst min. kg/cm² (psi): 7.0 (100) Pittsburgh Corning Corporation
Width, in (m): 1 (39-40)

Length, m (yd): 45.7 (50)
Weight/Roll, kg, (lbs): 3.9 ± 0.6
USA
(8.7 ± 1.3)
Toll Free: 800-545-5001
Fire Resistance: Combustible Phone: (724)327-6100 Fax: (724)387-3806
*Typical properties at time of printing, subject to change. http://www.foamglas.com/
Consult Pittsburgh Corning Corporation.
APPLICATION: (EMEA Headquarters)
PC® Fabric 79 is cut to fit piping, vessel or shape, Albertkade 1
allowing a minimum of 5 to 8cm (2 to 3 in.) overlap at all 3980 Tessenderlo
seams. Fabric should be cut to fit closely without Belgium
wrinkles. Scissors or shears are recommended for cutting. Phone: +32-13-611-415 Fax: +32-13-351-567
Apply a tack coat of PITTCOTE® 404 coating or
PITTCOTE® 300 finish to FOAMGLAS® insulation
according to the recommendations. Immediately smooth
the Fabric into the coating so it is free of wrinkles.
Additional coating is applied according to the specific
product data sheet being referenced.
FABRIC SHOULD NOT SHOW THROUGH THE

SECOND APPLICATION OF WET COATING BUT
THE OUTLINE OF FABRIC WILL BE VISIBLE IN
DRIED COATING.
Page 1 of 1 FI-159 Rev 06/2009

P52
PC® 150
08/02

PC® 150 is an open mesh, alkali resistant glass fabric. The thickness of the fabric assures that
fabric for reinforcing mastic finishes over the proper thickness of the coating is applied and
FOAMGLAS ® insulation and other insulations. gives the required strength. Its tensile resistance
The large mesh openings (about 3 mm) allow the is greater than that of the polyester PC® Fabric
heavy mastics or mineral coating to easily 79 P but the deformation is lower. It is especially
®
penetrate and bond to the insulation and to the suited for use with PC 74A2
2. APPLICATION
2.1. Application method PC
®
150 should not show through wet coating
PC 150 is cut to fit shape or vessel, allowing a
®
but outline of fabric will be visible in dried coating.
minimum of 10 cm overlap at all seams. Use The second coat is applied after the tack coat
scissors for cutting. A tack coat is applied on the takes its initial set.
insulation according to the coating
manufacturer's recommendations. After 2.2. Limitations
®
application of a tack coat on the insulation, the Compatibility of PC 150 with the coating should
fabric PC® 150 is immediately smoothed without be determined, especially in the case of a vapour
wrinkles into this first layer. A second layer of barrier coating.
coating is applied as the first one, according to
the manufacturer's recommendations.

PC 150 is delivered in 1 m x 50 m rolls.
®
Store in a dry place.
Roll weight: approx. 8.5 kg.
1/2 P52 – 08/02

4 PROPERTIES
Type : large mesh glass fabric with styrolacrylate.
Service temperature range : -35°C to + 80°C
Weight : 165 g/m²
Mesh openings : 3.6 x 3.4 mm
Centre wire to centre wire: 5.0 x 4.0 mm
Meshes/ dm² : 500
Tensile across warp : 42 N/mm

across fill : 38 N/mm
application method and the atmospheric conditions during the application and after it, more specifically temperature, relative
humidity, sun, wind...
5. COVERAGE
Surfaces to be coated must be increased with the thickness of insulation, the sizes of
10% to take into account the overlaps. FOAMGLAS® cellular glass slabs, the method of
Coverage : 1.1 m²/m² application, and the workmanship.
Quantities are given as an indication only; they
depend to a great extent on the state of surface,

P60
PITTWRAP®
STANDARD
08/02

PITTWRAP® STANDARD is a jacket specially aluminium foil, sandwiched between three layers of
designed to cover FOAMGLAS® insulation applied modified bitumen mastic. The exposed surface of
on underground pipes. PITTWRAP® jacket is coated with a protective
It consists of a prefabricated Iaminate containing a plastic film and the inner surface with a special
bitumen impregnated glass fabric and an integral release paper.
2. APPLICATION
PITTWRAP® STANDARD is applied around Step-by-step instructions for application
FOAMGLAS® cellular glass in a cigarette type wrap of Butt Joints
and is heat-sealed at the overlaps of the
longitudinal direction. Butt-joints are covered with a 1 Remove release paper from jacket butt strip
10 cm wide strip that is also heat sealed with a 2 Burn off plastic film 50 mm on each side of joint.
torch at the edges around the circumference. Apply enough heat to soften PITTWRAP® jacket
3 Heat and soften entire contact surface of butt
Step-by-step instructions for applying strip
PITTWRAP® jacket 4 Apply strip around butt joint lapping strip 50 mm
and heat sealing edge of 50 mm lap
1 Remove release paper 5 Heat seal edges of butt strip around
2 Heat leading edge circumference at edges B and C
3 Press PITTWRAP® around FOAMGLAS®
BUTT STRIP
insulation
4 Burn off plastic film at edge C for a distance of CONTACT AREA
80 mm back BUTT STRIP

5 Soften PITTWRAP® at edge D until material is
tacky
6 Lap edge D over edge C a minimum of 50 mm
pressing PITTWRAP® jacket tightly against PIPE
FOAMGLAS® insulation
7 Heat seal seam at the lap until PITTWRAP®
jacket softens and flows together
100 mm
D
PITTWRAP®
D
50mm
C
B C
C
100 mm
Nota: Overlapping should be set up as to avoid
water penetration

PITTWRAP® STANDARD : 0.61 x 15.24 m² Out of sun and humidity
PITTWRAP® STANDARD strips : 0.10 x 15.24 m²
1/2 P60 – 08/02

4. PROPERTIES
Service temperature range : 0°C to +90°C
Application temperature : from -5°C to +40°C
Weight : 3.25 kg/m²
Resistance to soil acids : Good
5. COVERAGE
Surfaces to be coated must be increased to take Quantities depend to a great extent on the state of
into account the overlaps of the longitudinal surface, the thickness of insulation, the sizes of
direction (circumference + 50 mm). FOAMGLAS® cellular glass slabs, the method of
application, and the workmanship.

P61
PITTWRAP®
SELF-SEALING
08/02

PITTWRAP® SELF-SEALING jacket consists of a underground FOAMGLAS® insulation systems.
special bituminous resin, reinforced with a woven Manual pressure seals the jacket without the use
glass fabric, covered with an aluminised mylar of a torch or heater.
film and a release paper. PITTWRAP® SELF-SEALING Jacket may also
PITTWRAP® SELF-SEALING Jacket is a self- be factory-applied on the insulation.
sealing, non-metallic sheet for protecting
2. APPLICATION
2.1. Application method SEALING jacket can be replaced by a mastic
®
PITTWRAP SELF-SEALING jacket shall be finish, such as PITTCOTE® 300, reinforced with
applied in butt strips (like PITTWRAP® two glass fabrics. The mastic finish shall be
STANDARD). The jacket shall be cut to a length applied onto the bituminous part of the
equal to the circumference, increased by a PITTWRAP® SELF-SEALING and not onto the
minimum of 50 mm. Before application, the polyester. The joint is made as follows :
release paper shall be carefully removed without 1 Stop the jacket 100 mm from the juncture.
damaging the jacket and avoiding that impurities 2 Take a cover strip and place it with its polyester
or dust will dirty the adhesion surface. Care shall side against the FOAMGLAS® pipe covering.
be taken to align the jacket at the side of the 3 Adhere the cover strip onto one half of the
piping. The jacket shall be applied in such a way jacket and onto one half of the already placed
that the upper lip is pointing downwards. Blisters returned cover strip.
in the jacket shall be removed immediately after 4 Apply the mastic and the fabric onto the
adhesion. The adhesion surface shall be bituminous part of the back-turned cover strip.
smoothed by roller. The jacket strips shall be
applied width against width with their joints 2.2. Limitations
protected by a cover strip of PITTWRAP® SELF- - This product is designed for underground use
SEALING. only. For applications above ground on loops,
The cover strips shall be cut to a length equal to etc., consult Pittsburgh Corning.
the circumference, increased by an overlap of - Observe practical precautions when backfilling
50 mm. Before placing the butt strip, apply a so not to puncture jacket.
bead of PITTSEAL® 444 along the edge of the - Store in warm locations to facilitate handling in
longitudinal joint in the area to be covered by the cool weather.
butt strip. Embed butt strip end in the sealant. - During exceptionally hot weather, when large
After application, inspect all joints and smooth diameter pipe is involved, it may be necessary to
down any loose areas with a roller. provide additional temporary support for shop
Where the outside diameter of the insulation applied jacket by the judicious use of several
changes, i.e. at the connections of flanges, wraps of fibre glass reinforced strapping tape
valves and elbows, the PITTWRAP® SELF- over the jacket and lapping itself at least 50%.

PITTWRAP® SELF-SEALING : 0.61 x 15.24 m² Out of sun and humidity
strips : 0.10 x 15.24 m²
1/2 P61 – 08/02

4. PROPERTIES
Service temperature limits on the

outside of insulation : -5°C to +80°C
Application temperature : Without primer : min. 10°C

With primer : min. 0°C
Thickness : 1.8 - 1.9 mm
Weight : 1.8 - 2.0 kg/m²
Roll weight : 16.8 - 18.6 kg
Colour : Silver
Permeability (ASTM E96) : 0.002 Perm inches
Resistance to water : good

alkalis : good
acids : good
petroleum solvents : poor
Fire : combustible
5. COVERAGE
Surfaces to be coated must be increased to take Quantities depend to a great extent on the state
into account the overlaps of the longitudinal of surface, the thickness of insulation, the sizes
direction (circumference + 50 mm). of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass slabs, the method
of application, and the workmanship.

P70
TEROSTAT-PC
02/05

Terostat-PC is a sprayable- and gunable, one chemical resistance.
component sealant, coating and adhesive, based
on silane modified polymer ( MS® -Polymer ), Terostat-PC is not sensitive to temperature
which cures by reaction with moisture to a soft changes, and has excellent crack-bridging
elastic product. capacities.
Terostat-PC may be applied by spray and gun. Terostat-PC is a flame retardant sealant and
Terostat-PC is free of solvents, isocyanates, coating.
silicones and PVC, and is odourless. It is Terostat-PC is used as a coating, adhesive and
compatible with suitable paint systems and sealant in Pittsburgh Corning FOAMGLAS®
coatings. -Terostat insulation system, providing a weather
The coating demonstrates good weathering, UV protection, sealing and water vapour barrier.
and mechanical resistance, as well as excellent
2. APPLICATION
2.1. Surface preparation Use of a smoothing agent will avoid drag marks
The substrates must be clean, dry oil and grease on the surface.
free.
2.3.3 As a joint sealant
2.2. Product preparation - Joints should be rubbed before application of
Low material temperatures of the sealant will sealant
lead to an increase of viscosity, resulting in a - Best applied by extrusion gun or from
lower extrusion rate. This can be avoided by cartridges. Trowel or knife should be used for
bringing the sealant up to room temperature prior restricted areas.
to application. If substrates are too cold - Sealant to be applied to one or both surfaces;
temperatures may fall below the dew point press firmly in order to obtain a complete seal.
causing condensation. This can be avoided by - Smooth squeezed out sealant flush with the
bringing the substrates up to room temperature. Terostat-PC coating, giving a perfect seal.
2.3. Application method 2.4. Cleaning the tools

For cleaning application equipment
contaminated with uncured Terostat-PC we
2.3.1 Foamglas®-Terostat elements will be
recommend the use of Cleaner + Diluent A, D or
supplied.(Foamglas elements covered with a
FL.
factory applied layer of extruded Terostat-PC)
2.3.2 As a coating 2.5. Limitations

Apply a coat of 3 to 4 kg/m² Avoid application at freezing conditions
It may be applied by trowel cut of drums or by
cartridge. The coating is smoothed using trowel, 2.6. Cautions
spatula or gloves immediately after application. Avoid eye contact

Drums , cartridges Frost –sensitive: no
Recommended storage temperature: 10°C to
25°C
Shelf-live: 12 months in original packaging
P70 1/2
4. PROPERTIES
Colour: Grey
Consistency: Pasty, thixotropic
Density: Approx. 1.5 g/cm³
Skin formation time *: Approx. 10 minutes
Cure rate: Approx. 4 mm/24h
Shore-A-hardness (DIN 53505)* Approx. 40
Tensile strength *: Approx. 2.5 MPa

(according to DIN 53504)
Elongation at break *: Approx. 220%

Stress at 100% elongation *: Approx. 1.2 MPa
UV-resistance: No significant changes of the surface

Test method: dry UV
UV source: Osram Vitalux 300 W
Distance to the specimen: 25 cm
Test period: 6 weeks
Application temperature : 5°C to 40°C
In service temperature range: - 50°C to +100°C

Short exposure (up to 1h): 120°C
* DIN 50014 standard climate 23°C, 50% relative air humidity
Water vapour permeance 0.015 perm-in at 3 mm dry thickness (tested at 23°C and
(EN 12086): 85% RH)
Surface burning characteristics Flame spread 15

(ASTM E84): Smoke developed 35 ( tested at 2mm thickness on 6,4 mm
inorganic reinforced cement board )
Fire class : M1 ( tested as per NFP 92-512 and NFP 92-501 ( France))
5. COVERAGE
As a coating: Quantities are given as an indication only; they
About 4.5 kg/m² to obtain a coat of 3 mm depend to a great extent on the state of surface,
As a sealant: use a 7 mm diameter bead from the thickness of insulation, the sizes of
extrusion gun or cartridge. FOAMGLAS® cellular glass slabs, the method of
application, the workmanship etc.
P70 2/2
PC ® 700K PRODUCT DATA SHEET
IMPORTANT: Material safety data sheets are available
and should be read before using this product.
DESCRIPTION TYPICAL PROPERTIES*

®
PC 700K is a combination of a two-component two component
inorganic mortar and a glass cloth reinforcement inorganic mortar and
®
to protect the FOAMGLAS insulation system to Type
glass fabric with
suffer from thermal cracking. It is ideal when the styrolacylate
temperatures are very low, very high, or when
they cycle rapidly. The mortar is based on Service temperature
-196°C to +320°C
specially formulated glass powder, fillers and range
modified silica dispersion. The thickness of the Colour dark grey
coating (approximately 3 kg/m²) gives the
coating its required strength. Density 1,43 kg/dm³
Compressive strength > 10 N/mm²
APPLICATION
Surface preparation Tensile strength > 0.5 N/mm²
The surface to be insulated should be clean, dry At ambient
and free from all traces of grease, rust, dust, oil temperature:
and moisture. 800N/mm²
Modulus of elasticity
Application method At -120°C:
®
FOAMGLAS elements will be supplied 1100 N/mm²
®
precoated with PC 700K. They should be
installed like every other normal, non-coated
® Linear coefficient of from +20 to -120°C:
FOAMGLAS slab. -6/
thermal expansion 8 x 10 °C
AVAILABILITY Water vapour diffusion
Availability µ = ± 30
®
resistance factor
PC 700K is available as a pre applied coating
®
for all FOAMGLAS material. Fire resistance non-flammable
Combustibility incombustible
Weight
® * Properties subject to change. Consult Pittsburgh Corning
Depends on the FOAMGLAS material where
Europe.
PC 700K coating is applied to.
The information contained herein is accurate and reliable to the
best of our knowledge. But, because Pittsburgh Corning has no
control over installation workmanship, accessory materials or
conditions of application, no express or implied warranty of
any kind, including those of merchantability or fitness for a
particular purpose, is made as to the performance of an
installation containing Pittsburgh Corning products. In no event
shall Pittsburgh Corning be liable for any damages arising
because of product failure, whether incidental, special,
consequential or punitive, regardless of the theory of liability
upon which any such damages are claimed. Pittsburgh Corning
provides written warranties for many of its products, and such
warranties take precedence over the statements contained here.
FOAMGLAS® is a registered trademark owned by Pittsburgh

Corning.
Pittsburgh Corning Europe S.A./N.V.

(EMEA Headquarters)
Altbertkade 1, 3980 Tessenderlo
USA
Belgium
Toll free: 800-545-5001
Phone: +32-13-611-415
Phone: (724)327-6100
Fax: +32-13-351-567
Fax: (724)387-3806
www.foamglas.com
Page 1 of 1 Copyright© 2010 Pittsburgh Corning Europe 02/2010

PITTCOURSE™ 100 PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION: The joints of each successive layer of FOAMGLAS®

PITTCOURSE™ 100 High Performance Bitumen Damp HLB insulation block shall be staggered from the
Proof Course (DPC) is a modified bitumen, non metallic preceding layer.
sheet for use as a DPC between layers of FOAMGLAS®
insulation tank base insulation systems. The final course of FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation is
covered with a single layer of PITTCOURSE™ 100 DPC
PITTCOURSE™ 100 DPC consists of a modified bituminous applied as in the same manner as previously
compound reinforced with a polyester base, and finished described.
with fine silica sand.
LIMITATIONS:
*TYPICAL PROPERTIES: Do not use on above ambient tank applications.
PROPERTY
Manufactured in compliance with BS6398-1983. PITTCOURSE™ 100 should not be stored where it is
Color: Black liable to come in contact with hydrocarbon solvents
Thickness: mm, (mils) 3 (118) such as petroleum spirit and diesel oil or other organic
Weight: kg/m2, (lbs/ft2) 4 ± 0.25 (0.82 ± 0.05) solvents.
Width: mm, (in) 1000/±20 (39.4/±0.8)
Roll length: m, (ft) 8 ±0.1(26.2 ±.0.3)
STORAGE:
Nominal Roll Area: m2, (ft2) 8 (86)
PITTCOURSE™ 100 rolls must be stored on end and
Nominal Roll Coverage: m2, (ft2) 8 (86)
under cover and be protected from mechanical
Application Temperature, min: °C,
10, (50) damage. Store PITTCOURSE™ 100 in a heated area
(°F)
Softening Point of Bitumen Coating for cold weather applications, and keep dry prior to
80 - 120 (176 - 248) use and during installation.
°C (°F)
Flow Resistance of Bitumen
90 – 160 (194 - 320)
Coating °C (°F) IMPORTANT:
Low Temperature Flexibility °C 5 (41) Transport and store upright. Keep dry and out of
(°F) Bend around a 30 mm direct exposure to the elements. Store pallets on a
mandrill without cracking
* Properties subject to change. Consult Pittsburgh Corning .
flat surface only. Stand rolls on end only. Do not
store more than one pallet high.
FIELD APPLICATION:
The information contained herein is accurate and reliable to the best of our knowledge.
Apply first layer of the appropriate grade FOAMGLAS® But, because Pittsburgh Corning has no control over installation workmanship, accessory
HLB insulation per specification. All joints of the insulation KIND, INCLUDING THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
must be tightly butted. PARTICULAR PURPOSE, IS MADE as to the performance of an installation containing
Pittsburgh Corning products. In no event shall Pittsburgh Corning be liable for any
damages arising because of product failure, whether incidental, special, consequential or
punitive, regardless of the theory of liability upon which any such damages are claimed.
Apply a single layer of PITTCOURSE™ 100 DPC over the Pittsburgh Corning provides written warranties for many of its products, and such
FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation block. PITTCOURSE™ 100 warranties take precedence over the statements contained here
FOAMGLAS® is a federally registered trademark owned by Pittsburgh Corning
DPC should be placed in a single layer on the
FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation block. The DPC should be Pittsburgh Corning
installed with edges tightly butted and no voids. 800 Presque Isle Drive Pittsburgh, PA 15239-2799 USA
Toll Free: 800-545-5001 Phone: (724)327-6100 Fax: (724)387-
3806
The next layer of FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation block is http://www.foamglas.com/
then carefully placed over the felt layer with joints firmly
butted together with no voids. The insulation joints of this Pittsburgh Corning Europe S.A./ N.V. (EMEA Headquarters)
layer are staggered from the joints of the first layer of Albertkade 1 3980 Tessenderlo Belgium
Phone: +32-13-611-415 Fax: +32-13-351-567
insulation.
Pittsburgh Corning Asia / Pacific
Successive courses of FOAMGLAS® HLB insulation block (Asia Headquarters)
PARK LUXE HONGO 1001
are installed in this manner with single layer of 29-4, HONGO 2-CHOME, BUNKyO-KU
PITTCOURSE™ 100 DPC, over each course of block. Apply TOKYO 113-0033 JAPAN
layers in this fashion to achieve specified system Telephone / Fax: 81-50-7554-0248
thickness.
Page 1 of 1 Copyright © 2009 Pittsburgh Corning Corporation FI-268 Rev 10/2009
Replaces Rev ----
PC 47 ADHESIVE
Product Data Sheet
IMPORTANT: Material safety data sheets are available and should

be read before using this product
DESCRIPTION AND USE AVAILABILITY AND STORAGE

PC 47 ADHESIVE is a synthetic fibre-reinforced, solvent Availability
free air-drying one-component, bitumen based ADHESIVE PC 47 ADHESIVE is delivered in drums of 35 kg.
for adhering FOAMGLAS® to one another. Storage
PC 47 ADHESIVE can be used for the following - frost-free, protected from sunlight
applications: - maximum 6 months
- spot bonding on FOAMGLAS® wall boards in cavity Solvent free, not classified as toxic
walls
- full surface area bonding of FOAMGLAS® T4+ slabs in
PROPERTIES
flooring
Base modified bitumen emulsion
- finish sealing of FOAMGLAS® surfaces in flooring
Consistency pasty
Service temperature range +0°C to +40°C
APPLICATION Application temperature +5°C to +40°C
Substrate preparation Softening temperature
approx. 110°C
The substrate should be clean and free of form release oil (ring/ball method)
or loosely adhering paint residues. Pot life at 25°C several days
A priming coat of one part PC 47 ADHESIVE and 10 parts Drying time at 25°C approx. 1 hour
water shall be applied and allowed to dry on concrete, Complete drying time at 25°C several days
masonry and highly absorbent substrates. Density approx. 1.10 kg/dm³
Dry matter content approx. 58% by weight
Preparation of the adhesive Colour black
The product is ready for use (do not stir). Water vapour diffusion
µ = 1000
resistance factor
Application method
PC 47 ADHESIVE is to be applied by trowel in dabs or REGULATIONS
over the full surface area of the FOAMGLAS® Not subject to notification under the hazardous
slabs or boards. For full surface area bonding, a notched substances regulations. Declaration matrix D093.06
trowel (with 8 to 10 mm teeth) should be used. In both and Safety Data Sheet 91/155/EEC can be obtained
cases, the ADHESIVE is applied to the insulation boards from Pittsburgh Corning Europe.
and not to the substrate.
The information contained herein is accurate and reliable to the best of
Coverage our knowledge. But, because Pittsburgh Corning has no control over
- Wall: spot bonding 2.5 kg/m² installation workmanship, accessory materials or conditions of application,
- Floor: no express or implied warranty of any kind, including those of
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, is made as to the
full surface area, flush filled joints 4 to 5 kg/m² performance of an installation containing Pittsburgh Corning products. In
- Surface finish sealing in flooring 1.5 kg/m² no event shall Pittsburgh Corning be liable for any damages arising
because of product failure, whether incidental, special, consequential or
punitive, regardless of the theory of liability upon which any such damages
The above quantities are only indicative, because the are claimed. Pittsburgh Corning provides written warranties for many of its
actual coverage depends on surface evenness, number of products, and such warranties take precedence over the statements
cut-outs, flush filling of joints, method of application, and contained here.
FOAMGLAS® is a registered trademark owned by Pittsburgh Corning.
construction site conditions.
Cleaning the tools Pittsburgh Corning
Tools should be cleaned with water before curing, and with Toll Free: 800-545-5001
white spirit after curing. Phone: (724)327-6100 Fax: (724)387- 3806
http://www.foamglas.com
Restrictions
PC 47 ADHESIVE is unsuitable: Pittsburgh Corning Europe S.A./ N.V. (EMEA Headquarters)
- for use on metal and non-absorbent substrates Albertkade 1 3980 Tessenderlo Belgium
- for gluing a second FOAMGLAS® insulation layer Phone: +32-13-611-415 Fax: +32-13-351-567
- for gluing to a sealing layer
Pittsburgh Corning Asia / Pacific (Asia Headquarters)
- for gluing boards to subsequently applied rubbed-down Park Luxe Hongo 1001
thin bed plaster 29-4, Hongo 2-Chome, Bunkyo-KU
Tokyo 113-0033 Japan
Telephone / Fax: 81-50-7554-0248
Copyright © 2010 Pittsburgh Corning Corporation Revised 06/2009 – Replaces all previous
www.foamglas.com
Pittsburgh Corning Europe N.V./S.A.

Headquarter Europe, Middle East and Africa
(EMEA)
Albertkade 1, B-3980 Tessenderlo
Phone: +32 13 661 721
Fax: +32 13 667 854
Pittsburgh Corning USA

(Corporate Headquarters)
800 Presque Isle Drive
Pittsburgh, PA 15239
Phone: 1-724-327-6100
Fax: 1-724-387-3807
April 2010 Pittsburgh Corning reserves the right to modfiy the technical
specifications at any time. The information contained herein is accurate and
reliable to the best of our knowledge. The currently valid information can be
found in the product catalog on our homepage: www.foamglas.com.
FOAMGLAS® is a registrated trademark owned by Pittsburgh Corning.

Industry Binder FOAMGLAS Products, Insulation Systems, Accessories Products.

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Industry Binder FOAMGLAS Products, Insulation Systems, Accessories Products.

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Industry binder 2010

FOAMGLAS® Products, Insulation systems,

Cutting, squaring Stacking on pallets

Flat slabs to fabricating shop

Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning FOAMGLAS® Pittsburgh Corning

10 EXCEPTIONAL PROPERTIES OF FOAMGLAS® CELLULAR GLASS

2. Impervious to water vapour. 4. High compressive strength.

6. Incombustible. 8. Vermin proof.

9. Fibre, CFC and HCFC free 10. Ecological Product.

Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning FOAMGLAS® Pittsburgh Corning

1. FIRE AND SMOKE

FOAMGLAS® cellular glass is classified noncombustible.

2. COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS IN INSULATION

FOAMGLAS® insulation is non-wicking and totally noncombustible.

3. LIQUID WATER ABSORPTION AND RETENTION IN INSULATION

FOAMGLAS® cellular glass

5. THERMAL EFFICIENCY IN REAL LIFE

1 % vol. of moisture increases

FOAMGLAS® cellular glass is compatible

FOAMGLAS® insulation is 100% glass.

Compressive strength of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass

11. ECOLOGICAL INSULATION

Ecological classification of FOAMGLAS® cellular glass

Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning FOAMGLAS® Pittsburgh Corning

WHERE TO USE 08/02

1. MAIN REASONS TO USE FOAMGLAS®

Ambient to +120°C: Many FOAMGLAS® cellular glass applications

APPLICATION COLD WARM HOT COMMENTS

APPLICATION COLD WARM HOT COMMENTS

APPLICATION COLD WARM HOT COMMENTS

APPLICATION COLD WARM HOT COMMENTS

9. HEATING - VENTILATION - AIR CONDITIONING

APPLICATION COLD WARM HOT COMMENTS

APPLICATION COLD WARM HOT COMMENTS

Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning FOAMGLAS® Pittsburgh Corning

Alumino-silicated cellular glass with a specially

TEMPERATURE LIMITS From -260°C to + 430°C

SOFTENING POINT Glass softening point : about 730°C

WATER ABSORPTION Zero, except for some temporary water retention

RESISTANCE TO WATER VAPOUR

RESISTANCE TO ACIDS Impervious to common acids and their fumes

COMBUSTIBILITY Non combustible

DIMENSIONAL STABILITY Perfect

AIRBORNE SOUND TRANSMISSION

1/2 A02 – 07/03

COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (1) 700 kPa

FLEXURAL STRENGTH 400 kPa

FLEXURAL MODULUS OF ELASTICITY 800 MPa

SPECIFIC HEAT 0.84 kJ/(kg.K)

Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning Pittsburgh Corning FOAMGLAS® Pittsburgh Corning

Alumino-silicated cellular glass with a specially

TEMPERATURE LIMITS From -260°C to + 430°C

SOFTENING POINT Glass softening point : about 730°C

WATER ABSORPTION Zero, except for some temporary water retention

RESISTANCE TO WATER VAPOUR

RESISTANCE TO ACIDS Impervious to common acids and their fumes

COMBUSTIBILITY Non combustible

DIMENSIONAL STABILITY Perfect

AIRBORNE SOUND TRANSMISSION

1/2 A03 – 08/02

Produced for use where compressive strength is the prime requirement.

Length Width Thickness

300 450 40, 50